Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents
PART IV

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form 10-K


ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

Or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                    to                                     

Commission file number: 333-50437



SP Plus Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  16-1171179
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

200 E Randolph Street, Suite 7700
Chicago Illinois 60601-7702

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(312) 274-2000
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Standard Parking Corporation
900 N. Michigan Ave, Suite 1600
Chicago, Illinois 60611-1542

(Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, If Changed Since Last Report)

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE
(Title of Each Class)

THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET LLC
(Name of Each Exchange on which Registered)

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE



          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

          Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o     No  ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  ý   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o     No  ý

          As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $470.1 million, based on the closing price of the common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

          As of March 3, 2014, there were 21,977,311 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding.



DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

          Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 22, 2014, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

   


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 

PART I

     

Item 1.

 

Business

    3  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

    20  

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    28  

Item 2.

 

Properties

    29  

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

    30  

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

    30  

 

PART II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    31  

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

    32  

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    34  

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    55  

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    56  

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    56  

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

    56  

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

    57  

 

PART III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    57  

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

    58  

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    58  

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    58  

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    58  

 

PART IV

       

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

    59  

Signatures

    109  

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    111  

Index to Exhibits

    112  

2


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation (the "Company," "SP Plus," "we," or "us") for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the information incorporated by reference herein includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the "Securities Act," and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the "Exchange Act." These statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on forecasts of future results and estimates of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. The statements contained in this Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including information we incorporate by reference, may include forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.

        We have used the words "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "project," "will" and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions in this Form 10-K, and including information we incorporate by reference, to identify forward-looking statements, about our use of such terms and phrases is the exclusive means of identifying the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made based on our management's expectations and beliefs concerning future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Actual results, performance and achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements due to a variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors, including, but not limited to the risk factors set forth in Item 1A to this Form 10-K, which should be read in conjunction with the forward looking statements in this report.

        All of our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements or risk factors to reflect new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws and regulations.

PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS

Our Company

        Effective December 2, 2013, Standard Parking Corporation changed its name to SP Plus Corporation. The name change was effected through a short-form merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") by merging a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of the Company into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving corporation in the merger. Under the DGCL, the merger did not require stockholder approval and had the sole effect of amending our certificate of incorporation to reflect our new legal name.

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition (the "Central Merger") of Central Parking Corporation ("Central") for 6,161,332 shares of our common stock and the assumption of $217.7 million of Central's debt net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive $27.0 million to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 12, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include Central's results of operations for the period of October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 do not include amounts related to Central's results of operations.

        We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico

3


Table of Contents

and Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which consist of training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, maintenance, security and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of our clients' parking facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate. As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to promote increased operating efficiency. We rely on both organic growth and acquisitions to increase our client base and leverage our fixed corporate and administrative costs within each major metropolitan area. Our clients choose to outsource with us in order to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow.

        We have provided parking services since 1929. Our history and resulting experience have allowed us to develop and standardize a rigorous system of processes and controls that enable us to deliver consistent, transparent, value-added and high-quality parking facility management services. We serve a variety of industries and have end-market specific specialization in airports, healthcare facilities, hotels, municipalities and government facilities, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail and colleges and universities. The professionals dedicated to each of our SP+ operating divisions and service lines possess subject matter expertise that enables them to meet the specific demands of their clients. Additionally, we complement our core services and help to differentiate our clients' parking facilities by offering to their customers Ambiance in Parking ®, an approach to parking facility management that includes a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client's sensitivity to and appreciation for the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

        We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based SP+ University TM learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities. Our focus on customer service and satisfaction is a key driver of our high location retention rate, which was approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was approximately 89% for the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.

        We operate our clients' facilities through two types of arrangements: management contract and lease.

    Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenue and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our client rather than to us.

    Under a lease, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections, or a combination of both. Under a lease, we collect all revenue and are responsible for most operating expenses, but typically we are not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

        As of December 31, 2013, we operated approximately 80% of our locations under management contracts, and approximately 20% of our locations under leases.

4


Table of Contents

        Our focus on recurring, predominantly fixed-fee management contracts provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cycles and enhances our visibility and relative predictability because our management contract revenue does not fluctuate materially in relation to variations in parking volumes. Additionally, we are positioned to benefit from improving macroeconomic conditions and increased parking volumes through our use of lease contracts. We believe our revenue model and contract structure mix provides a competitive advantage when compared with competitors in our industry.

        Our revenue is derived from a broad and diverse group of clients, industry end-markets and geographies. Our clients include some of North America's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue or more than 2% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013. Additionally, we have built a diverse geographic footprint that as of December 31, 2013 included operations in 46 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, and municipalities, including New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Boston, Washington D.C. and Houston, among others, and four Canadian provinces. Our strategy is focused on building scale and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market.

        As of December 31, 2013, we managed approximately 4,200 parking facility locations containing approximately 2.1 million parking spaces in approximately 420 cities, operated 30 parking-related service centers serving 75 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 730 shuttle buses carrying approximately 37 million passengers per year, operated 136 valet locations and employed a professional staff of approximately 24,000 people.

        We are a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology as part of our parking facility and transportation operations, having been a leader in the use of mobile payment technology, mobile parking apps that show parking options and shuttle bus locations for customers, implementation of remote parking management operations and the use of License Plate Recognition (LPR) system for parking enforcement operations. Our proprietary Click and Park ® technology is an internet-based, fully-hosted system that allows customers to reserve and pre-pay their parking fees and receive customized driving directions to their destinations. As opposed to services that simply provide identical driving directions to all users, the patented Click and Park ® routing system automatically changes the routing assigned to customers as the engineered capacities of major roadways are reached. Similarly, our proprietary Click and Ride® technology lets people reserve and pay for bus seating online, while our deployment of remote management technology enables us to monitor revenue at parking operations and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions).

        Our ability to innovate operations by integrating and incorporating appropriate technologies into our service lines allows us to further strengthen our relationships with clients, improve cost efficiency, enhance customer service and introduce new customer facing services. This continuous commitment to using automation and technology to innovate within operations is demonstrated through the use of Click and Park ® and Click and Ride ® technology and our development of new online parking programs and electronic shuttle pass systems that support large entertainment and sporting venues, various sized urban garages, office buildings and public transportation hubs. We also innovate through application of our in-house interactive marketing expertise to increase parking demand, development of electronic payment tools to increase customer convenience and streamline revenue processes, use of advanced video and intercom services to enhance customer service to parking patrons 24-hours-a-day, the creation of our remote management services technology and operating center that enables us to remotely monitor facilities and parking operations, and the use of our LPR system and video analytics for car counting, on-street enforcement and enhanced security.

5


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

    Overview

        The parking industry is large and fragmented and includes companies that provide temporary parking spaces for vehicles on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis along with providing various ancillary services. A substantial number of companies in the industry offer parking services as a non-core operation in connection with property management or ownership, and the vast majority of companies in the industry are small, private and operate a single parking facility. Accordingly, the industry remains highly fragmented and dynamic. From time to time, smaller operators find they lack the financial resources, economies of scale and/or management techniques required to compete for the business of increasingly sophisticated clients or family owners face difficult generational transfers. We expect this trend to continue and will provide larger parking management companies with opportunities to expand their businesses and acquire smaller operators. We also expect that small new operators will continue to enter the business as they have for decades.

    Industry Operating Arrangements

        Parking facilities operate under three general types of arrangements:

    management contract;

    lease; and

    ownership.

        The general terms and benefits of these three types of arrangements are as follows:

            Management Contract.     Under a management contract, the facility operator generally receives a base monthly fee for managing the facility and may receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. Facility operators also generally charge fees for various ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing and consulting. Primary responsibilities under a management contract include hiring, training and staffing parking personnel, and providing revenue collection, accounting, record-keeping, insurance and facility marketing services. The facility owner usually is responsible for operating expenses associated with the facility's operation, such as taxes, license and permit fees, insurance costs, payroll and accounts receivable processing and wages of personnel assigned to the facility, although some management contracts, typically referred to as "reverse" management contracts, require the facility operator to pay certain of these cost categories but provide for payment to the operator of a larger management fee. Under a management contract, the facility owner usually is responsible for non-routine maintenance and repairs and capital improvements, such as structural and significant mechanical repairs. Management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years (although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30-days' notice or less) and may contain renewal clauses.

            Lease.     Under a lease, the parking facility operator generally pays to the property owner either a fixed base rent, percentage rent that is tied to the facility's financial performance, or a combination of both. The parking facility operator collects all revenue and is responsible for most operating expenses, but typically is not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. In contrast to management contracts, leases typically are for terms of three to ten years, often contain a renewal term, and provide for a fixed payment to the facility owner regardless of the facility's operating earnings. However, many of these leases may be cancelled by the client for various reasons, including development of the real estate for other uses and other leases may be cancelled by the client on as little as 30 days' notice without cause. Leased facilities

6


Table of Contents

    generally require larger capital investment by the parking facility operator than do managed facilities and therefore tend to have longer contract periods.

            Ownership.     Ownership of parking facilities, either independently or through joint ventures, entails greater potential risks and rewards than either managed or leased facilities. All owned facility revenue flows directly to the owner, and the owner has the potential to realize benefits of appreciation in the value of the underlying real estate. Ownership of parking facilities usually requires large capital investments, and the owner is responsible for all obligations related to the property, including all structural, mechanical and electrical maintenance and repairs and property taxes.

            As of December 31, 2013, we operated approximately 80% of our locations under management contract and approximately 20% of our locations under lease contracts. We held a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities (two leased and two managed) as of December 31, 2013 and six parking facilities as of December 31, 2012.

    Industry Growth Dynamics

    A number of industry trends should facilitate growth for larger outsourced commercial parking facility management providers, including the following:

            Opportunities From Large Property Managers, Owners and Developers.     As a result of past industry consolidation, there is a significant number of national property managers, owners and developers that own or manage multiple locations. Sophisticated property owners consider parking a profit center that experienced parking facility management companies can maximize. This dynamic favors larger parking facility operators that can provide specialized, value-added professional services with nationwide coverage.

            Outsourcing of Parking Management and Related Services.     Growth in the parking management industry has resulted from a trend by parking facility owners to outsource the management of their parking and related operations to independent operators. We believe that entities such as large property managers, owners and developers, as well as cities, municipal authorities, hospitals and universities, in an effort to focus on their core competencies, reduce operating budgets and increase efficiency and profitability, will continue and perhaps increase the practice of retaining parking management companies to operate facilities and provide related services, including shuttle bus operations, municipal meter collection and valet parking.

            Vendor Consolidation.     Based on interactions with our clients, we believe that many parking facility owners and managers are evaluating the benefits of reducing the number of parking facility management relationships they maintain. We believe this is a function of the desire to reduce costs associated with interacting with a large number of third-party suppliers coupled with the desire to foster closer inter-company relationships. By limiting the number of outsourcing vendors, companies will benefit from suppliers who will invest the time and effort to understand every facet of the client's business and industry and who can effectively manage and handle all aspects of their daily requirements. We believe a trend towards vendor consolidation can benefit a company like ours, given our national footprint and scale, extensive experience, broad process capabilities and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

            Industry Consolidation.     The parking management industry is highly fragmented, with hundreds of small regional or local operators. We believe national parking facility operators have a competitive advantage over local and regional operators by reason of their:

      broad product and service offerings;

      deeper and more experienced management;

7


Table of Contents

      relationships with large, national property managers, developers and owners;

      efficient cost structure due to economies of scale; and

      financial resources to invest in infrastructure and information systems.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

            A Leading Market Position with a Unique Value Proposition.     We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services, to commercial, institutional, and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate. We market and offer many of our services under our SP+ brand, which reflects our ability to provide customized solutions and meet the varied demands of our diverse client base and their wide array of property types, and supplement them with Ambiance in Parking ®, a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs. We can augment our parking services by providing our clients with related services through our SP+ Facility Maintenance, SP+ Transportation , SP+ Event Logistics and, in certain sections of the country, SP+ Security service lines, thus enabling our clients to efficiently address various needs through a single vendor relationship. We believe our ability to offer a comprehensive range of services on a national basis is a significant competitive advantage and allows our clients to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow.

            Our Scale and Diversification.     As of December 31, 2013, we managed approximately 4,200 parking facility locations containing approximately 2.1 million parking spaces in approximately 420 cities, operated 30 parking-related service centers serving 75 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 730 shuttle buses, operated 136 valet locations and employed a professional staff of approximately 24,000 people. We benefit from diversification across our entire client base, industry end-markets and geographic locations.

      Client Base .    Our clients include some of the nation's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue or more than 2% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013.

      Industry End-Markets .    We believe that our industry end-market diversification, such as colleges and universities, hospitals and medical centers, municipalities and event services, allows us to minimize our exposure to industry-specific seasonality and volatility. We believe that the breadth of end-markets we serve and the depth of services we offer to those end-markets provide us with a broader base of customers that we can target.

      Geographic Locations .    We have a diverse geographic footprint that includes operations in 46 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and four Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2013. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate, and our strategy is focused on building size and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market.

            Additionally, our scale has enabled us to significantly enhance our operating efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing overhead costs.

8


Table of Contents

            Stable Client Relationships.     We have a track record of providing our clients and parking customers with a consistent, value-added and high quality parking facility management experience, as reflected by our high location retention rate, which was approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was approximately 89% for the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger. As our clients continue to outsource the management of their parking operations and look to consolidate the number of their outsourcing providers, we believe this trend has meaningful benefits to companies like ours, which has a national footprint and scale, extensive industry experience, broad process capabilities, and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

            Established Platform for Future Growth.     We have invested resources and developed a national infrastructure and technology platform which is complemented by significant management expertise, which enables us to scale our business for future growth effectively and efficiently. We have the ability to transition into a new location very quickly, from the simplest to the most complex operation, and have experience working with incumbent facility managers to effect smooth and efficient takeovers and integrate new locations seamlessly into our operations.

            Visible and Predictable Business Model.     We believe that our business model provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cycles, because a significant portion of our combined locations operates on fixed-fee and reverse management fee management contracts that for the most part are not dependent upon the level of utilization of those parking facilities. Additionally, because we do only have a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities, we have limited the risks of real estate ownership. We benefit further from visibility provided by a recurring revenue model reinforced by location retention rates, have approximated 89% over the past five years, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the department of justice in connection with Cental Merger.

            Highly Capital Efficient Business with Attractive Cash Flow Characteristics.     Our business generates attractive cash flow due to negative working capital dynamics and our low capital expenditure requirements. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, we generated approximately $11.4 million of cash flow from operating activities, and during the same period our capital expenditures for the purpose of leasehold improvements and equipment were $5.0 million. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, we generated approximately $34.9 million of cash flow from operating activities, and during the same period our capital expenditures for the purpose of leasehold improvements and equipment were $15.7 million.

            Focus on Operational Excellence and Human Capital Management.     Our culture and training programs place a continuing focus on excellence in the execution of all aspects of day-to-day parking facility operation. This focus is reflected in our ability to deliver to our clients a professional, high-quality product through well-trained, service-oriented personnel, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors. To support our focus on operational excellence, we manage our human capital through a comprehensive, structured program that evaluates the competencies and performance of all of our key operations and administrative support personnel on an annual basis. Based on those evaluations, we create detailed developmental plans designed to provide our personnel with the skills and tools needed to perform their current duties effectively and to prepare themselves for future growth and advancement. We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-based SP+ University TM learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.

9


Table of Contents

            Experienced Management Team.     Our current senior management team has a proven track record of growing our existing business organically and consistently integrating acquisitions. The named executive officers have been working together for more than 13 years, and our executive management team has an average of 27 years of experience in the parking industry.

Our Growth Strategy

        Building on these competitive strengths, we believe we are well positioned to execute on the following growth strategies:

            Leverage Benefits from Central Merger.     Our acquisition of Central in October 2012 resulted in a combined company offering a broader range of services, with greater quality and cost effectiveness, which we believe will enable us to become a vendor of choice for outsourced parking facility management, maintenance, ground transportation and security services. More specifically and as a result of our acquisition of Central, we have effectively doubled our location footprint by adding more than 2,200 locations and approximately one million parking spaces to our portfolio, and we intend to promote revenue growth selling our current products and services to these new locations. In addition, we intend to strengthen our ability to serve our customers by integrating Central's customer-facing products and services, such as its centralized customer service centers, direct-to-consumer marketing programs, various web-based applications (including iPhone and Android apps) and enhanced technology applications such as those used by its remote management services division, as well as its USA Parking System, Inc. ("USA Parking") valet expertise. In addition, we intend to take advantage of scale efficiencies by consolidating back-office processes and eliminating duplicate infrastructure, and to leverage increased purchasing volume, all of which are collectively expected to generate significant cost synergies and enable us to expand our client base and grow the business from a lower cost platform. We expect that our combined company will generate sufficient free cash flow to enable us to make additional investments in parking-related technology to accelerate development of new products and services that further improve our clients' satisfaction and our customers' parking experience. We also believe that sharing of complementary capabilities will allow the combined company to leverage customer information and technology to deliver services to our customers more effectively and to better understand customer preferences while also providing client-focused services, such as automated and web-based transportation, security, maintenance, parking enforcement and meter collection products and services; customer relationship management systems and the capability to capture parking data on a large scale; and enhanced property management technology, including electronic marketing services, billing systems and automated reporting. We believe these complementary capabilities also will bolster our ability to build upon existing relationships with, and attract, employees, clients and customers.

            Grow the Hospitality Business.     USA Parking, one of the subsidiaries we acquired in the Central Merger, is a leader in the valet industry, and management believes there is significant opportunity to use USA Parking's capability to develop a national valet business. As of December 31, 2013, we operated 136 valet locations. Our objective is to focus on the most important aspects of the valet business promptly upon obtaining a new location, from the first contact with a potential customer to the execution of our services. Given the importance of neat, clean and polite service, the success of our valet business is dependent upon ensuring that its valet associates deliver excellent service every day. To accomplish this objective, our USA University subsidiary provides training to its valet associates. USA University, which began operating in 1995, trained approximately 1,500 employees during our past fiscal year to become an integrated extension of our clients' staff and blend seamlessly into the overall hospitality experience. In addition, we are expanding USA University to train a growing number of employees in valet

10


Table of Contents

    operations serving other parking locations, including Class A office buildings and residences, municipalities, airports and stadiums and entertainment complexes, to provide high-quality service.

            Grow Our Portfolio of Contracts in Existing Geographic Markets.     Our strategy is to capitalize on economies of scale and operating efficiencies by expanding our contract portfolio in our existing geographic markets, especially in our core markets. We market our services in each of our existing core markets with the goal of becoming the #1 or #2 provider in that market. As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to promote increased operating efficiency by enabling local managers to use a common staff for recruiting, training and human resources support. This concentration of operating locations allows for increased operating efficiency and superior levels of customer service and retention through the accessibility of local managers and support resources. We rely on both organic growth and acquisitions such as the Central Merger to increase our client base and leverage our fixed corporate and administrative costs within each major metropolitan area.

            Increase Penetration in Our Current Vertical End-Markets.     We believe that a significant opportunity exists for us to expand our presence into certain industry end-markets, such as colleges and universities, hospitals and medical centers as well as municipalities. In order to effectively target these new markets, we have implemented a go-to-market strategy of aligning our business by vertical end-markets and branding our domain expertise through our SP+ operating division designations to highlight the specialized expertise and services that we provide to meet the needs of each particular industry and customer. This, in turn, allows us to deliver high quality and consistent services for our clients, enhances customer loyalty and allows us to further leverage our service capabilities, technology platform and regional and market-based management structure.

            Expand and Cross-Sell Additional Services to Drive Incremental Revenue.     We believe we have significant opportunities to strengthen our relationships with existing clients, and to attract new clients, by continuing to cross-sell value-added services that complement our core parking operations. These services include shuttle bus operations, taxi and livery dispatch services, valet services, concierge-type ground transportation, on-street parking meter collection and enforcement, facility maintenance services, remote management, parking consulting and billing services. We also are evaluating expanding service opportunities, such as security services, that would leverage our core competency of managing large networks of geographically dispersed employees. To better reflect these broader competencies, we developed the SP+ brand, which emphasizes our specialized market expertise and distinguishes our ancillary service lines from the traditional parking services we provide. Our SP+ is identified in an array of operating divisions that includes SP+ Airport Services , SP+ GAMEDAY , SP+ Healthcare Services , SP+ Hotel Services , SP+ Municipal Services , SP+ Office Services , SP+ Residential Services , SP+ Retail Services and SP+ University Services , which highlight the market-specific subject matter expertise that enables our professionals to meet the varied parking and transportation-related demands of those specific property types. Because our capabilities range beyond parking facility management, our SP+ Transportation , SP+ Facility Maintenance , SP+ Event Logistics and SP+ Security brands more clearly distinguish those service lines from the traditional parking services that we provide under our Standard Parking, Central Parking and USA brands. By offering this wide assortment of ancillary services, we are able to broaden the scope of our client relationships and thus increase our clients' reliance and dependency on our services, which in turn results in enhanced client retention rates and higher revenue and gross profit per location.

            Expand Our Geographic Platform.     We believe that opportunities exist to further develop new and expanded geographic markets either through new contract wins, acquisitions, alliances or partnerships. Clients who outsource the management of their parking operations often have a presence in a variety of urban markets and seek to outsource the management of their parking

11


Table of Contents

    facilities to a national provider. We intend to leverage relationships with existing clients that have locations in multiple markets as one potential entry point into developing new core markets. Additionally, we may continue to pursue acquisitions as a means of gaining critical mass in a new market.

            Continue to Focus on Management Contracts and Operational Efficiencies to Further Improve Profitability.     We continue to focus on the growth of lower-risk management contracts, which are inherently more predictable. We have invested substantial resources in information technology and continually seek to consolidate various corporate functions where possible in order to improve our processes and service offerings. In addition, we will continue to evaluate and improve our human capital management to ensure a consistent and high-level of service for our clients. The initiatives undertaken to date in these areas have improved our cost structure and enhanced our financial strength, which we believe will continue to yield future benefits.

            Pursue Opportunistic, Accretive Acquisitions.     The outsourced parking management industry remains highly fragmented and presents a significant opportunity for us. Given the scale in our existing operating platform, we have a demonstrated ability to successfully identify, acquire and integrate accretive tuck-in acquisitions. For example, in 2009, we acquired the assets of Gameday Management Group, U.S., an Orlando-based company that plans the operation of transportation and parking systems for major stadium and sporting events. Now offering our SP+ Event Logistics services throughout our SP+ GAMEDAY Operations Division, this acquisition has enabled us to provide our stadium and special event clients with transportation and parking planning expertise that can meet their most complex needs. Our SP+ GAMEDAY operating division has provided its transportation and traffic management services for numerous high-profile events, including Super Bowls XXX-XLIVII, the Daytona 500, the London 2012 Summer Olympics, the 2010 World Equestrian Games, 2012 NCAA Men's Basketball Championship, 2012 Tim Hortons NHL All-Star Game and the 2012 Republican National Convention. We expect to continue leveraging SP+ GAMEDAY expertise into new parking and transportation opportunities in the future. Among the assets acquired is proprietary SP+ GAMEDAY Click and Park® online parking and traffic management system, which enables parking customers to reserve and pay for parking online in advance of an event and its related Click and Ride® online seating reservation system, which enables riders to reserve and pay for shuttle bus seats. The addition of this capability to our product line in 2009 is an example of how we are integrating technology into a changing parking industry. We will continue to selectively pursue acquisition opportunities that help us acquire scale or enhance our service capabilities.

Services

        As a professional parking management company, we provide a comprehensive, turn-key package of parking services to our clients. Under a typical management contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily parking operations including cashiers, porters, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions. By way of example, our typical day-to-day operating duties, whether performed using our own personnel or subcontracted vendors, include:

    Collection and deposit of daily and monthly parking revenues from all parking customers.

    Daily housekeeping to maintain the facility in a clean and orderly manner.

    Restriping of the parking stalls as necessary.

    Routine maintenance of parking equipment ( e.g. , ticket dispensing machines, parking gate arms, fee computers).

    Marketing efforts designed to maximize gross parking revenues.

12


Table of Contents

    Delivery of courteous and professional customer relations.

    Painting of walkways, curbs, ceilings, walls or other facility surfaces.

    Snow removal from sidewalks and driveways.

        The scope of our management services typically also includes a number of functions that support the basic daily facility operations, such as:

    Preparation of an annual operating budget reflecting our estimates of the annual gross parking revenues that the facility will generate from its parking customers, as well as the costs and expenses to be incurred in connection with the facility's operation.

    Evaluation and analysis of, and consultation with our clients with respect to, price structures that will optimize our client's revenue objectives.

    Consultation with our clients regarding which of our customer amenities are appropriate and/or desirable for implementation at the client's parking facility.

    Implementation of a wide range of operational and revenue control processes and procedures, including internal audit procedures, designed to maximize and protect the facility's parking revenues. Compliance with our mandated processes and procedures is supervised by dedicated internal audit and contract compliance groups.

    Consultation with our clients regarding any recommended modifications in facility design or traffic flow, or the installation of new or updated parking equipment, designed both to enhance the ease and convenience of the parking experience for the parking customers and to maximize facility profitability.

    Monthly reporting to our clients regarding the facility's operating results. For those clients who wish to directly access their financial reporting information on-line, we offer the use of our proprietary Client View ® client reporting system, which provides on-line access to site-level financial and operating information.

    Ancillary Services

        Beyond the conventional parking facility management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ancillary services. For example:

    At various airports throughout the United States, we provide shuttle bus vehicles and the drivers to operate them in support of on-airport car rental operations as well as private off-airport parking locations.

    At certain airports, we provide ancillary ground transportation services, such as taxi and livery dispatch services, as well as concierge-type ground transportation information and support services for arriving passengers.

    For municipalities, we provide basic shuttle bus services, on-street parking meter collection and other forms of parking enforcement services.

    Within the medical center and hospital market, we provide valet and shuttle bus services.

    Within the luxury hotel and resort market, we provide valet services.

    We provide remote parking management services using technology that enables us to monitor a parking operation from a remote, off-site location and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions).

13


Table of Contents

    Amenities and Customer Service Programs

        We offer a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs, branded as Ambiance in Parking ®, many at nominal or no cost to the client. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client's sensitivity to and appreciation of the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

        Musical Theme Floor Reminder System.     Our musical theme floor reminder system is designed to help customers remember the garage level on which they parked. A different song is played on each floor of the parking garage. Each floor also displays distinctive signage and graphics that correspond with the floor's theme. For example, in one parking facility with U.S. colleges as a theme, a different college logo is displayed, and that college's specific fight song is heard, on each parking level. Other parking facilities have themes such as famous recording artists, musical instruments, and professional sports teams.

        Books-To-Go® CD Library.     Monthly customers can borrow—free of charge—audio CDs to which they can listen as they drive to and from work. A wide selection of fiction, non-fiction and business titles is maintained in the facility office.

        Films-To-Go® DVD Library.     This amenity builds on the success of our popular Books-To-Go ® program. DVDs of many popular movie titles are stocked in the parking facility office and made available free of charge to monthly customers. The movie selections are updated on a regular basis.

        SPokes.     Monthly parkers at participating facilities can check out a cruiser bike, free of charge, for their personal use. Parking customers make their reservations through the facility manager, and all riders are provided with helmets. Returned bikes and helmets are inspected and cleaned by a facility employee before reuse.

        Complimentary Driver Assistance Services.     Parking facility attendants provide a wide range of complimentary services to customers with car problems. Assistance can include charging weak batteries, inflating/changing tires, cleaning windshields and refilling windshield washer fluid. Attendants also can help customers locate their vehicles and escort them to their cars.

        SP Equipment & Technology Upgrade Program® Services (SETUP®).     We provide clients with a complete turnkey solution to managing all phases of new equipment projects, from initial design to installation to ongoing maintenance. Our design team will suggest a complete solution intended to return to our clients the greatest value for their investment based upon consideration of a wide array of choices as to both equipment (such as Pay-On-Foot, Automated Vehicle Identification and Automated Credit/Debit Card machine technology) and services (procurement, project management, installation and maintenance).

        SPare TM Emergency Care Services.     Under our SPare TM Emergency Care Services program, customers experiencing vehicle problems beyond weak batteries and low tire pressure call our toll-free number to receive, on a pay-per-use basis, a basic package of emergency services, including towing, jump starting, flat tire changing, fuel delivery, extracting a vehicle from the side of the road and lock-out service. The emergency services are provided at the parking facility or anywhere on the road.

        CarCare Maintenance Services.     A car service vendor will pick-up a customer's car from the parking facility, contact the customer with an estimate, service the car during normal working hours and return it to the facility before the end of the business day.

        Automated Teller Machines.     On-site ATM machines provide customers access to cash from bankcards and credit cards. We arrange for the installation of the machine, operated and maintained by

14


Table of Contents

an outside vendor. The parking facility realizes supplemental income from a fixed monthly rent and a share of usage transaction fees.

        Complimentary Courtesy Umbrellas and Flashlights.     Courtesy umbrellas are loaned to customers on rainy days. A similar lending program can be implemented to provide flashlights in emergency situations or power outages.

        Complimentary Services/Customer Appreciation Days.     Our clients select from a variety of complimentary services that we provide as a special way of saying "thank you" to our parking customers. Depending on client preferences, coffee, donuts and/or newspapers occasionally are provided to customers during the morning rush hour. On certain holidays, candy, with wrappers that can be customized with the facility logo, can be distributed to customers as they exit. We also can distribute personalized promotional items, such as ice scrapers and key-chains.

        Web-Based Applications.     As a result of the Central Merger, we acquired and utilize a portfolio of PC-based applications that are also supported with iPhone and Android apps. These advanced technology and feature rich applications are designed to support client and customer acquisition and retention, deliver business programs that benefit employees and other organizational members, and include direct-to-consumer programs intended to enhance daily, monthly and event parking revenue at our locations. These platforms are easily integrated with ecommerce capabilities such as the Company's proprietary Click and Park ® online reservation and payment engine.

        Centralized Contact Center.     We deliver a high level of customer service by bringing our national customer service expertise to local markets through a centralized system designed to enhance consistency and performance. A centralized team of trained Contact Center professionals offer increased availability and improved responsiveness to meet customer needs. Whether via email, phone or other communication channels, our customer support team is readily accessible by our customers, and centralized databases provide the team with necessary customer-related information on a city-by-city basis.

Business Development

        Our efforts to attract new clients are primarily concentrated in and coordinated by a dedicated business development group, whose background and expertise is in the field of sales and marketing, and whose financial compensation is determined to a significant extent by their business development success. This business development group is responsible for forecasting sales, maintaining a pipeline of prospective and existing clients, initiating contacts with such clients, and then following through to coordinate meetings involving those clients and the appropriate members of our operations hierarchy. By concentrating our sales efforts through this dedicated group, we enable our operations personnel to focus on achieving excellence in our parking facility operations and maximizing our clients' parking profits and our own profitability.

        We also place a specific focus on marketing and client relationship efforts that pertain to those clients having a large regional or national presence. Accordingly, we assign a dedicated executive to those clients to address any existing portfolio issues, as well as to reinforce existing and develop new account relationships and to take any other action that may further our business development interests.

Operations

        We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada in order to support approximately 24,000 employees and approximately 4,200 locations. These offices serve as the central bases through which we provide the employees to staff our parking facilities as well as the on-site and support management staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff accountants are based in those same offices and facilitate the efficient, accurate and timely production

15


Table of Contents

and delivery to our clients of our monthly reports. Having these all-inclusive operations and accounting teams located in regional and city offices throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada allows us to add new locations quickly and in a cost-efficient manner. To facilitate the training of our facility personnel throughout the country, we have created SP+ University TM , the foundation of all our formal training programs that span a wide range of topics including soft skills, technology, software, leadership skills and operating procedures. Courses are deployed using a multitude of methods including classroom sessions, web-based sessions, and self-managed, computer-based training. SP+ University TM is available to our employees on a 24/7 basis so they may access training and information when they need it. In addition, we are expanding USA University to train a growing number of employees in valet operations serving other parking locations, including Class A office buildings and residences, municipalities, airports and stadiums and entertainment complexes, to provide high-quality service.

        Our overall basic corporate functions in the areas of finance, human resources, risk management, legal, purchasing and procurement, general administration, strategy and information and technology are based in our Chicago corporate office and Nashville support office. The Chicago corporate office also supports and promotes consistency throughout our field operations by developing and administering our operational, financial and administrative policies, practices and procedures.

Clients and Properties

        Our client base includes a diverse cross-section of public and private owners of commercial, institutional and municipal real estate. No single client represented more than 3% of revenues or more than 2% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we retained an average of 88%, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.

Information Technology

        We believe that automation and technology can enhance customer convenience, lower labor costs, improve cash management and increase overall profitability. We have been a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology to the parking business and we were among the first to adopt electronic fund transfer (EFT) payment options, pay-on-foot (ATM) technology and bar code decal technology. Our proprietary Click and Park® technology enables people to reserve and purchase parking online, in advance, both for sporting and special events as well as in a wide array of other commercial parking environments. At many locations, Click and Park® users also can get customized directions showing what route to take to get to their parking destination most efficiently. Similarly, our proprietary Click and Ride® system lets people reserve and pay for bus seating online, in advance. Our proprietary MPM Plus ® monthly parker management and billing system provides comprehensive and reliable billing of the parking-related provisions of multi-year commercial tenant leases.

        In connection with the Central Merger, we acquired a remote parking management service located in Austin, Texas. We relocated existing other remote management operations from Chicago and Seattle to Austin, Texas and rebranded as our SP+ Remote Management Services operating division. From the Austin office, SP+ Remote Management Services personnel are able to monitor revenue and other aspects of a parking operation and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions). After consolidating remote operations, we have begun expanding the locations where our remote management technology is installed. As of December 31, 2013 we provided SP+ Remote Management Services to approximately 150 locations. We expect this business to grow as clients focus on improving the profitability of their parking operations by decreasing labor costs at their locations through remote management.

16


Table of Contents

        To promote internal efficiency, we have created advanced information systems that connect local offices across the country to our corporate headquarters. These systems support accounting, financial management and reporting practices, general operating procedures, training, employment policies, cash controls and marketing procedures. Our commitment to the application of technology in the parking management business has resulted in the creation of a proprietary product, Client View ®, an Internet-based system that gives our clients the flexibility and convenience to access and download their monthly financials and detailed back-up reports. In addition, use of our electronic, web-based procurement and payment system controls costs by automatically enforcing procurement policies and efficiently processing the associated payables. We believe that our standardized processes and controls enhance our ability to successfully add new locations and expand our operations into new markets.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2013, we employed 23,937 individuals, including 14,255 full-time and 9,682 part-time employees. As of December 31, 2012, we employed 25,011 individuals, including 14,940 full-time and 10,071 part-time employees. Approximately 34% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and represented by labor unions. Various union locals represent parking attendants and cashiers in the following cities: Atlanta, Akron (OH), Baltimore, Boston, Chicago, Cleveland, Dallas, Denver, Detroit, Jersey City, Kansas City, Long Beach (CA), Los Angeles, Manchester (NH), Miami, New York City, Newark, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Portland, Rochester, San Francisco, San Jose, San Juan (Puerto Rico), Santa Monica, Seattle, Syracuse and Washington, DC.

        We are frequently engaged in collective bargaining negotiations with various union locals. No single collective bargaining agreement covers a material number of our employees. We believe that our employee relations are generally good.

Insurance

        We purchase comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur in the operations that we lease or manage. The primary amount of such coverage is $2.0 million per occurrence and $2.0 million in the aggregate per facility for our garage liability and garage keepers legal liability coverage. In addition, we purchase workers' compensation insurance for all eligible employees and umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000 of any loss (or, as of January 1, 2014, the first $500,000 of any loss in the case of our general liability or automobile liability policies only). As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to those levels. We utilize a third-party administrator to process and pay claims. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under our property insurance policy varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. We believe that our insurance coverage is adequate and consistent with industry practice. Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to parking facility owners on a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we operate parking facilities pursuant to management contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies (provided that we are named as an additional insured pursuant to an additional insured endorsement), but historically most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance coverage by being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies.

        We purchase group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees (whether they work at leased facilities, managed facilities or in our support offices) and their family members. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we insured our eligible full-time employees and their family members through either a fully insured program or a self-insured program with a $175,000 stop-loss limit.

17


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2014, we modified our group health insurance program and will self-insure all eligible full-time employees and their family members up to a $175,000 stop loss limit.

        Pursuant to our management contracts, we charge those clients an allocated portion of our insurance-related costs.

Competition

        The parking industry is fragmented and highly competitive, with limited barriers to entry. We face direct competition for additional facilities to manage or lease, while our facilities themselves compete with nearby facilities for our parking customers and in the labor market generally for qualified employees. Moreover, the construction of new parking facilities near our existing facilities can adversely affect our business. There are only a few national parking management companies that compete with us. However, we also face competition from numerous smaller, locally owned independent parking operators, as well as from developers, hotels, national financial services companies and other institutions that manage their own parking facilities as well as facilities owned by others. Many municipalities and other governmental entities also operate their own parking facilities, potentially eliminating those facilities as management or lease opportunities for us. Some of our present and potential competitors have or may obtain greater financial and marketing resources than we have, which may negatively impact our ability to retain existing contracts and gain new contracts. We also face significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement because a number of large companies specialize in these services. In addition, entry barriers into these ancillary service businesses are low.

        We believe that we compete for management clients based on a variety of factors, including fees charged for services, ability to generate revenues and control expenses for clients, accurate and timely reporting of operational results, quality of customer service, and ability to anticipate and respond to industry changes. Factors that affect our ability to compete for leased locations include the ability to make financial commitments, long-term financial stability, and the ability to generate revenues and control expenses. Factors affecting our ability to compete for employees include wages, benefits and working conditions.

Regulation

        Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, and in some cases, municipal and state authorities directly regulate parking facilities. Our facilities in New York City are, for example, subject to extensive governmental restrictions concerning automobile capacity, pricing, structural integrity and certain prohibited practices. Many cities impose a tax or surcharge on parking services, which generally range from 10% to 50% of revenues collected. We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of our clients and ourselves. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes or to file tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for any such costs. We held a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities as of December 31, 2013 and six parking facilities as of December 31, 2012. We may now be liable for such costs as a result of such previous ownership by Central and our current ownership. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain of our locations or in connection with our operations. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, based on

18


Table of Contents

information currently available, management believes that none of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or of remediating a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        Several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car-pooling and the use of mass transit or impose certain restrictions on automobile usage. These types of laws have adversely affected our revenues and could continue to do so in the future. For example, the City of New York imposed restrictions in the wake of the September 11 terrorist attacks, which included street closures, traffic flow restrictions and a requirement for passenger cars entering certain bridges and tunnels to have more than one occupant during the morning rush hour. It is possible that cities could enact additional measures such as higher tolls, increased taxes and vehicle occupancy requirements in certain circumstances, which could adversely impact us. We are also affected by zoning and use restrictions and other laws and regulations that are common to any business that deals with real estate.

        In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination, human rights laws and whistle blowing. Several cities in which we have operations either have adopted or are considering the adoption of so-called "living wage" ordinances, which could adversely impact our profitability by requiring companies that contract with local governmental authorities and other employers to increase wages to levels substantially above the federal minimum wage. In addition, we are subject to provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended ("OSHA"), and related regulations. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

        We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

        Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of parking facilities, both directly and indirectly, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"). Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, the ADA requires parking facilities to include handicapped spaces, headroom for wheelchair vans, attendants' booths that accommodate wheelchairs and elevators that are operable by disabled persons. When negotiating management contracts and leases with clients, we generally require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in connection with the property. There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property and there can be no assurance that we would not be held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner.

19


Table of Contents

Management believes that the parking facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA requirements.

        Regulations by the Federal Aviation Administration may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during times of heightened alert. The 300 foot rule and new regulations may prevent us from using a number of existing spaces during heightened security alerts at airports. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

Intellectual Property

        SP Plus® and the SP+® and the SP+ logo, SP+ GAMEDAY®, Innovation In Operation®, Click and Park® and the Click and Park® logo, Standard Parking® and the Standard Parking logo, CPC®, Central Parking System®, Central Parking Corporation®, USA Parking®, Focus Point Parking® and Allright Parking® are service marks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have registered the names and, as applicable, the logos of all of our material subsidiaries and divisions as service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state registry. We invented the Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility musical Theme Floor Reminder System. We have also registered the copyright rights in our proprietary software, such as Client View ©, Hand Held Program ©, License Plate Inventory Programs © and ParkStat © with the United States Copyright Office. We also own the URL parking.com.

Corporate Information

        Our headquarters are located at 200 E. Randolph Street, Suite 7700, Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702. Our telephone number is (312) 274-2000. Our website address is www.spplus.com . Our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC are available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our web site as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our web site or any other web site is not incorporated by reference into this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC, and you should not consider information contained on our web sites or any other web site to be a part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

ITEM 1A.     RISK FACTORS

         You should carefully consider the specific risk factors described below together with all other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Report, as these risks, among others, are important factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our historical result, and the occurrence of the adverse developments described in these risk factors could materially and adversely harm our business , financial condition, results of operations or preopects. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider any such list to be a complete statement of all potential risks or uncertainties applicable to our business.

We may be unable to integrate Central's business with our own successfully.

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition of Central Parking Corporation, and Central is now our wholly owned subsidiary. We are devoting significant management attention and resources to integrating Central's business practices and operations with our own. Potential difficulties we may encounter as part of the integration process include the following:

    the potential inability to successfully combine Central's business with our own in a manner that permits us to achieve the cost synergies expected to be achieved within two years of the completion of the merger and other benefits anticipated to result from the merger;

20


Table of Contents

    the potential inability to integrate Central's customer-facing products and services, such as its centralized customer service centers, direct-to-consumer marketing programs, various web-based applications and enhanced technology applications such as those used by its remote management division;

    challenges leveraging the customer information and technology of the two companies;

    challenges effectuating the diversification strategy, including challenges achieving revenue growth from sales of each company's products and services to the clients and customers of the other company;

    complexities associated with managing the combined businesses, including difficulty addressing possible differences in corporate cultures and management philosophies and the challenge of integrating complex systems, technology, networks and other assets of each of the companies in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, clients, employees, lenders and other constituencies; and

    potential unknown liabilities and unforeseen increased expenses associated with the merger.

        It is possible that the integration process could result in diversion of the attention of our management, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, clients, employees and other constituencies or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger, or could reduce our earnings or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results.

We incurred substantial additional indebtedness in connection with the Central Merger.

        In connection with the Central Merger, we entered into a credit agreement dated October 2, 2012 providing for $450.0 million in secured Senior Credit Facility ("Senior Credit Facility) consisting of (1) a $200.0 million five-year revolving credit facility and (2) a $250.0 million term loan facility with Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and certain other financial institutions. In conjunction with Central Merger, we assumed approximately $217.7 million of Central's debt, net of cash acquired, which was repaid at closing using the proceeds of the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the proceeds from these borrowings have been used by us to finance in part the Central Merger, the costs and expenses related to the Central Merger, our ongoing working capital needs and other general corporate purposes. As a result, we have indebtedness that is substantially greater than our indebtedness prior to the Central Merger. This higher level of indebtedness may:

    require us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new technologies, make stock repurchases, pay dividends and for general corporate purposes;

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions, including increases in interest rates if the borrowings bear interest at variable rates or if such indebtedness is refinanced at a time when interest rates are higher; and

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry, creating competitive disadvantages compared to other competitors with lower debt levels and borrowing costs.

        We cannot assure you that cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility and any future credit facility, will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. If the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds certain thresholds, the interest rate on indebtedness outstanding under our credit facility will be higher. In addition, if the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds certain other thresholds, we will be required to make mandatory prepayments of our outstanding indebtedness using excess free cash flow.

21


Table of Contents

        We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our Senior Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the debt. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness was accelerated.

The Central Merger may result in a loss of customers, clients and strategic alliances.

        As a result of the Central Merger, some of our customers, clients, potential customers or clients or strategic partners may terminate their business relationship with us. Potential clients or strategic partners may delay entering into, or decide not to enter into, a business relationship with us because of the Central Merger. If customer or client relationships or strategic alliances are adversely affected by the Central Merger, our business and financial performance could suffer.

Our management contracts and leases expose us to certain risks, including structural repair obligations under certain lease contracts

        The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management contracts or leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A material reduction in the operating income associated with the integrated services we provide under management contracts and leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30 days' notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results.

        We are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under leases because we are generally responsible for all the operating expenses of our leased locations. Additionally, some of our leases acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to us responsibility for all structural repairs required on the property, including repairs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. We may incur costs for structural repair obligations in 2014 and future years, although we are not yet able to estimate the amount of our liability for these repairs in any particular year or in the aggregate. Additionally, the applicable indemnity under the merger agreement may not cover all such obligations, and there will be timing differences between our payments to satisfy these obligations and our receipt of indemnification thereof, and some indemnification obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of our common stock. Accordingly, our expenditures to cover these structural repair obligations could have a material adverse impact on our operating results (including our gross profit derived from locations that we operate under leases) and cash flows for 2014 and future years. Any other increase in the cost of parking services could also reduce our gross profit derived from locations that we operate under leases. As of December 31, 2013, we operated 20% of our locations under leases, compared to 9% prior to the Central Merger.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of business could affect our operations and financial condition.

        In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of the matters could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant adverse litigation, judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results

22


Table of Contents

of operations. In addition, Central is subject to a number of ongoing legal proceedings, and we will incur substantial expenses defending such matters and may have judgments levied against us that are substantial and may not be covered by reserves.

We have incurred substantial expenses and expect to incur additional substantial expenses related to the Central Merger and our integration with Central.

        As of December 31, 2013, we have incurred or expect to incur approximately $51.9 million in total merger and integration costs, including $10.2 million in transaction costs, $31.4 million for synergy planning and integration costs and $10.3 million for financing costs and original issue discount costs. There are many factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount of merger and integration expenses. Moreover, many of the expenses that will be incurred are, by their nature, difficult to estimate accurately. To the extent these merger and integration expenses are higher than anticipated, our future operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected and our ability to meet the leverage ratio and fixed charged ratio mandated by our Senior Credit Facility may be impaired.

We are subject to intense competition that could constrain our ability to gain business, as well as our profitability.

        We believe that competition in parking facility management and ancillary services is intense. The low cost of entry into the parking facility management business has led to a strongly competitive, fragmented market consisting primarily of a variety of entities ranging from single lot operators to large regional and national multi-facility operators, as well as municipal and other governmental entities that choose not to outsource their parking operations. Competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their services or develop technology that is as or more successful than our proprietary technology solutions that are designed to strengthen customer loyalty and optimize facility pricing and performance. We provide nearly all of our services under contracts, many of which are obtained through competitive bidding, and many of our competitors also have long-standing relationships with our clients. Providers of parking facility management services have traditionally competed on the basis of cost and quality of service. As we have worked to establish ourselves as principal members of the industry, we compete predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships. We may not be able to, or may choose not to, compete with certain competitors on the basis of price. As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service providers or self-manage. Furthermore, these strong competitive pressures could impede our success in bidding for profitable business and our ability to increase prices even as costs rise, thereby reducing margins.

We must comply with public and private regulations that may impose significant costs on us.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. These laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. We may be potentially liable for such costs as a result of our operation of parking facilities. Additionally, Central previously owned a large number of real properties; we acquired a partial ownership interest in six parking facilities as part of the Central Merger and as of December 31, 2013, we held a partial ownership interest in four of these parking facilities. We may now be liable for such costs as a result of such previous and current ownership. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain locations or in connection with our operations. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or remediation of a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition,

23


Table of Contents

several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car pooling and the use of mass transit. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

        In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

        We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

        In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination and whistle blowing. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing of tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

Deterioration in economic conditions in general could reduce the demand for parking and ancillary services and, as a result, reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

        Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions could have a negative impact on our business. In addition, our business operations tend to be concentrated in large urban areas. Many of our customers are workers who commute by car to their places of employment in these urban centers. Our business could be materially adversely affected to the extent that weak economic conditions or demographic factors have resulted in the elimination of jobs and high unemployment in these large urban areas. In addition, increased unemployment levels, the movement of white-collar jobs from urban centers to suburbs or out of North America entirely, increased office vacancies in urban areas, movement toward home office alternatives or lower consumer spending could reduce consumer demand for our services.

        Adverse changes in economic conditions could also lead to a decline in parking at airports and commercial facilities, including facilities owned by retail operators and hotels. In particular, reductions in parking at leased facilities can lower our profit because a decrease in revenue would be exacerbated by fixed costs that we must pay under our leases.

        If adverse economic conditions reduce discretionary spending, business travel or other economic activity that fuels demand for our services, our earnings could be reduced. Adverse changes in local and national economic conditions could also depress prices for our services or cause clients to cancel their agreements to purchase our services.

24


Table of Contents

The financial difficulties or bankruptcy of one or more of our major clients could adversely affect our results.

        Future revenue and our ability to collect accounts receivable depend, in part, on the financial strength of our clients. We estimate an allowance for accounts we do not consider collectible, and this allowance adversely impacts profitability. In the event that our clients experience financial difficulty, become unable to obtain financing or seek bankruptcy protection, our profitability would be further impacted by our failure to collect accounts receivable in excess of the estimated allowance. Additionally, our future revenue would be reduced by the loss of these clients or by the cancellation of leases or management contracts by clients in bankruptcy.

Additional funds would need to be reserved for future insurance losses if such losses are worse than expected.

        We provide liability and worker's compensation insurance coverage consistent with our obligations to our clients under our various management contracts and leases. We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carriers for, or pay directly, each loss incurred up to the amount of a specified deductible or self-insured retention. The per-occurrence deductible is $250,000 for our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies and $500,000 for our automobile liability policy. The per-occurrence self-insured retention for our general liability policy is $500,000. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property, and in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under the property insurance policies varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. The stop-loss limit applicable under the group health insurance we provide for eligible employees is $175,000 per illness. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon guidance and evaluation received from third-party insurance professionals. There can be no assurance, however, that the ultimate amount of our obligations will not exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set aside additional funds to reserve for any such excess. Changes in insurance reserves as a result of periodic evaluations of the liabilities can cause swings in operating results that may not be indicative of the operations of our ongoing business. Additionally, our obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims, or if the severity of, or the administrative costs associated with, those claims generally increases. A material increase in insurance costs due to a change in the number or severity of claims, claim costs or premiums paid by us could have a material adverse effect on our operating income.

Labor disputes could lead to loss of revenues or expense variations.

        At December 31, 2013, approximately 34% of our employees were represented by labor unions and approximately 27% of our collective bargaining contracts are up for renewal in 2014, representing approximately 11% of our employees. In addition, at any given time, we may face a number of union organizing drives.

        When one or more of our major collective bargaining agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or when we face union organizing drives, we may disagree with the union on important issues that, in turn, could lead to a strike, work slowdown or other job actions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew existing labor union contracts on acceptable terms. In such cases, there are no assurances that we would be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. A strike, work slowdown or other job action could in some cases disrupt us from providing services, resulting in reduced revenues. If declines in client service occur or if our clients are targeted for sympathy strikes by other unionized workers, contract cancellations could result. The result of negotiating a first time agreement or renegotiating an existing collective bargaining agreement could result in a substantial increase in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to pass through to clients. In addition, potential legislation could make it significantly easier for union organizing drives to be successful and could give third-party arbitrators the ability to impose terms of collective bargaining agreements upon

25


Table of Contents

us and a labor union if we are unable to agree with such union on the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

        In addition, we make contributions to multiemployer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be responsible for paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which amount could be material.

The restatement of our historical financial statements has already consumed, and may continue to consume, a significant amount of our time and resources and may have a material adverse effect on stock price and subject us to claims.

        We have restated certain historical financial statements to reflect a correction in our accounting for deficiency payments made pursuant to the Bradley Agreement. We have also determined that, solely as a result of our prior accounting for the Bradley Agreement, we had a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and that, accordingly, our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of certain prior reporting periods, even though we had previously determined that they were effective. It is difficult to predict all of the ramifications to us from this restatement. The restatement process was time and resource-intensive and involved substantial attention from management and significant costs and expenses, including for legal and other professional advisors and for third parties retained to assist us with the restatement. Although we have now completed the restatement, it is possible that we will have inquiries from the SEC and/or Nasdaq regarding our restated financial statements or related matters, which could consume a significant amount of our resources. Moreover, many companies that have been required to restate their historical financial statements have experienced volatility in stock prices and declines in stock prices and stockholder lawsuits, which can be expensive to defend and divert management attention and resources. We may suffer similar consequences as a result of our restatement.

Natural disasters or acts of terrorism could disrupt services.

        Hurricanes, storms, earthquakes, drought, floods or other natural disasters or acts of terrorism may result in reduced revenues. Disasters may also cause economic dislocations throughout the country. In addition, terrorist attacks have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased government regulation of airlines and airport facilities, including imposition of minimum distances between parking facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of currently managed parking facilities. We derive a significant percentage of our gross profit from parking facilities and parking related services in and around airports. The Federal Aviation Administration generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened security. While the prohibition is not currently in effect, there can be no assurance that this governmental prohibition will not again be reinstated. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals or future regulations may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our revenue and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential disruption, cyber attacks, cyber terrorism, security breaches, and expanding social media vehicles present new risks.

        We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities, and any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction or interruption of these systems could negatively impact our operations. In addition, there is a risk of business interruption, reputational damage and potential legal liability damages from leakage of confidential information. Acts of cyber terrorism involve the premeditated use of disruptive activities, or the threat thereof, involving computers and/or networks, with the intention to cause harm or further social, ideological, religious, political or similar objectives. The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism such as

26


Table of Contents

website defacement, denial of automated payment services, sabotage of our proprietary on-demand technology or the use of electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful allegations to our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. The inappropriate use of certain media vehicles could cause brand damage or information leakage. Negative posts or comments about us on any social networking website could seriously damage our reputation. In addition, the disclosure of non-public information through external media channels could lead to information loss. Identifying new points of entry as social media continues to expand represents new challenges. Any business interruptions or damage to our reputation could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

State and municipal government clients may sell or enter into long-term leases of parking-related assets to our competitors.

        In order to raise additional revenue, a number of state and municipal governments have either sold or entered into long-term leases of public assets or may be contemplating such transactions. The assets that are the subject of such transactions have included government-owned parking garages located in downtown commercial districts and parking operations at airports. The sale or long-term leasing of such government-owned parking assets to our competitors or clients of our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

        The rate of our expansion will depend in part on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. In addition, our senior credit facility contains provisions that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and/or make substantial investments or acquisitions. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to finance our current growth strategy.

The sureties for our performance bond program may elect not to provide us with new or renewal performance bonds for any reason.

        As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any existing or future surety provider refuses to provide us with surety bonds, either generally or because we are unwilling or unable to post collateral at levels sufficient to satisfy the surety's requirements, there can be no assurance that we would be able to find alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of existing contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Federal health care reform legislation may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in the U.S. (collectively, the "Health Care Reform Laws"). The Health Care Reform Laws include a large number of health-related provisions that become effective over the next four years, including requiring most individuals to have health insurance and establishing new regulations on health plans. Although the Health Care Reform Laws do not mandate that employers offer health insurance, penalties will be assessed on large employers who do not offer health insurance that meets certain affordability or benefit requirements beginning January 1, 2015. Providing such additional health insurance benefits to our employees, or the payment of penalties if such coverage is not provided, would increase our expenses. If we are unable to raise the rates we charge our clients to cover this expense, such increases in expense could reduce our operating profit.

27


Table of Contents

        In addition, under the Health Care Reform Laws, employers will have to file a significant amount of additional information with the Internal Revenue Service and will have to develop systems and processes to track requisite information. We will have to modify our current systems to do so, which could increase our general and administrative expense.

We do not maintain insurance coverage for all possible risks.

        We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to help protect us against loss or damage incurred from a wide variety of insurable risks. Each year, we review with our professional insurance advisers whether the insurance policies and associated coverages that we maintain are sufficient to adequately protect us from the various types of risk to which we are exposed in the ordinary course of business. That analysis takes into account various pertinent factors such as the likelihood that we would incur a material loss from any given risk, as well as the cost of obtaining insurance coverage against any such risk. There can be no assurance that we may not sustain a material loss for which we do not maintain any, or adequate, insurance coverage.

ITEM 1B.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable.

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES

Parking Facilities

        We operate parking facilities in 46 states and the District of Columbia in the United States, Puerto Rico and four provinces of Canada. The following table summarizes certain information regarding our facilities as of December 31, 2013:

 
   
  # of Locations    
  # of Spaces    
 
States/Provinces
  Airports and Urban Cities   Airport   Urban   Total   Airport   Urban   Total  

Alabama

  Airports, Auburn, Birmingham and Mobile     1     68     69     1,074     14,180     15,254  

Alberta

  Airports, Calgary, Edmonton, and Sherwood Park     3     6     9         1,561     1,561  

Arkansas

  Little Rock         1     1         371     371  

Arizona

  Phoenix, Tempe, Nogales, Scottsdale,         30     30         24,712     24,712  

California

  Airports, Beverly Hills, Glendale, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Newport Beach, Riverside, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Jose and Santa Monica     29     762     791     59,439     257,202     316,639  

Colorado

  Airports, Aurora, Colorado Springs, Denver, Greenwood Village, and Lakewood     9     159     168     40,477     68,732     109,209  

Connecticut

  Airports, Hartford and Windsor Locks     12     6     18     12,868     1,166     14,034  

Delaware

  Wilmington         3     3         1,167     1,167  

District of Columbia

  Airport and Washington, DC                                      

Florida

  Airports, Coral Gables, Ft. Lauderdale, Ft. Myers, Miami, Orlando, Saint Petersburg and Tampa     14     218     232     49,877     86,190     136,067  

Georgia

  Airports and Atlanta     16     62     78     35,367     41,167     76,534  

Hawaii

  Honolulu         37     37         14,630     14,630  

Idaho

  Airport     1         1     915         915  

Illinois

  Airports, Chicago and Evanston     13     320     333     37,366     121,222     158,588  

Indiana

  Indianapolis         7     7         2,130     2,130  

Kansas

  Topeka         2     2         832     832  

Kentucky

  Airports and Lexington     6     18     24     16,807     3,430     20,237  

Louisiana

  Airports, Baton Rouge, Kenner, and New Orleans     9     93     102     10,474     25,149     35,623  

Maine

  Airports and Portland     3     3     6     3,081     1,890     4,971  

Manitoba

  Winnipeg         8     8         941     941  

Maryland

  Baltimore, Landover, Oxon Hill, Rockville         63     63         60,799     60,799  

Massachusetts

  Boston and Cambridge         100     100         36,629     36,629  

Michigan

  Airports and Detroit     14     31     45     34,439     15,587     50,026  

Minnesota

  Minneapolis and St. Paul         37     37         11,851     11,851  

Mississippi

  Jackson         16     16         5,672     5,672  

Missouri

  Airports, Kansas City and St. Louis     7     84     91     26,644     37,587     64,231  

Montana

  Airports     6         6     5,170         5,170  

Nebraska

  Airports and Omaha     2     11     13     1,307     2,349     3,656  

New Hampshire

  Airports     5         5         8,427     8,427  

New Jersey

  Camden, Jersey City, Newark, Paterson and Wayne         90     90         79,284     79,284  

New Mexico

  Airport and Albuquerque     1     8     9         4,186     4,186  

New York

  Airports, Bronx, Brooklyn, Buffalo, Flushing, Long Island City, Manhattan and New York City     8     558     566     15,547     84,022     99,569  

North Carolina

  Airport and Charlotte     3     30     33     2,352     19,186     21,538  

North Dakota

  Airports     2         2     2,336         2,336  

Ohio

  Airports, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus and Dayton     17     174     191     17,859     94,637     112,496  

Oklahoma

  Oklahoma City and Tulsa         26     26         6,728     6,728  

Ontario

  Hamilton, Kitchener and Toronto         125     125         35,649     35,649  

Oregon

  Airports and Portland     8     10     18     18,293     4,042     22,335  

Pennsylvania

  Airports, Harrisburg, and Philadelphia     4     80     84     7,241     60,389     67,630  

Puerto Rico

  Carolina and San Juan         30     30         17,378     17,378  

Quebec

  Gatineau         8     8         4,647     4,647  

Rhode Island

  Airports, Providence, and Warwick     7     18     25     9,027     7,537     16,564  

South Carolina

  Columbia and Greenville         3     3         1,651     1,651  

South Dakota

  Airports     2         2     2,716         2,716  

Tennessee

  Airports, Knoxville, Memphis and Nashville     6     90     96     11,938     19,759     31,697  

Texas

  Airports, Austin, Dallas, Ft. Worth, Houston and San Antonio     29     236     265     42,081     167,590     209,671  

Utah

  Airports, Farmington, and Salt Lake City     9     14     23     15,161     5,247     20,408  

Virginia

  Airports, Arlington, Newport News, Richmond and Virginia Beach     8     108     116     11,280     37,038     48,318  

Washington

  Airport, Bellevue and Seattle     1     102     103     1,253     23,088     24,341  

West Virginia

  Charleston         15     15         5,367     5,367  

Wisconsin

  Airports and Milwaukee     12     34     46     20,099     17,435     37,534  
                               

  Totals     263     3,980     4,243     512,486     1,558,162     2,070,648  
                               
                               

29


Table of Contents

        We have interest in fifteen joint ventures, seven limited liability companies, twelve general partnerships, and one limited partnership that each operate between one and thirty-five parking facilities. We also held a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities as of December 31, 2013.

        For additional information on our properties, see also Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Operating Facilities" and Note D. and Note L. of the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

Office Leases

        We lease approximately 35,000 square feet for our corporate offices in Chicago, Illinois. We believe that this space will be adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

        We also lease approximately 40,000 square feet for our support office in Nashville, Tennessee, which expires on March 31, 2014. We have entered into a new lease for approximately 33,000 square feet that will commence on April 1, 2014 and we believe that this space will be adequate to meet current and foreseeable future needs.

        We also lease regional offices in various cities in the United States and Canada. These lease agreements generally include renewal and expansion options, and we believe that these facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In addition, we are from time-to-time party to litigation, administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally pay non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no "normal course" matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition or cash flow.

        In determining the appropriate loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of potential loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a potential loss or a range of potential loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

ITEM 4.     MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.

30


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

        Effective December 2, 2013, we changed our name from Standard Parking Corporation to SP Plus Corporation. In conjunction with our name change, we changed the ticker symbol under which our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market from "STAN" to "SP". The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Sales Price   Sales Price  
Quarter Ended
  High   Low   High   Low  

March 31

  $ 22.60   $ 19.34   $ 20.81   $ 17.00  

June 30

  $ 23.26   $ 20.00   $ 21.52   $ 18.33  

September 30

  $ 26.92   $ 21.40   $ 24.31   $ 20.87  

December 31

  $ 28.09   $ 21.97   $ 23.87   $ 20.68  

Holders

        As of March 3, 2014, there were 2,772 holders of our common stock, based on the number of record holders of our common stock.

Dividends

        We did not pay a cash dividend in respect of our common stock in 2013 or 2012. By the terms of our Senior Credit Facility, we can pay cash dividends on our capital stock not to exceed $10.0 million in aggregate while such facility is in effect. There are no restrictions on the ability of our wholly owned subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to us.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Plan Category
  Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights
(a)
  Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights
(b)
  Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in
Column (a))
(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by securities holders

    722,469   $ 0.06     605,025  

Equity compensation plans not approved by securities holders

             
               

Total

    722,469   $ 0.06     605,025  
               
               

Stock Repurchases

        In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008. There were no stock repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2013,

31


Table of Contents

$12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data". The table also presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included herein. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for years 2013, 2012 and 2011, which are included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition (the "Central Merger") of Central Parking Corporation ("Central"). Our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include Central's results of operations for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 do not include amounts related to Central's results of operations.

32


Table of Contents

        The results of operations for the historical periods included in the following table are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. See Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risk factors that could impact our future results.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Parking services revenue:

                               

Lease contracts

  $ 489,575   $ 250,355   $ 147,510   $ 138,664   $ 140,441  

Management contracts

    347,346     230,501     173,725     171,331     153,382  

Reimbursed management contract revenue

    629,878     473,082     408,427     411,148     401,671  
                       

Total revenue

    1,466,799     953,938     729,662     721,143     695,494  

Cost of parking services:

                               

Lease contracts

    456,090     231,781     136,494     128,613     130,897  

Management contracts

    208,730     141,949     97,186     96,912     87,812  

Reimbursed management contract expense

    629,878     473,082     408,427     411,148     401,671  
                       

Total cost of parking services

    1,294,698     846,812     642,107     636,673     620,380  

Gross profit:

                               

Lease contracts

    33,485     18,574     11,016     10,051     9,544  

Management contracts

    138,676     88,552     76,539     74,419     65,570  
                       

Total gross profit

    172,101     107,126     87,555     84,470     75,114  

General and administrative expenses

    98,931     86,540     48,297     47,878     44,707  

Depreciation and amortization

    31,193     13,513     6,618     6,074     5,828  
                       

Operating income

    41,977     7,073     32,640     30,518     24,579  

Interest expense

    19,034     8,616     4,691     5,335     6,012  

Interest income

    (643 )   (297 )   (227 )   (218 )   (268 )
                       

    18,391     8,319     4,464     5,117     5,744  
                       

Income before income taxes

    23,586     (1,246 )   28,176     25,401     18,835  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    8,821     (3,620 )   10,700     9,770     6,807  
                       

Net income

    14,765     2,374     17,476     15,631     12,028  

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    2,676     1,034     378     268     123  
                       

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation(1)

  $ 12,089   $ 1,340   $ 17,098   $ 15,363   $ 11,905  
                       
                       

Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,158   $ 28,450   $ 13,220   $ 7,305   $ 8,256  

Total assets(2)

    862,375     905,283     242,971     242,843     230,180  

Total debt(3)

    288,662     310,559     82,013     97,902     113,211  

Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity(4)

  $ 203,108   $ 186,248   $ 41,251   $ 29,204   $ 8,554  

(1)
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation for 2012 includes the following significant amounts from the Central Merger: Total revenue, excluding reimbursed revenue, of $127.8 million; Total cost of parking services, excluding reimbursed expense, of $190.0 million; and General and administrative expenses of $24.6 million.

33


Table of Contents

(2)
Total assets as of December 31, 2012 includes the impact of assets acquired in the Central Merger of $624.9 million.

(3)
Total long-term debt, including current portion as of December 31, 2012, includes $217.7 million of debt, net of cash acquired, assumed in the Central Merger.

(4)
Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity as of December 31, 2012 includes approximately $140.7 million related to the issuance of our common stock in the Central Merger.

ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere herein. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A "Risk Factors" and elsewhere herein. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

    Our Business

        We manage parking facilities in urban markets and at airports across the United States, Puerto Rico and in four Canadian provinces. We typically enter into contractual relationships with property owners or managers as opposed to owning facilities.

        We operate our clients' properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our clients rather than to us. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as "reverse" management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require us to pay various costs. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections or a combination thereof. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. Margins for lease contracts vary significantly, not only due to operating performance, but also due to variability of parking rates in different cities and varying space utilization by parking facility type and location. As of December 31, 2013, we operated 80% of our locations under management contracts and 20% under leases.

        In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management's primary focus is on our gross profit, total general and administrative expense and general and administrative expense as a percentage of our gross profit. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we are required to account for them differs. Revenue from leases includes all gross customer collections derived from our leased locations (net of local parking taxes), whereas revenue from management contracts only includes our contractually agreed upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue. Accordingly, while a change in the proportion of our operating agreements that are structured as leases versus management contracts may cause significant fluctuations in reported revenue and expense of parking services, that change will not artificially affect our gross profit. For example, as of December 31, 2013, 80% of our locations were operated under management contracts and 81% of our gross profit for the year ended

34


Table of Contents

December 31, 2013 was derived from management contracts. Only 42% of total revenue (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue), however, was from management contracts because under those contracts the revenue collected from parking customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than revenue, are management's primary focus.

    General Business Trends

        We believe that sophisticated commercial real estate developers and property managers and owners recognize the potential for parking and related services to be a profit generator rather than a cost center. Often, the parking experience makes both the first and the last impressions on their properties' tenants and visitors. By outsourcing these services, they are able to capture additional profit by leveraging the unique operational skills and controls that an experienced parking management company can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a uniformly high level of parking and related services and maximize the profit to our clients improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing locations. Our location retention rate was approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was approximately 89% for the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.

    Summary of Operating Facilities

        We focus our operations in core markets where a concentration of locations improves customer service levels and operating margins. The following table reflects our facilities operated at the end of the years indicated:

 
  December 31,
2013(1)
  December 31,
2012(2)
  December 31,
2011
 

Managed facilities

    3,393     3,325     1,953  

Leased facilities

    850     939     201  
               

Total facilities

    4,243     4,264     2,154  
               
               

(1)
Includes partial ownership in two managed facilities and two leased facilities acquired in the Central Merger.

(2)
Includes 1,388 managed facilities, 754 leased facilities, 2,142 total facilities and partial ownership in two managed facilities and four leased facilities acquired in the Central Merger.

    Revenue

        We recognize parking services revenue from lease and management contracts as the related services are provided. Substantially all of our revenues come from the following two sources:

    Parking services revenue—lease contract.   Parking services revenues related to lease contracts consist of all revenue received at a leased facility, including parking receipts (net of parking tax), consulting and real estate development fees, gains on sales of contracts and payments for exercising termination rights.

    Parking services revenue—management contract.   Management contract revenue consists of management fees, including both fixed and performance-based fees, and amounts attributable to ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting, development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other

35


Table of Contents

      value-added services with respect to managed locations. We believe we generally purchase required insurance at lower rates than our clients can obtain on their own because we effectively self-insure for all liability and worker's compensation claims by maintaining a large per-claim deductible. As a result, we have generated operating income on the insurance provided under our management contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and controlling losses. Management contract revenues do not include gross customer collections at the managed locations as these revenues belong to the property owners rather than to us. Management contracts generally provide us with management fees regardless of the operating performance of the underlying facilities.

        Conversions between type of contracts, lease or management, are typically determined by our clients and not us. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we account for them differs substantially.

    Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue

        Reimbursed management contract revenue consists of the direct reimbursement from the property owner for operating expenses incurred under a management contract, which is reflected in our revenue.

    Cost of Parking Services

        Our cost of parking services consists of the following:

    Cost of parking services—lease contract.   The cost of parking services under a lease arrangement consists of contractual rental fees paid to the facility owner and all operating expenses incurred in connection with operating the leased facility. Contractual fees paid to the facility owner are generally based on either a fixed contractual amount or a percentage of gross revenue or a combination thereof. Generally, under a lease arrangement we are not responsible for major capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

    Cost of parking services—management contract.   The cost of parking services under a management contract is generally the responsibility of the facility owner. As a result, these costs are not included in our results of operations. However, our reverse management contracts, which typically provide for larger management fees, do require us to pay for certain costs.

    Reimbursed Management Contract Expense

        Reimbursed management contract expense consists of direct reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of property owners under a management contract, which is reflected in our cost of parking services.

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue. This is the key metric we use to examine our performance because it captures the underlying economic benefit to us of both lease contracts and management contracts.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses for our headquarters, field offices, supervisory employees, and board of directors.

36


Table of Contents

    Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the initial term of the operating lease or its useful life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized over their estimated remaining useful life.

Results of Operations

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

        As noted previously, our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year, and the financial results for the year ended December 31, 2012 include only approximately three months of operations related to the acquired Central operations due to the timing of the closing of the Central Merger on October 2, 2012. To help understand the operating results for the periods, the term "Central operations" refers to the results of Central on a stand-alone basis for the period from October 2, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and the term "Standard operations" refers to the results of Standard on a stand-alone basis and not inclusive of results from the acquired operations of Central for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

    Segments

        An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by our chief operating decision maker (CODM), in deciding how to allocate resources. Our CODM is our president and chief executive officer.

        The chief operating decision maker does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. On November 1, 2013, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. The Company now reports Ontario, Manitoba and Quebec in Region One and Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina and South Carolina in Region Five. All periods presented have been restated to reflect the new internal reporting to the CODM.

        Region One encompasses operations in Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin and the three Canadian provinces of Manitoba, Ontario, and Quebec.

        Region Two encompasses event planning and transportation, and its technology-based parking and traffic management systems.

        Region Three encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington and the Canadian province of Alberta.

        Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.

        Region Five encompasses Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas.

        Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

        The following tables present the material factors that impact our financial statements on an operating segment basis.

37


Table of Contents

        Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Region One   Region Two   Region
Three
  Region
Four
  Region Five   Other   Total   Variance  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   Amount   %  
 
  (In millions)
 

Lease contract revenue:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 4.2   $ 0.5   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 3.7   $ 2.0   $ 1.5   $ 0.2   $ 15.0   $ 10.1   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 24.4   $ 12.8   $ 11.6     90.6 %

Contract expirations

    0.3     3.3     0.0     0.0     1.8     3.8     2.6     4.1     0.4     3.1     0.0     0.0     5.1     14.3     (9.2 )   -64.3 %

Same location

    81.3     73.2     0.0     0.0     14.6     13.6     39.4     37.8     14.4     13.6     0.1     0.1     149.8     138.3     11.5     8.3 %

Conversions

    0.3     0.4     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.9     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.3     1.3     (1.0 )   -76.9 %

Acquisition

    213.2     57.4     4.4     1.4     26.1     7.7     0.0     0.0     64.8     17.3     1.5     (0.1 )   310.0     83.7     226.3     270.4 %
                                                                   

Total lease contract revenue

  $ 299.3   $ 134.8   $ 4.4   $ 1.4   $ 46.2   $ 27.1   $ 43.5   $ 43.0   $ 94.6   $ 44.1   $ 1.6   $ 0.0   $ 489.6   $ 250.4   $ 239.2     95.5 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

Management contract revenue:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 9.2   $ 1.9   $ 1.2   $ 0.4   $ 3.9   $ 0.8   $ 4.0   $ 1.5   $ 3.2   $ 0.5   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 21.5   $ 5.1   $ 16.4     321.6 %

Contract expirations

    1.5     6.6     0.0     6.8     4.1     12.3     0.1     1.7     0.4     1.4     0.0     0.0     6.1     28.8     (22.7 )   -78.8 %

Same location

    49.0     46.9     8.5     9.0     33.3     32.4     45.2     45.3     14.6     17.8     (0.4 )   1.0     150.2     152.4     (2.2 )   -1.4 %

Conversions

    0.1     0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     (0.1 )   0.0     0.0     0.1     (0.1 )   -100.0 %

Acquisition

    50.1     13.7     21.5     5.4     22.4     5.4     50.5     13.0     24.3     7.6     0.7     (1.0 )   169.5     44.1     125.4     284.4 %
                                                                   

Total management contract revenue

  $ 109.9   $ 69.2   $ 31.2   $ 21.6   $ 63.7   $ 50.9   $ 99.8   $ 61.5   $ 42.5   $ 27.3   $ 0.2   $ 0.0   $ 347.3   $ 230.5   $ 116.8     50.7 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

        Parking services revenue—lease contract.     Lease contract revenue increased $239.2 million, or 95.5%, to $489.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $250.4 million for the year-ago period. The increase in lease contract revenue consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $12.9 million, or 7.7%, and $226.3 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new and same locations and acquisitions, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 8.3%. The increase in same location revenue was due to increases in short-term parking revenue of $5.8 million and increases in monthly parking revenue of $3.6 million. Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that expired during the current period.

        Parking services revenue—management contract.     Management contract revenue increased $116.8 million, or 50.7%, to $347.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $230.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase in management contact revenue consisted of an increase from the Central operations of $125.4 million, partially offset by a decrease of $8.6 million, or 4.6% from the Standard operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by the decrease in contract expirations. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, decreased 1.4%, primarily due to decreased fees from ancillary services.

        Reimbursed management contract revenue.     Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $156.8million, or 33.1%, to $629.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $473.1 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from the acquisition of Central and an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue.

38


Table of Contents

        Management contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with same location revenue in regions one and three. This was partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five and same locations in regions two, four and five. The decreases in same location revenue were primarily due to decreases in fees from ancillary services. For comparability purposes, revenue associated with contract expirations relate to the contracts that expired during the current period.

        Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Region One   Region Two   Region
Three
  Region
Four
  Region Five   Other   Total   Variance  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   Amount   %  
 
  (In millions)
 

Cost of parking services lease contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 3.4   $ 0.5   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 3.4   $ 2.0   $ 1.4   $ 0.2   $ 14.0   $ 9.6   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 22.2   $ 12.3   $ 9.9     80.5 %

Contract expirations

    0.3     3.3     0.0     0.0     1.8     3.5     2.3     3.5     0.4     2.7     0.0     0.0     4.8     13.0     (8.2 )   -63.1 %

Same location

    77.4     68.8     0.0     0.0     13.2     12.1     37.0     35.5     13.7     12.7     (0.6 )   (1.0 )   140.7     128.1     12.6     9.8 %

Conversions

    0.3     0.3     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.8     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.3     1.1     (0.8 )   -72.7 %

Acquisition

    205.6     56.3     4.3     1.4     24.2     7.3     (0.1 )   0.1     51.0     13.7     3.1     (1.5 )   288.1     77.3     210.8     272.7 %
                                                                   

Total cost of parking services lease contracts

  $ 287.0   $ 129.2   $ 4.3   $ 1.4   $ 42.6   $ 24.9   $ 40.6   $ 40.1   $ 79.1   $ 38.7   $ 2.5   $ (2.5 ) $ 456.1   $ 231.8   $ 224.3     96.8 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

Cost of parking services management contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 5.7   $ 0.9   $ 0.8   $ 0.4   $ 2.0   $ 0.4   $ 2.3   $ 0.7   $ 2.5   $ 0.2   $ 0.1   $ 0.0   $ 13.4   $ 2.6   $ 10.8     415.4 %

Contract expirations

    0.5     2.5     0.0     5.6     2.8     7.5     0.0     1.0     0.1     1.1     0.0     0.0     3.4     17.7     (14.3 )   -80.8 %

Same location

    24.4     23.7     6.8     7.1     18.7     17.8     30.8     32.0     8.3     11.2     (1.1 )   (1.1 )   87.9     90.7     (2.8 )   -3.1 %

Conversions

    0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0 %

Acquisition

    28.1     9.6     13.8     4.8     14.1     4.5     40.2     10.9     10.6     4.3     (3.0 )   (3.2 )   104.0     30.9     73.1     236.6 %
                                                                   

Total cost of parking services management contracts

  $ 58.7   $ 36.7   $ 21.4   $ 17.9   $ 37.6   $ 30.2   $ 73.3   $ 44.6   $ 21.7   $ 16.8   $ (4.0 ) $ (4.3 ) $ 208.7   $ 141.9   $ 66.8     47.1 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

        Cost of parking services—lease contracts.     Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased $224.3 million, or 96.8%, to $456.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $231.8 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for lease contracts consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $13.5 million, or 8.7%, and $210.8 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new and same locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 9.8%. Same location costs increased $12.8 million primarily due to higher rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the increase in revenue for same locations.

        Cost of parking services—management contracts.     Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $66.8 million, or 47.1%, to $208.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $141.9 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for management contracts consisted of an increase from the Central acquisition of $73.1 million, partially offset by a decrease of $6.3, or 5.7%, million from the Standard operations. The decrease resulted from decreases in costs related to same locations and in contract expirations, partially offset by increase in new locations and acquisitions. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative for the two years presented, decreased 3.1%. Same location decrease in operating expenses for management contracts primarily resulted from decrease in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.     Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $156.8 million, or 33.1%, to $629.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $473.1 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

39


Table of Contents

        Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five, partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, conversions in region one, same locations in the other region and acquisitions in regions four and other. Same location cost increased primarily due to increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue, payroll and payroll related costs and other operating costs, offset by a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services for management contracts increased due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with increases in same locations in regions one, three, four, five, and other, contract expirations in regions two and five. Partially offsetting these increases, were decreases due to contract expirations in regions one, three and four, and acquisitions in the other region. Same location cost increases primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Region One   Region Two   Region
Three
  Region
Four
  Region Five   Other   Total   Variance  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   2013   2012   Amount   %  
 
  (In millions)
 

Gross profit lease contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

    0.8   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.3   $ 0.0     0.1   $ 0.0   $ 1.0   $ 0.5   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 2.2   $ 0.5   $ 1.7     340.0 %

Contract expirations

    0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.3     0.3     0.6     0.0     0.4     0.0     0.0     0.3     1.3     (1.0 )   -76.9 %

Same location

    3.9     4.4     0.0     0.0     1.4     1.5     2.4     2.3     0.7     0.9     0.7     1.1     9.1     10.2     (1.1 )   -10.8 %

Conversions

    0.0     0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.2     (0.2 )   -100.0 %

Acquisition

    7.6     1.1     0.1     0.0     1.9     0.4     0.1     (0.1 )   13.8     3.6     (1.6 )   1.4     21.9     6.4     15.5     242.2 %
                                                                   

Total gross profit lease contracts

  $ 12.3   $ 5.6   $ 0.1   $ 0.0   $ 3.6   $ 2.2     2.9   $ 2.9   $ 15.5   $ 5.4   $ (0.9 ) $ 2.5   $ 33.5   $ 18.6   $ 14.9     80.1 %
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
  (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage lease contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

    19.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   8.1 %   0.0 % $ 6.7 %   0.0 %   6.7 %   5.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   9.0 %   3.9 %            

Contract expirations

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0     0.0     0.0 %   7.9 %   11.5 %   14.6 %   0.0 %   12.9 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   5.9 %   9.1 %            

Same location

    4.8 %   6.0 %   0.0     0.0     9.6 %   11.0 %   6.1 %   6.1 %   4.9 %   6.6 %   700.0 %   1100.0 %   6.1 %   7.4 %            

Conversions

    0.0 %   25.0 %   0.0     0.0     0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   11.1 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   15.4 %            

Acquisition

    3.6 %   1.9 %   2.3     0.0     7.3 %   5.2 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   21.3 %   20.8 %   -106.7 %   -1400.0 %   7.1 %   7.6 %            
                                                                       

Total gross profit percentage

    4.1 %   4.2 % $ 2.3   $ 0.0     7.8 %   8.1 % $ 6.7 %   6.7 %   16.4 %   12.2 %   -56.3 %   0.0 %   6.8 %   7.4 %            
                                                                       
                                                                       
 
  (In millions)
 

Gross profit management contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 3.5   $ 1.0   $ 0.4   $ 0.0   $ 1.9   $ 0.4     1.7   $ 0.8   $ 0.7   $ 0.3   $ (0.1 ) $ 0.0   $ 8.1   $ 2.5   $ 5.6     224.0 %

Contract expirations

    1.0     4.1     0.0     1.2     1.3     4.8     0.1     0.7     0.3     0.3     0.0     0.0     2.7     11.1     (8.4 )   -75.7 %

Same location

    24.6     23.2     1.7     1.9     14.6     14.6     14.4     13.3     6.3     6.6     0.7     2.1     62.3     61.7     0.6     1.0 %

Conversions

    0.1     0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     (0.1 )   0.0     0.0     0.1     (0.1 )   -100.0 %

Acquisition

    22.0     4.1     7.7     0.6     8.3     0.9     10.3     2.1     13.5     3.3     3.7     2.2     65.5     13.2     52.3     396.2 %
                                                                   

Total gross profit management contracts

  $ 51.2   $ 32.5   $ 9.8   $ 3.7   $ 26.1   $ 20.7     26.5   $ 16.9   $ 20.8   $ 10.5   $ 4.2   $ 4.3   $ 138.6   $ 88.6   $ 50.0     56.4 %
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
  (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage management contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

    38.0 %   52.6 %   33.3 %   0.0 %   48.7 %   50.0 %   42.5 %   53.3 %   21.9 %   60.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   37.7 %   49.0 %            

Contract expirations

    66.7 %   62.1 %   0.0 %   17.6 %   31.7 %   39.0 %   100.0 %   41.2 %   75.0 %   21.4 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   44.3 %   38.5 %            

Same location

    50.2 %   49.5 %   20.0 %   21.1 %   43.8 %   45.1 %   31.9 %   29.4 %   43.2 %   37.1 %   -175.0 %   210.0 %   41.5 %   40.5 %            

Conversions

    100.0 %   100.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   100.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   100.0 %            

Acquisition

    43.9 %   29.9 %   35.8 %   11.1 %   37.1 %   16.7 %   20.4 %   16.2 %   55.6 %   43.4 %   528.6 %   -220.0 %   38.6 %   29.9 %            
                                                                       

Total gross profit percentage

    46.6 %   47.0 %   31.4 %   17.1 %   41.0 %   40.7 %   26.6 %   27.5 %   48.9 %   38.5 %   2100.0 %   0.0 %   39.9 %   38.4 %            
                                                                       
                                                                       

40


Table of Contents

        Gross profit—lease contracts.     Gross profit for lease contracts increased $14.9 million, or 80.1%, to $33.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $18.6 million for year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for lease contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $0.6 million, or 4.4% and an increase of $15.5 million from the Central operations. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts was 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 7.4% for the year ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and acquisitions, partially offset by same locations. Gross profit lease contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years.

        Gross profit—management contracts.     Gross profit for management contracts increased $50.0 million, or 56.4%, to $138.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $88.6 million in for the year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for management contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $2.3 million, or 3.1%, and an increase of $52.3 million from Central operations. Gross profit percentage for management contracts increased to 39.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 38.4 for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations, acquisitions and conversions, offset by same locations and contract expirations. Gross profit management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Gross profit percentage on same and new locations and contract expirations accounted for most of the decline on a percentage basis.

        Gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one and five, conversions in region one, same locations in regions three, five and other, contract expirations in region four and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in region one and same locations in regions one and four, and new locations in regions one and five. Gross profit lease contracts on same locations decreased primarily due to increases in rent noted previously.

        Gross profit for management contracts increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions, conversions and same locations in region one, contract expirations in region two and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with same locations in regions two, three, four, five and other. Gross profit for management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and amounts that are not specifically identifiable to a specific region.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased $12.4 million, or 14.3%, to $98.9 million for year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $86.5 million for the year-ago period. This increase was primarily related to the addition of general and administrative expenses related to Central of $14.3 million partially offset by cost savings from process efficiencies and a reduction of merger and integration costs of $1.9 million.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense increased $10.4 million, or 120.9%, to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $8.6 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in average borrowings.

        Interest income.     Interest income increased by $0.3 million, or 116.5%, to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $0.3 million in the year-ago period.

        Income tax expense.     For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized income tax expense of $8.8 million on pre-tax earnings of $23.6 million compared to a $3.6 million income tax benefit on a pre-tax loss of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Income tax expense is

41


Table of Contents

based on an effective tax rate of approximately 37.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a benefit of approximately 290.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to a recognized tax benefit as a result of the reversal of accrued uncertain tax positions that were recorded in previous periods.

Results of Operations

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

        Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Region One   Region Two   Region
Three
  Region
Four
  Region Five   Other   Total   Variance  
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   Amount   %  
 
  (In millions)
 

Lease contract revenue:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 3.3   $ 0.6   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 3.3   $ 0.4   $ 0.2   $ 0.0   $ 10.1   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 16.9   $ 1.0   $ 15.9     1590.0 %

Contract expirations

    0.8     2.9     0.0     0.0     0.1     2.1     0.4     0.6     1.3     2.5     0.0     0.0     2.6     8.1     (5.5 )   -67.9 %

Same location

    72.3     68.6     0.0     0.0     16.0     14.9     41.4     38.0     15.3     14.5     0.2     0.0     145.2     136.0     9.2     6.8 %

Conversions

    1.1     1.5     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.9     0.9     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     2.0     2.4     (0.4 )   -16.7 %

Acquisition

    57.4     0.0     1.4     0.0     7.7     0.0     0.0     0.0     17.3     0.0     (0.1 )   0.0     83.7     0.0     83.7     100.0 %
                                                                   

Total lease contract revenue

  $ 134.9   $ 73.6   $ 1.4   $ 0.0   $ 27.1   $ 17.4   $ 42.9   $ 39.5   $ 44.0   $ 17.0   $ 0.1   $ 0.0   $ 250.4   $ 147.5   $ 102.9     69.8 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

Management contract revenue:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 8.1   $ 1.8   $ 6.4   $ 0.1   $ 5.2   $ 1.6   $ 2.7   $ 0.9   $ 2.2   $ 0.8   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 24.6   $ 5.2   $ 19.4     373.1 %

Contract expirations

    2.9     9.3     1.2     0.3     3.0     7.0     0.0     1.2     0.7     2.8     0.0     0.0     7.8     20.6     (12.8 )   -62.1 %

Same location

    43.8     42.0     8.7     8.7     37.8     37.5     45.8     45.5     16.3     12.7     0.9     0.9     153.3     147.3     6.0     4.1 %

Conversions

    0.7     0.6     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.7     0.6     0.1     16.7 %

Acquisition

    13.7     0.0     5.4     0.0     5.4     0.0     13.0     0.0     7.6     0.0     (1.0 )   0.0     44.1     0.0     44.1     100.0 %
                                                                   

Total management contract revenue

  $ 69.2   $ 53.7   $ 21.7   $ 9.1   $ 51.4   $ 46.1   $ 61.5   $ 47.6   $ 26.8   $ 16.3   $ (0.1 ) $ 0.9   $ 230.5   $ 173.7   $ 56.8     32.7 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

        Parking services revenue—lease contracts.     Lease contract revenue increased $102.9 million, or 69.8%, to $250.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $147.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase in lease contract revenue consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $19.2 million, or 13.0%, and $83.7 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new and same locations and acquisitions, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 6.7%. The increase in same location revenue was due to increases in short-term parking revenue of $7.9 million, or 8.0%, and increases in monthly parking revenue of $1.2 million, or 3.0%. Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that expired during the current period.

        Parking services revenue—management contracts.     Management contract revenue increased $56.8 million, or 32.7%, to $230.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $173.7 million for the year-ago period. The increase in management contact revenue consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $12.7 million, or 7.3%, and $44.1 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations, acquisitions and same locations, which was partially offset by the decrease in contract expirations. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 4.0%, primarily due to increased fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services.

42


Table of Contents

        Reimbursed management contract revenue.     Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $64.7 million, or 15.8%, to $473.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $408.4 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue.

        Management contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with same location revenue in regions one, three, four, five and other. This was partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five and same locations in region two. The increases in same location revenue were primarily due to an increase in fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services. For comparability purposes, revenue associated with contract expirations relate to the contracts that expired during the current period.

        Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Region One   Region Two   Region
Three
  Region
Four
  Region Five   Other   Total   Variance  
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   Amount   %  
 
  (In millions)
 

Cost of parking services lease contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 3.1   $ 0.6   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 3.3   $ 0.4   $ 0.2   $ 0.0   $ 9.6   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 16.2   $ 1.0   $ 15.2     1520.0 %

Contract expirations

    0.8     2.9     0.0     0.0     0.1     2.0     0.4     0.7     1.2     2.2     0.0     0.0     2.5     7.8     (5.3 )   -67.9 %

Same location

    68.1     63.2     0.0     0.0     14.2     13.3     38,5     35.3     14.3     13.6     (1.1 )   (0.1 )   134.0     125.3     8.7     6.9 %

Conversions

    1.0     1.6     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.8     0.8     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     1.8     2.4     (0.6 )   -25.0 %

Acquisition

    56.3     0.0     1.4     0.0     7.3     0.0     0.1     0.0     13.7     0.0     (1.5 )   0.0     77.3     0.0     77.3     100.0 %
                                                                   

Total cost of parking services lease contracts

  $ 129.3   $ 68.3   $ 1.4   $ 0.0   $ 24.9   $ 15.7   $ 40.0   $ 36.8   $ 38.8   $ 15.8   $ (2.6 ) $ (0.1 ) $ 231.8   $ 136.5   $ 95.3     69.8 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

Cost of parking services management contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 4.7   $ 1.1   $ 5.4   $ 0.0   $ 3.1   $ 0.8   $ 3.1   $ 1.6   $ 0.9   $ 0.3   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 17.2   $ 3.8   $ 13.4     352.6 %

Contract expirations

    1.5     5.4     0.9     0.4     1.6     4.1     0.0     1.0     1.0     1.3     0.0     0.0     5.0     12.2     (7.2 )   -59.0 %

Same location

    20.6     18.7     6.8     6.9     21.4     20.6     30.6     30.1     10.3     6.6     (1.0 )   (1.8 )   88.7     81.1     7.6     9.4 %

Conversions

    0.1     0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.1     0.1     0.0     0.0 %

Acquisition

    9.6     0.0     4.8     0.0     4.5     0.0     10.9     0.0     4.3     0.0     (3.2 )   0.0     30.9     0.0     30.9     100.0 %
                                                                   

Total cost of parking services management contracts

  $ 36.5   $ 25.3   $ 17.9   $ 7.3   $ 30.6   $ 25.5   $ 44.6   $ 32.7   $ 16.5   $ 8.2   $ (4.2 ) $ (1.8 ) $ 141.9   $ 97.2   $ 44.7     46.0 %
                                                                   
                                                                   

        Cost of parking services—lease contracts.     Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased $95.3 million, or 69.8%, to $231.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $136.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for lease contracts consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $19.6 million, or 14.4%, and $75.7 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new and same locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 8.2%. Same location costs increased $10.3 million primarily due to higher rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the increase in revenue for same locations.

        Cost of parking services—management contracts.     Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $44.7 million, or 46.0%, to $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $97.2 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for

43


Table of Contents

management contracts consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $13.9 million, or 14.3%, and $30.8 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted from increases in costs related to new reverse management locations, same locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 9.5%. Same location increase in operating expenses for management contracts primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Same location cost also includes an unfavorable change in net insurance loss experience reserve estimates relating to prior years of $0.6 million and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years of $0.9 million.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.     Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $64.7 million, or 15.8%, to $473.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $408.4 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five, which was partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, conversions in region one, same locations in the other region and acquisitions in regions four and other. Same location cost increased primarily due to increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue, payroll and payroll related costs, other operating costs, offset by a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services for management contracts increased due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with increases in same locations in regions one, three, four, five, and other, contract expirations in regions two and five. Partially offsetting, were decreases due to contract expirations in regions one, three and four, and acquisitions in the other region. Same location cost increases primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

44


Table of Contents

        Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  Region One   Region Two   Region
Three
  Region Four   Region Five   Other   Total   Variance  
 
  2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   2012   2011   Amount   %  
 
  (In millions)
 

Gross profit lease contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 0.2   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.5   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 0.7   $ 0.0   $ 0.7     0.0 %

Contract expirations

    0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.1     0.0     (0.1 )   0.1     0.3     0.0     0.0     0.1     0.3     (0.2 )   -66.7 %

Same location

    4.2     5.4     0.0     0.0     1.8     1.6     2.9     2.7     1.0     0.9     1.3     0.1     11.2     10.7     0.5     4.7 %

Conversions

    0.1     (0.1 )   0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.1     0.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.2     0.0     0.2     0.0  

Acquisition

    1.1     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.4     0.0     (0.1 )   0.0     3.6     0.0     1.4     0.0     6.4     0.0     6.4     100.0 %
                                                                   

Total gross profit lease contracts

  $ 5.6   $ 5.3   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 2.2   $ 1.7   $ 2.9   $ 2.7   $ 5.2   $ 1.2   $ 2.7   $ 0.1   $ 18.6   $ 11.0   $ 7.6     69.1 %
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
  (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage lease contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

    6.1 %   0.0 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     5.0 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     4.1 %   0.0 %            

Contract expirations

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     4.8 %   0.0     -16.7 %   0.0     12.0 %   0.0     0.0     3.8 %   3.7 %            

Same location

    5.8 %   7.9 %   0.0     0.0     11.3 %   10.7 %   7.0 %   7.1 %   6.5 %   6.2 %   0.0     0.0     7.7 %   7.9 %            

Conversions

    9.1 %   -6.7 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     10.0 %   0.0              

Acquisition

    1.9 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     5.2 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     20.8 %   0.0     -1400.0 %   0.0     7.6 %   0.0              
                                                                       

Total gross profit percentage

    4.2 %   7.2 %   0.0     0.0     8.1 %   9.8 %   6.8 %   6.8 %   11.8 %   7.1 %   2700.0 %   0.0     7.4 %   7.5 %            
                                                                       
                                                                       
 
  (In millions)
 

Gross profit management contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

  $ 3.4   $ 0.7   $ 1.0   $ 0.1   $ 2.1   $ 0.8   $ (0.4 ) $ (0.7 ) $ 1.3   $ 0.5   $ 0.0   $ 0.0   $ 7.4   $ 1.4   $ 6.0     428.6 %

Contract expirations

    1.4     3.9     0.3     (0.1 )   1.4     2.9     0.0     0.2     (0.3 )   1.5     0.0     0.0     2.8     8.4     (5.6 )   -66.7 %

Same location

    23.2     23.3     1.9     1.8     16.4     16.9     15.2     15.4     6.0     6.1     1.9     2.7     64.6     66.2     (1.6 )   -2.4 %

Conversions

    0.6     0.5     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.6     0.5     0.1     20.0 %

Acquisition

    4.1     0.0     0.6     0.0     0.9     0.0     2.1     0.0     3.3     0.0     2.2     0.0     13.2     0.0     13.2     100.0 %
                                                                   

Total gross profit management contracts

  $ 32.7   $ 28.4   $ 3.8   $ 1.8   $ 20.8   $ 20.6   $ 16.9   $ 14.9   $ 10.3   $ 8.1   $ 4.1   $ 2.7   $ 88.6   $ 76.5   $ 12.1     15.8 %
                                                                   
                                                                   
 
  (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage management contracts:

                                                                                                 

New location

    42.0 %   38.9 %   15.6 %   100.0 %   40.4 %   50.0 %   -14.8 %   -77.8 %   59.1 %   62.5 %   0.0     0.0     30.1 %   26.9 %            

Contract expirations

    48.3 %   41.9 %   0.0     -33.3 %   46.7 %   41.4 %   0.0     16.7 %   -42.9 %   53.6 %   0.0     0.0     35.9 %   40.8 %            

Same location

    53.0 %   55.5 %   21.8 %   20.7 %   43.4 %   45.1 %   33.2 %   33.8 %   36.8 %   48.0 %   211.1 %   300.0 %   42.1 %   44.9 %            

Conversions

    85.7 %   83.3 %   0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     0.0     85.7 %   83.3 %            

Acquisition

    29.9 %   0.0     11.1 %   0.0     16.7 %   0.0     16.2 %   0.0     43.4 %   0.0     -220.0 %   0.0     29.9 %   0.0              
                                                                       

Total gross profit percentage

    47.3 %   52.9 %   17.5 %   19.8 %   40.5 %   44.7 %   27.5 %   31.3 %   38.4 %   49.7 %   -4100.0 %   300.0 %   38.4 %   44.0 %            
                                                                       
                                                                       

        Gross profit—lease contracts.     Gross profit for lease contracts increased $7.6 million, or 69.1%, to $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $11.0 million for year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for lease contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $0.4 million, or (3.6%) and an increase of $8.0 million from the Central operations. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts 7.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, remained at 7.5% for the year-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and acquisitions, partially offset by same locations. Gross profit lease contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years.

        Gross profit—management contracts.     Gross profit for management contracts increased $12.1 million, or 15.8%, to $88.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $76.5 million in for the year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for management contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $1.2 million, or 1.6%, and an increase of $13.3 million from Central operations. Gross profit percentage for management contracts decreased to 38.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 44.0% for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations, acquisitions and conversions, offset by same locations and contract expirations. Gross profit management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse

45


Table of Contents

management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Gross profit percentage on same and new locations and contract expirations accounted for most of the decline on a percentage basis.

        Gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one and five, conversions in region one, same locations in regions three, five and other, contract expirations in region four and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in region one and same locations in regions one and four, and new locations in regions one and five. Gross profit lease contracts on same locations decreased primarily due to increases in rent noted previously.

        Gross profit for management contracts increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions, conversions and same locations in region one, contract expirations in region two and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with same locations in regions two, three, four, five and other. Gross profit for management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and amounts that are not specifically identifiable to a specific region.

        General and administrative expenses.     General and administrative expenses increased $38.2 million, or 79.1%, to $86.5 million for year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $48.3 million for the year-ago period. This increase was primarily related to professional fees incurred in connection with the merger with Central of $26.9 million, additional RSU grants of $0.7 million, the addition of general and administrative expenses related to Central of $14.5 million partially offset by cost savings from process efficiencies of $2.0 million, acquisition earn-out liability valuation changes of $0.7 million and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years of $1.2 million.

        Interest expense.     Interest expense increased $3.9 million, or 83.0%, to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $4.7 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in borrowings and the write-off of our interest rate cap in connection with the extinguishment of debt related to our former Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2008.

        Interest income.     Interest income decreased slightly by $0.1 million, or 30.8%, to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $0.2 million in the year-ago period.

        Income tax expense.     Income tax expense decreased $14.3 million, or 133.6%, to an income tax benefit of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $10.7 million of tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our effective tax rate was a benefit of 290.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and compared to an effective rate of 38.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $3.6 million tax benefit was primarily due to the reversal of accrued uncertain tax positions that were recorded in previous periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    General

        Our primary liquidity and capital resource requirements stem from the cost of our parking services, our capital expenditures, our income taxes, our share repurchases and our debt service. Our primary sources of liquidity have been parking services revenue and borrowings under our senior credit facility; and to a much lesser extent, cash from sales of non-core assets and miscellaneous revenues.

46


Table of Contents

    Outstanding Indebtedness

        On December 31, 2013, we had total indebtedness of approximately $288.7 million, a decrease of $21.8 million from December 31, 2012. The $288.7 million includes:

    $286.7 million under our Senior Credit Facility (as defined below); and

    $2.0 million of other debt including capital lease obligations, obligations on seller notes and other indebtedness.

        We believe that our cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowing capacity under our Senior Credit Facility, which amounted to $72.3 million at December 31, 2013, will be sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We believe that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms.

    Senior Credit Facility

        On October 2, 2012, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012, we completed the Central Merger. Central stockholders received 6,161,332 shares of our common stock and we assumed $217.7 million of Central's debt net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive $27.0 million to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012.

        In connection with the Central Merger, we entered into a credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") on February 28, 2012 with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders").

        Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to us a new secured Senior Credit Facility ("Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $450.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $250.0 million. The Senior Credit Facility matures on October 2, 2017.

        We drew down the entire amount of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility and borrowed $72.8 million under the revolving credit facility in connection with the closing of the Central Merger. We used the proceeds from these borrowings to repay outstanding indebtedness of Standard and Central affiliates. The revolving credit facility has been and will also be used to pay costs and expenses related to the Central Merger and the related financing and to fund ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes.

        Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, (i) at a rate per annum based on our consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the "Applicable Margin") for LIBOR loans, plus the applicable LIBOR rate or (ii) the Applicable Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

        Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, we are required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.5:1.0 (with certain step-downs described in the Credit

47


Table of Contents

Agreement). In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25:1.0 (with certain step-ups described in the Credit Agreement).

        Events of default under the Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require us to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Credit Agreement and (iii) require us to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

        Each of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and SP Plus arising under the Credit Agreement.

        We were in compliance with all of our covenants as of December 31, 2013. We amended the covenants in November 2013 in connection with our restatement and based on the amendment, we will continue to treat the Bradley Agreement consistent with our prior accounting for purposes of the covenants.

        At December 31, 2013, we had $59.5 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, borrowings against the senior credit facility aggregated $286.7 million and we had $72.3 million available under the senior credit facility.

    Interest Rate Swap Transactions

        On October 25, 2012, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, Bank of America and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon our consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis, with any ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge being recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. As of December 31, 2013, no ineffective portion of the cash flow has been recognized in interest expense. The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2013 was a $0.8 million asset, and is included in the line item "Prepaid Expenses and Other". The fair value of Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2012 was a $0.8 million liability, and is included in the line item "Other long-term liabilities".

        We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

    Stock Repurchases

        In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008. There were no stock repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2013, $12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

48


Table of Contents

    Letters of Credit

        We had provided letters of credit totaling $50.2 million and $43.7 million to our casualty insurance carriers to collateralize our casualty insurance program as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        We had provided $9.3 million and $12.3 million in letters of credit to collateralize other obligations as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

    Deficiency Payments

        Pursuant to our obligations with respect to the parking garage operations at Bradley International Airport, we are required to make certain deficiency payments for the benefit of the State of Connecticut and for holders of special facility revenue bonds. The deficiency payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. As of December 31, 2013, we had made $14.6 million of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements. Deficiency payments made are recorded as increases to cost parking services and the reimbursements are recorded as reductions to cost of parking services. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable and will recognize the principal, interest and premium payments related to these deficiency payments when they are received. We do not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

        We made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1.2 million made in the year ended December 31, 2012. We received $0.5 million in interest on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $0.1 million in interest in the year ended December 31, 2012.

    Lease Commitments

        We have minimum lease commitments of $178.1 million for fiscal 2014. The leased properties generate sufficient cash flow to meet the base rent payment.

    Daily Cash Collections

        As a result of day-to-day activity at our parking locations, we collect significant amounts of cash. Lease contract revenue is generally deposited into our local bank accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments according to the terms of the leases. Under management contracts, some clients require us to deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated intervals. Other clients require us to deposit the daily receipts into client designated bank accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay our management fee subsequent to month-end. Some clients require segregated bank accounts for the receipts and disbursements at locations. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts.

        Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash payments. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement of that cash into our corporate account. For all these reasons, from time to time, we carry a significant cash balance, while also utilizing our senior credit facility.

    Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

        Our primary sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $34.9 million for 2013, compared

49


Table of Contents

to $11.4 million for 2012. Cash provided during 2013 included $50.1 million from operations that was partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of $15.2 million. The net decrease in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from; (i) a net increase in notes and accounts receivables and other assets of $6.9 million; (ii) a net decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $15.7 million, which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under "Daily Cash Collections" and a reduction in accrued merger and integration expenses related to the Central Merger; partially offset by (iii) a net decrease in prepaid assets of $7.4 million.

        Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $11.4 million for 2012, compared to $35.0 million for 2011. Cash provided during 2012 included $27.6 million from operations that was partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of $16.2 million. The net decrease in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from; (i) a decrease in accrued liabilities of $21.8 million primarily related to Central which included a reversal of accrued uncertain tax positions of $12.3 million, and $10.7 million in reductions in accrued rents, payroll, property taxes and related benefits and casualty loss reserves; (ii) an increase in notes and accounts receivables of $6.0 million; (iii) an increase in accounts payable of $9.1 million which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under "Daily Cash Collections"; and (iv) a net decrease in prepaid and other assets of $2.5 million.

    Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $13.4 million in 2013 compared to $21.2 million used in 2012. Cash used in investing activities in 2013, included capital expenditures of $15.8 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in IT projects, cost of contract purchased of $0.4 million and contingent payments for previously acquired businesses of $0.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $0.8 million and proceeds from sale of equity interest in land of $2.3 million.

        Net cash provided by investing activities totaled $21.2 million in 2012 compared to $5.3 million used in 2011. Cash provided in 2012 included $27.7 million from the merger with Central which was offset by $5.0 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities, investment in information system enhancements and infrastructure, cost of contract purchases of $1.2 million and $0.3 million for contingent payments on previously acquired businesses.

    Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities totaled $26.4 million in 2013 compared to $17.4 million in 2012. Cash used in financing activities for 2013 included contingent payments for businesses acquired of $0.5 million, net payments on Senior Credit Facility of $22.6 million, payments on notes payable and other long-term borrowings of $0.2 million, distributions to noncontrolling interests of $2.8 million, and payments on capital leases of $0.5 million, partially offset by the tax benefit on vesting of restricted stock units of $0.2 million.

        Net cash used in financing activities totaled $17.4 million in 2012 compared to 23.4 million in 2011.

        Cash used in financing activities for 2012 included $237.1 million for payment on Central's senior credit facility assumed from the Central Merger, $10.3 million in financing costs incurred on the new Senior Credit Facility, $12.6 million in payments on the net payments on former credit facility, $5.6 million in payments on the term loan facility (Senior Credit Facility), $2.1 million in earn-out payments, $0.9 million distributed to non-controlling interests, $0.5 million used for payments on capital leases, and $0.2 million used for payments on notes payable and other long-term borrowings. Cash provided consisted of $250.0 million in proceeds from the term loan (Senior Credit Facility),

50


Table of Contents

$72.8 million from the new Senior Credit Facility, $0.5 million from the exercise of stock options and $0.5 million in excess tax benefits on vesting of stock option exercises.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $23.2 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $28.5 million at December 31, 2012 and $13.2 million at December 31, 2011. The cash balances reflect our ability to utilize funds deposited into our local bank accounts. Availability, timing of deposits and the subsequent movement of cash into our corporate bank accounts may result in significant changes to our cash balances.

    Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

        The following summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The nature of our business is to manage parking facilities. As a result, we do not have significant short-term purchase obligations.

 
   
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   4 - 5 Years   After
5 Years
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Long-term debt(1)

  $ 292,219   $ 25,793   $ 266,409   $ 17   $  

Operating leases(2)

    798,984     178,127     322,671     115,517     182,669  

Other long-term liabilities(3)

    69,468     28,819     31,145     3,036     6,468  

Interest payments on long-term debt

    37,764     11,411     26,353          

Letters of credit(4)

    59,498         59,498          
                       

Total

  $ 1,257,933   $ 244,150   $ 706,076   $ 118,570   $ 189,137  
                       
                       

(1)
Represents principal amounts. See Note I. of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

(2)
Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases.

(3)
Represents deferred compensation, customer deposits, insurance claims, obligation related to acquisitions and deferred partnership fees.

(4)
Represents aggregate amount of currently issued letters of credit at their maturities.

        In addition we made contingent payments for business acquired (earn-outs) of $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for each of the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) related to the Bradley Agreement of $0.1 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million for the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The above schedule includes $0.1 million of expected deficiency payments in the "less than one year" category, as these deficiency payments have met the criteria of both probable and estimable as of December 31, 2013.

    Critical Accounting Policies

        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities

51


Table of Contents

and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. We base these estimates and judgments on historic experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity and the possibility that future events affecting them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

        This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. Recent accounting pronouncements are included in Note A of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data". In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, with no need for management's judgment regarding accounting policy. We believe the following critical accounting policies reflect significant accounting policies that may require a higher degree of judgment and estimation:

    Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, we do not amortize goodwill but rather evaluate it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. We have elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

        A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. The Company has the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then the Company is required to perform Step 1. If the Company does not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, we perform a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

        The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the Company's reporting units represent our operating segments, which are comprised of our five operating regions. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, we compare our derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to our market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates the market value of the Company when taken as a whole.

        In conducting our goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, we analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five-year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). We also assess critical areas that

52


Table of Contents

may impact our business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the 2013 goodwill assessment, we engaged a third party to evaluate our reporting unit's fair values.

        The Company continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors we consider important, which could result in changes to our estimates, include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the diverse customer base, we do not believe our future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from our judgments and estimates that could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors that could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on our judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in our business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

    Long-lived Assets

        The Company evaluates long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company's estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

        Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in an impairment charge.

    Insurance Reserves

        We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, automobile liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker's compensation and umbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. Under our various

53


Table of Contents

liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000 of any loss (or, as of January 1, 2014, the first $500,000 of any loss in the case of our general liability or automobile or automobile liability policies). As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to these levels. It is our policy to record our self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We utilize historical claims experience and actuarial methods which consider a number of factors to estimate our ultimate cost of losses incurred in determining the required level of insurance reserves and timing of expense recognition associated with claims against us. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability when determining the required insurance reserves and amount to be recognized as an expense. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we use historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and make adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations.

    Income Taxes

        Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

        Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain federal net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2024. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

        When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

54


Table of Contents

    Legal and Other Contingencies

        We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In determining the appropriate loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

ITEM 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

    Interest Rates

        Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use the variable rate Senior Credit Facility, discussed previously, to finance our operations. This Senior Credit Facility exposes us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases and conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit our exposure to an increase in interest rates.

        On October 25, 2012, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, Bank of America and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon SP Plus's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, no ineffective portion of the cash flow was recognized as interest expense. The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2013 was a $0.8 million asset, and is included in the line item "Other assets, net". The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2012 was a $0.8 million liability, and is included in the line item "Other long-term liabilities"

        We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

        Our $450.0 million Senior Credit Facility provides for a $200.0 million variable rate revolving facility and a term loan facility of $250.0 million. In addition, the variable rate revolving facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility with a sublimit of $100.0 million. Interest expense on such borrowing is sensitive to changes in the market rate of interest. If we were to borrow the entire non-hedged variable rate debt of $300.0 million available under the facility, a 1% increase in the average market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of $3.0 million. This amount is determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Due to the uncertainty of the specific changes and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.

55


Table of Contents

    Foreign Currency Risk

        Our exposure to foreign exchange risk is minimal. All foreign investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, with the exception of Canada. We had approximately $0.4 million of Canadian dollar denominated cash instruments at December 31, 2013, and approximately $0.3 million of Canadian dollar denominated debt instruments at December 31, 2013. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions. We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instruments in the future should we determine that exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedules required by this Item are incorporated into this Form 10-K and set forth in Part IV, Item 15 herein.

ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)   Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (the "Evaluation") at a reasonable assurance level as of the last day of the period covered by this Report.

        Disclosure controls and procedures are defined by Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") as controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

        It should be noted that the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

        Based upon the Evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2013.

(b)   Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of our published financial statements.

56


Table of Contents

        Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the last day of the period covered by the report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992 Framework). Based on our evaluation under the COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

        Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of its audit, has issued an attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

(c)   Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        During the last fiscal quarter, we implemented internal control procedures to address a previously identified material weakness related to a design deficiency in our controls over the application of complex technical accounting standards for deficiency payments and our historical accounting treatment of an account receivable pursuant to the Bradley Agreement. These internal controls included (i) enhanced procedures to review lease and management agreements for provisions that may include contingencies and may require us to make future deficiency payments and (ii) review of reconciliations and related analysis for those lease and management agreements that contain contingent provisions and the potential to make deficiency payments, by the appropriate levels of management. After completing our testing of the design and operating effectiveness of these new procedures, we have concluded that we have remediated the previously identified material weakness as of December 31, 2013.

        Except for the item listed above, there have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or any other factors that could significantly affect these controls during the quarter ended December 31, 2013.

(d)   Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

        A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within the Company have been detected.

ITEM 9B.     OTHER INFORMATION

        None.


PART III

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information required by this item with respect to our directors and compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to all information under the captions entitled "Board Matters—Nominees for Director," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Board Designees," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Codes of Conduct and Ethics," "Meetings and Committees of the Board," "Executive Officers" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" from our Proxy Statement.

        We have adopted a code of ethics as part of our compliance program. The code of ethics applies to our chief executive officer (Principal Executive Officer), chief financial officer (Principal Financial Officer) and corporate controller (Principal Accounting Officer). In addition we have adopted a code

57


Table of Contents

of business conduct that applies to all of our officers and employees. Any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of ethics will be posted on our website www.spplus.com. A copy of these codes of conduct and ethics will be provided to you without charge upon request to investor_relations@spplus.com.

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Report," "Executive Compensation," and "Director Compensation," included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Security Ownership" included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Board Matters—Nominations for Directors—Board Designees," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Director Independence," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Related-Party Transaction Policy," and "Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons" included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—Independent Auditors' Fees" and caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—Procedures for Audit Committee Pre-Approval and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditor" included in our Proxy Statement.

58


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a)
    Financial Statements and Schedules

1.     Financial Statements

2.     Financial Statement Schedule

        The following financial statement schedule is included in this report and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm referred to above.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

    111  

        All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

    (b)
    Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

        The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this report.

59


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries (formerly known as Standard Parking Corporation), (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) and our report dated March 13, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 13, 2014

60


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

        We have audited SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries' (formerly known as Standard Parking Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) (the COSO criteria). SP Plus Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries has maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries, and our report dated March 13, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 13, 2014

61


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  ($ In thousands,
except for share
and per share data)

 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,158   $ 28,450  

Notes and accounts receivable, net

    115,126     111,498  

Prepaid expenses and other

    20,645     27,823  

Deferred taxes

    10,317     15,265  
           

Total current assets

    169,246     183,036  

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

    44,885     40,402  

Other assets:

             

Advances and deposits

    7,149     8,540  

Other intangible assets, net

    106,222     122,631  

Favorable acquired lease contracts

    60,034     74,713  

Other assets, net

    24,574     22,260  

Cost of contracts, net

    10,762     14,215  

Goodwill

    439,503     439,486  
           

    648,244     681,845  
           

Total assets

  $ 862,375   $ 905,283  
           
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 115,493   $ 129,034  

Accrued rent

    17,397     11,444  

Compensation and payroll withholdings

    28,955     34,562  

Property, payroll and other taxes

    11,803     11,740  

Accrued insurance

    23,473     27,972  

Accrued expenses

    20,722     23,582  

Current portion of long-term debt obligations

    24,632     21,837  
           

Total current liabilities

    242,475     260,171  

Deferred taxes

    17,348     19,079  

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion:

             

Obligations under senior credit facility

    263,457     286,727  

Other long-term debt obligations

    577     1,995  
           

    264,034     288,722  

Unfavorable acquired lease contracts

    74,130     92,225  

Other long-term liabilities

    60,677     58,086  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012; no shares issued

         

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013, and 2012; 21,977,311 and 21,870,770 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively

    22     22  

Additional paid-in capital

    240,665     236,375  

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    118     (381 )

Accumulated deficit

    (37,679 )   (49,768 )
           

Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity

    203,126     186,248  

Noncontrolling interest

    585     752  
           

Total equity

    203,711     187,000  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 862,375   $ 905,283  
           
           

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

62


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  ($ In thousands, except for
share and per share data)

 

Parking services revenue:

                   

Lease contracts

  $ 489,575   $ 250,355   $ 147,510  

Management contracts

    347,346     230,501     173,725  

Reimbursed management contract revenue

    629,878     473,082     408,427  
               

Total revenue

    1,466,799     953,938     729,662  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Cost of parking services:

                   

Lease contracts

    456,090     231,781     136,494  

Management contracts

    208,730     141,949     97,186  

Reimbursed management contract expense

    629,878     473,082     408,427  
               

Total cost of parking services

    1,294,698     846,812     642,107  

Gross profit:

                   

Lease contracts

    33,485     18,574     11,016  

Management contracts

    138,616     88,552     76,539  
               

Total gross profit

    172,101     107,126     87,555  

General and administrative expenses(1)

    98,931     86,540     48,297  

Depreciation and amortization

    31,193     13,513     6,618  
               

Operating income

    41,977     7,073     32,640  

Other expenses (income):

                   

Interest expense

    19,034     8,616     4,691  

Interest income

    (643 )   (297 )   (227 )
               

Total other expenses (income)

    18,391     8,319     4,464  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    23,586     (1,246 )   28,176  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    8,821     (3,620 )   10,700  
               

Net income

    14,765     2,374     17,476  

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    2,676     1,034     378  
               

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

  $ 12,089   $ 1,340   $ 17,098  
               
               

Common stock data:

                   

Net income per common share:

                   

Basic

  $ 0.55   $ 0.08   $ 1.09  

Diluted

  $ 0.54   $ 0.08   $ 1.07  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    21,902,870     17,179,606     15,703,595  

Diluted

    22,249,584     17,490,204     16,047,879  

(1)
Non-cash stock based compensation expense of $4,227, $2,103 and $2,451 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses.

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

63


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 14,765   $ 2,374   $ 17,476  

Other comprehensive income (expense)

    499     (63 )   (421 )
               

Comprehensive income

  $ 15,264   $ 2,311     17,055  

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    2,676     1,034     378  
               

Comprehensive income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

  $ 12,588   $ 1,277   $ 16,677  
               
               

64


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
   
   
   
 
 
  Number of
Shares
  Par
Value
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Noncontrolling
Interest
   
 
 
  Income (Loss)   Total  
 
  ($ In thousands, except for share and per share data)
 

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2010

    15,775,645   $ 16   $ 97,291   $ 103   $ (68,206 ) $ (75 ) $ 29,129  

Net income

                            17,098     378     17,476  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                      (390 )               (390 )

Cash flow hedge

                      (31 )               (31 )

Repurchase of common stock

    (461,512 )   (1 )   (7,543 )                     (7,544 )

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    68,322         217                       217  

Issuance of stock grants

    14,009         245                       245  

Vested restricted stock units

    68,400                                

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

                2,206                       2,206  

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

                246                       246  

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                                  (388 )   (388 )
                               

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2011

    15,464,864   $ 15   $ 92,662   $ (318 ) $ (51,108 ) $ (85 ) $ 41,166  

Net income

                            1,340     1,034     2,374  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                      2                 2  

Cash flow hedge

                      (65 )               (65 )

Shares issued—Central Merger

    6,161,332     7     140,719                       140,726  

Exercise of stock options

    81,023         526                       526  

Issuance of stock grants

    8,751         165                       165  

Vested restricted stock units

    154,800                                

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

                1,857                       1,857  

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

                446                       446  

Purchase of Central shares of noncontrolling interest

                                  677     677  

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                                  (874 )   (874 )
                               

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2012

    21,870,770   $ 22   $ 236,375   $ (381 ) $ (49,768 ) $ 752   $ 187,000  

Net income

                            12,089     2,676     14,765  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                      (463 )               (463 )

Cash flow hedge

                      962                 962  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                                           

Issuance of stock grants

    15,576                                      

Vested restricted stock units

    90,965                                      

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

                4,092                       4,092  

Tax benefit from vesting of restricted stock units

                198                       198  

Distribution to noncontrolliing interest

                                  (2,843 )   (2,843 )
                               

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2013

    21,977,311   $ 22   $ 240,665   $ 118   $ (37,679 ) $ 585   $ 203,711  
                               
                               

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

65


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  ($ In thousands, except for
share and per share data)

 

Operating activities

                   

Net income

  $ 14,765   $ 2,374   $ 17,476  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    29,595     15,201     6,671  

Net (accretion) amortization of acquired of acquired lease contracts

    (4,298 )   (609 )    

(Gain) loss on sale of equipment

    1,597     80     32  

(Gain) loss on sale of equity interest in land

    (1,191 )        

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    1,402     870     638  

Amortization of original discount on borrowings

    1,284     341      

Non-cash stock-based compensation

    4,227     2,103     2,451  

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

    189     420     201  

Excess tax benefit related to vesting of restricted stock units

    (198 )   (445 )   (246 )

Deferred income taxes

    2,741     7,231     2,434  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Notes and accounts receivable

    (3,817 )   (5,995 )   5,432  

Prepaid assets

    7,376     (1,446 )   (154 )

Other assets

    (3,124 )   3,981     (1,389 )

Accounts payable

    (13,541 )   9,091     763  

Accrued liabilities

    (2,114 )   (21,793 )   640  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    34,893     11,404     34,949  

Investing activities

                   

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

    (15,734 )   (5,024 )   (4,150 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    776     30     116  

Proceeds from sale of equity interest in land

    2,322          

Acquisitions of business, net of cash acquired

        27,736     14  

Cost of contracts purchased

    (361 )   (1,172 )   (932 )

Capitalized interest

    (17 )   (12 )   (43 )

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

    (347 )   (332 )   (262 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (13,361 )   21,226     (5,257 )

Financing activities

                   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

        526     217  

Repurchase of common stock

            (7,544 )

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

    (542 )   (2,073 )    

Payments on senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility)

    (491,565 )   (71,800 )    

Proceeds from senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility)

    491,515     72,790      

Payment on senior credit facility of Central Parking (related to Central Merger)

        (237,143 )    

Proceeds from term loan (Senior Credit Facility)/(related to Central Merger)

        250,000      

Payments on term loan (Senior Credit Facility)

    (22,500 )   (5,625 )    

Net payments on former senior credit facility

        (12,590 )   (15,200 )

Payment on notes payable

    (40 )   (40 )    

Payments on other long-term borrowings

    (154 )   (145 )   (136 )

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

    (2,843 )   (874 )   (388 )

Payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings

        (10,332 )   (30 )

Payments on capital leases

    (430 )   (542 )   (553 )

Tax benefit related to vesting of restricted stock units

    198     445     246  
               

Net cash used in financing activities

    (26,361 )   (17,403 )   (23,388 )

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (463 )   3     (389 )
               

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (5,292 )   15,230     5,915  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    28,450     13,220     7,305  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 23,158   $ 28,450   $ 13,220  
               
               

Cash paid for:

                   

Interest

  $ 16,324   $ 18,715   $ 4,015  

Income taxes

    1,331     3,651     7,507  

Non-cash transactions:

                   

Fair value of shares issued to acquire Central Parking common stock

  $   $ 140,726      

   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

The Company

        Effective December 2, 2013, Standard Parking Corporation changed its name to SP Plus Corporation. The name change was effected through a short-form merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") by merging a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of the Company into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving corporation in the merger. Under the DGCL, the merger did not require stockholder approval and had the sole effect of amending its certificate of incorporation to reflect its new legal name.

        The Company provides parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. Its services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which consist of training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, maintenance, security and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of clients' parking facilities. The Company also provides a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Noncontrolling interest recorded in the consolidated statement of income is the interest in consolidated variable interest entities not controlled by the Company. The Company has ownership interests in thirty-eight partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements which operate parking facilities. Twenty-nine are Variable Interest Entities (VIE) and nine are voting interest model entities where the Company's ownership ranges from 20-50% and it does not control the entities.

        The Company consolidates those VIEs where it is the primary beneficiary and accounts for voting interest entities that it does not control using the equity method of accounting. The assets and liabilities of the VIEs are not material to the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into

67


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications, having no effect on the consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of equity, consolidated statements of cash flows, earnings per share, total assets, or total liabilities have been made to the previously issued consolidated balance sheets to conform to the current period's presentation of the Company's consolidated financial statements. Specifically, prior year current liability amounts for unfavorable acquired lease contracts were reclassified to long-term liabilities to conform to the Company's presentation of favorable acquired lease contracts. See also Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations for additional information on the reclassification of segment revenues and segment financial results to reflect our changed internal reporting.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the Company's estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was $695 and $506, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net

        Leasehold improvements, equipment, software, vehicles, and other fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 2 to 10 years. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (weighted average of approximately 10 years).

        Certain costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of software.

68


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

Cost of Contracts

        Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing parking services at a managed or leased facility. Cost of parking contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated lives are based on the contract life or anticipated lives that are consistent with underlying valuation analysis used in determining the fair value as of the date of acquiring.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, the Compnay does not amortize goodwill but rather evaluates it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. The Company has elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or its business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

        A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. The Company has the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then the Company is required to perform Step 1. If the Company does not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, the Company performs a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and the Company's is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

        The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the Company's reporting units represent its operating segments, which are comprised of its five operating regions. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, the Company compares its derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to the Company's market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates the market value of the Company when taken as a whole.

        In conducting its goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, the Company analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five-year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based

69


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). The Company also assesses critical areas that may impact its business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the 2013 goodwill assessment, the Company engaged a third party to evaluate its reporting unit's fair values.

        The Company will continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors the Company considers important, which could result in changes to its estimates, include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the broad customer base, the Company does not believe its future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from its judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on its judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of its intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in its business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact its reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

        The Company evaluates long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company's estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

70


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

        Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in an impairment charge.

Debt Issuance Costs

        The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the term of the respective financing using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs of $3,890 and $5,149 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization of $6,078 and $4,594, respectively. Amortization expense related to debt issuance costs and included in interest expense was $1,484, $1,211 and $638 at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Financial Instruments

        The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Book overdrafts of $29,310 and $37,678 are included within accounts payable as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Insurance Reserves

        The Company purchases comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with its operations. In addition, the Company purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. The Company's various liability insurance policies have deductibles or a self-insured retention limit of up to $250 that must be met before the insurance companies are required to pay directly or reimburse the Company for costs incurred relating to covered claims. As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to these levels. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company's determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

71


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

Legal and Other Contingencies

        The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies in determining the recognition and measurement of expense recognition associated with legal claims against the Company. Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims.

        Certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to the Company responsibility for all structural repairs required on the property, including repairs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. The Company may incur costs for certain structural repair obligations in 2014 and future years, the Company is unable to estimate an amount or range of estimated liability for these repairs in any particular year or in the aggregate. As a result, the company has not recognized a liability for these costs in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the applicable indemnity pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 12, 2012, and further discussed in Note B. Acquisitions , may not cover all such obligations, and there will be timing differences between our payments to satisfy these obligations and our receipt of indemnification thereof, and some indemnification obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of our common stock.

Interest Rate Swaps

        October 25, 2012, the Company entered into Interest Rate Swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan Chase Bank"), Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America") and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate Notional Amount of $150,000 (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement ("the Credit Agreement"), originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and the Company calculates the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. As of December 31, 2013, no ineffective portion of cash flow hedges has been recognized in interest expense.

        The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

Parking Services Revenue

        The Company's revenues are primarily derived from leased locations, managed properties and the providing of ancillary services, such as accounting, payments received for exercising termination rights,

72


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other value-added services. In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and as services are provided. The Company recognizes gross receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from leased locations, and management fees for parking services, as the related services are provided. Ancillary services are earned from management contract properties and are recognized as revenue as those services are provided.

Cost of Parking Services

        The Company recognizes costs for leases, non-reimbursed costs from managed facilities and reimbursed expense as cost of parking services. Cost of parking services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue and Expense

        The Company recognizes as both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, costs incurred by the Company that are directly reimbursed from its management clients. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions, as defined in Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 605-45 Principal Agent Considerations , based on the indicators of gross revenue reporting. As the principal, the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangement, have latitude in establishing price, discretion in supplier selection, and the Company assumes credit risk.

Advertising Costs

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses aggregated $971, $796 and $317 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Share based payments to employees including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the related expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

Income Taxes

        Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

        Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences

73


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

are expected to reverse or settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain federal net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2024. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

        When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        On July 27, 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2012-02, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)". ASU-2012-02 allows an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired thus requiring the entity to perform quantitative impairment tests in accordance with ASC 350-30. The ASU also amends previous guidance by expanding upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider when making the qualitative evaluation. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, "Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities". This update provides clarification on the disclosure requirements related to recognized derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. This update is effective for annual reporting periods and corresponding interim periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and retrospective application is required. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income". ASU No. 2013-02 requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, an entity is required to present, either on the face

74


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The guidance does not change the items reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income is reclassified to net income. The company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2013-02 on December 30, 2012. As this guidance only revises the presentation of comprehensive income, there was no impact to the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

    Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted

        In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. This update requires additional disclosures about offsetting and related arrangements on assets and liabilities to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of such arrangements on an entity's financial position as reported. This amendment is effective for fiscal 2014, and adoption of this standard will only affect the footnote disclosures within consolidated financial statements. Once adopted, these disclosure provisions will apply retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Although the Company is still evaluating the impact of this guidance, the Company does not believe that its adoption will have a material effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows but could impact financial statement disclosures.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, "Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists" to eliminate diversity in practice. Under this ASU, an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit that exists at the reporting date, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if certain criteria are met. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on its financial statements.

Note B. Acquisitions

        On October 2, 2012 ("Closing Date"), the Company completed its acquisition (the "Central Merger" or "Merger") of 100% of the outstanding common shares of KCPC Holdings, Inc., which was the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation ("Central") for 6,161,332 shares of Company common stock and the assumption of approximately $217,675 of Central's debt net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive cash consideration of $27,000 to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27,000 is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 12, 2012. The Company financed the acquisition through additional borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility (defined in Note I. Borrowing Arrangements ).

        Pursuant to the Central Merger agreement, the Company is entitled to indemnification from former stockholders of KCPC if and to the extent Central's combined net debt and the absolute value

75


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note B. Acquisitions (Continued)

of Central's working capital (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement) (the "Net Debt Working Capital") exceeded $285,000 as of September 30, 2012 and for certain defined adverse consequences (net) that are indemnified pursuant to the Agreement and Plan Merger dated February 12, 2012. The Net Debt Working Capital was $298,386 as of September 30, 2012 and, accordingly, the Net Debt Working Capital exceeded the threshold by $13,386. Additionally, the Company has reduced the cash consideration payable in three years by $5,817 for the sellers' indemnification of certain defined adverse consequences. The Company has given the former stockholders of KCPC notice regarding indemnification matters in early 2013 and has made subsequent adjustments for known matters since that date.

Central Net Debt Working Capital at September 30, 2012 as defined in the Merger Agreement

  $ (298,386 )

Threshold

    285,000  
       

Excess over the threshold

    (13,386 )

Indemnification of certain defined adverse consequences, net

    (5,817 )

Cash consideration payable in three years

    27,000  
       

Settled cash consideration

  $ 7,797  
       
       

Present value of cash consideration as of December 31, 2013

  $ 6,332  

Present value of cash consideration at the acquisition date

  $ 8,943  

        Accordingly, the fair value of the final consideration transferred to acquire all of Central's outstanding stock at the acquisition date is as follows:

Stock consideration

  $ 140,726  

Present value of cash consideration to be issued as of December 31, 2013

    6,332  
       

Total consideration transferred

  $ 147,058  
       
       

        The Company incurred certain acquisition and integration costs associated with the transaction that were expensed as incurred and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company recognized $10,918 and $28,036 of these costs in its Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in General and Administrative Expenses. The Company incurred costs of $10,332 in 2012 related to obtaining the Credit Agreement. Of the total costs of $10,332, $5,149 was recognized as debt issuance costs and has been included in "Other assets, net" and $5,183 was recognized as a discount to borrowings. The entire cost is being amortized using the effective interest method to interest expense over the term of the loan.

        The acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting (in accordance with the provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations ) which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date.

        The purchase price has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition. The Company has finalized the purchase price allocation, which resulted in revision to the previously reported preliminary amounts. The revisions to the purchase price allocation were applied retrospectively back to the date of the acquisition.

76


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note B. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition as previously reported based on the preliminary allocation and as finalized:

 
  Preliminary
amounts(a)
  Purchase Price
Accounting
Adjustment
  Amounts as
finalized
 

Net current liabilities

  $ (28,041 ) $ 2,597   $ (25,444 )

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

    24,154     627     24,781  

Identified intangible assets:

                   

Management contracts

    81,000         81,000  

Favorable lease contracts

    51,650     28,585     80,235  

Trade name / trademarks

    14,900     (5,800 )   9,100  

Existing technology

    34,000         34,000  

Non-competition agreements

    2,600         2,600  

Other noncurrent assets

    17,748         17,748  

Long-term debt

    (237,223 )       (237,223 )

Unfavorable lease contracts

    (69,316 )   (32,360 )   (101,676 )

Other noncurrent liabilities

    (19,523 )       (19,523 )

Net long term deferred tax liability

    (24,516 )   1,988     (22,528 )
               

Net (liabilities assumed)

    (152,567 )   (4,363 )   (156,930 )

Goodwill

    302,236     4,363     306,599  
               

Total fair value of consideration transferred at acquisition date

  $ 149,669   $   $ 149,669  
               
               

(a)
These amounts reflect the reclassification of net long term deferred tax liabilities of $24,434 from net current liabilities to net long term deferred tax liability.

        The acquired management contracts are being amortized over a weighted average life of 16 years. The favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts are being amortized over a weighted average life of 10.1 and 8.9 years, respectively. The trade names and trademarks are being amortized over 4.0 years. The non-compete agreements are being amortized over primarily 1.0 year. The existing technology is being amortized over 4.5 years. See Note F, Other Intangible Assets, net and Note G, Favorable and Unfavorable Lease Contracts for amortization and accretion of the intangible assets and liabilities.

        Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill represents expected synergies with the Company's existing operations which include growth of new and existing customers, elimination of corporate overhead redundancies, and logistical improvements.

        A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of the Company's judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. The Company's judgments used to determine the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact the Company's results of operations.

77


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note B. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The results of Central's operations have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The following table presents information for Central that is included in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 
  Central's operations
included in the
Company's results for
the year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Total revenue

  $ 190,008  
       
       

Operating loss(1)

  $ (9,263 )
       
       

(1)
Includes amortization and depreciation related to identifiable intangible and tangible assets of $5,944 and acquisition and integration costs of $10,007.

        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for 2012 and 2011 assume that the acquisition of Central was completed as of January 1, 2011:

 
  2012   2011  

Revenue, excluding reimbursed management contract revenue

  $ 880,062   $ 866,513  
           
           

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to SP Plus stockholders

  $ (26,889 ) $ (7,534 )
           
           

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to SP Plus stockholders

             

Basic

  $ (1.23 ) $ (0.34 )

Diluted

  $ (1.23 ) $ (0.34 )

        The Company has assumed a 42% combined statutory federal and state tax rate when estimating the tax effects of the adjustments to the unaudited pro forma combined statements of income.

Note C. Net Income Per Common Share

        Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding at period end, consisting of incremental shares assumed to be issued upon exercise of stock options and the incremental shares assumed to be issued under performance share and restricted stock unit arrangements, using the treasury-stock method.

78


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note C. Net Income Per Common Share (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the basic weighted average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted average common shares outstanding is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  (In thousands except for
share and per share data)

 

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

  $ 12,089   $ 1,340   $ 17,098  
               
               

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

    21,902,870     17,179,606     15,703,595  

Dilutive impact of share-based awards

    346,714     310,598     344,284  
               

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    22,249,584     17,490,204     16,047,879  
               
               

Net income per common share:

                   

Basic

  $ 0.55   $ 0.08   $ 1.09  

Diluted

  $ 0.54   $ 0.08   $ 1.07  

        There were no potential shares of common stock attributable to stock options excluded from net income per common share calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

Note D. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net

        Leasehold improvements, equipment, and construction in progress and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is as follows:

 
   
  December 31  
 
  Ranges of Estimated Useful Life   2013   2012  

Equipment

  2 - 5 Years   $ 30,563   $ 28,498  

Software

  3 - 10 Years     19,063     15,031  

Vehicles

  4 Years     8,075     9,353  

Other

  10 Years     282     367  

Leasehold improvements

  Shorter of lease term or economic life up to 10 years     18,642     17,920  

Construction in progress

        5,212     2,086  
               

        81,837     73,255  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (38,202 )   (35,152 )
               

        43,635     38,103  

Land

        1,250     2,299  
               

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

      $ 44,885   $ 40,402  
               
               

79


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note D. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net (Continued)

        Assets acquired in the Central Merger were recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date, and subsequent capital asset additions are recorded at cost, which includes interest on significant projects. Depreciation is provided in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives or over the terms of the respective leases, whichever is shorter, and depreciated principally on the straight-line basis. The costs and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or disposed of are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in earnings. Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when conditions indicate an impairment or future impairment; the assets are either written down or the useful life is adjusted to the remaining period of usefulness.

        Depreciation expense was $10,403, $6,672 and $4,167 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Depreciation includes losses on abandonments of leasehold improvements and equipment of $1,614, $80 and $31 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the fourth quarter 2013, we sold our equity interest in land for $2,322 and recognized a gain on sale of $1,191.

Note E. Cost of Contracts, net

        Cost of contracts, net is comprised of the following:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Cost of contracts

  $ 25,607   $ 26,599  

Accumulated amortization

    (14,845 )   (12,384 )
           

Cost of contracts, net

  $ 10,762   $ 14,215  
           
           

        The expected future amortization of cost of contracts is as follows:

 
  Cost of Contract  

2014

    2,355  

2015

    1,967  

2016

    1,789  

2017

    1,677  

2018

    1,437  

2019 and Thereafter

    1,537  
       

Total

  $ 10,762  
       
       

        Amortization expense related to cost of contracts was $2,788, $3,142 and $2,275 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no additional amortization expense recorded relating to losses of contracts that were previously capitalized. The weighted average useful life was 9.6 years, 9.5 years and 9.7 years as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

80


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note F. Other Intangible assets, net

        The following presents a summary of other intangible assets:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Covenant not to compete

  $ 933   $ 3,533  

Trade names and trademarks

    9,820     9,820  

Proprietary know how

    34,650     34,650  

Management contract rights

    81,000     81,000  

Accumulated amortization

    (20,181 )   (6,372 )
           

Intangible assets, net

  $ 106,222   $ 122,631  
           
           

        Amortization expense related to intangible assets included in depreciation and amortization was $16,812, $4,024 and $260 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        Noncompete agreements are being amortized over primarily 1.0 year. Proprietary know-how is being amortized over and estimated useful life of 4.5 years. Trade names and trademarks are being amortized over an estimated useful life of 4.0 years. Management contracts are being amortized over the contract term, including renewals and terminations, and has a weighted average life of 16 years.

        The expected future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

 
  Intangible asset
amortization
 

2014

  $ 15,171  

2015

    15,137  

2016

    14,569  

2017

    7,196  

2018

    5,306  

2019 and Thereafter

    48,844  
       

Total

  $ 106,223  
       
       

Note G. Favorable and Unfavorable Acquired Lease Contracts

        Favorable and unfavorable lease contracts represent the acquired fair value of lease contracts in connection with the Central Merger. Favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts are being amortized over the contract term, including anticipated renewals and terminations and has a weighted average life of 10.1 and 8.9 years, respectively.

81


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note G. Favorable and Unfavorable Acquired Lease Contracts (Continued)

        The following presents a summary of favorable and unfavorable lease contracts:

 
  Favorable   (Unfavorable)  
 
  December 31,   December 31,  
 
  2013   2012   2013   2012  

Acquired fair value of lease contracts

  $ 77,621   $ 80,235   $ (92,093 ) $ (98,290 )

Accumulated (amortization) accretion

    (17,587 )   (5,522 )   17,963     6,065  
                   

Total acquired fair value of lease contracts, net

    60,034     74,713     (74,130 )   (92,225 )
                   

        Amortization for lease contracts, net of unfavorable lease contracts was $4,298 and $609 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is a reduction to cost of parking services-lease contract. There is no amortization for lease contracts included in cost of parking services for lease contracts for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        The expected future amortization (accretion) of lease contract rights is as follows:

 
  Favorable   (Unfavorable)   Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Net
 

2014

  $ 11,739   $ (12,301 ) $ (562 )

2015

    9,649     (11,061 )   (1,412 )

2016

    8,559     (10,312 )   (1,753 )

2017

    6,506     (9,117 )   (2,611 )

2018

    4,059     (7,394 )   (3,335 )

2019 and Thereafter

    19,522     (23,945 )   (4,423 )
               

Total

  $ 60,034   $ (74,130 ) $ (14,096 )
               
               

Note H. Fair Value Measurement

Fair value measurements-recurring basis

        In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

        Applicable accounting literature establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. The fair value hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity's pricing based

82


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note H. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

upon its own market assumptions. Applicable accounting literature defines levels within the hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

    Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs, which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

        The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the basis of measurement at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
  Fair Value Measurement at
December 31, 2013
  Fair Value Measurement at
December 31, 2012
 
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets:

                                     

Prepaid expenses and other

                                     

Interest rate swap

      $ 824                  

Liabilities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Accrued expenses

                                     

Contingent acquisition consideration

          $ 1,374           $ 1,316  

Other long term liabilities

                                     

Interest rate swap

                  $ 794      

Contingent acquisition consideration

          $ 163           $ 2,008  

        We seek to minimize our risks from interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swap contracts and hedge only exposures in the ordinary course of business. Interest rate swaps are used to manage interest rate risk associated with our floating rate debt. We account for our derivative instruments at fair value provided we meet certain documentary and analytical requirements to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Hedge accounting creates the potential for a Consolidated Statement of Operations match between the changes in fair values of derivatives and the changes in cost of the associated underlying transactions, in this case interest expense. Derivatives held by us are designated as hedges of specific exposures at inception, with an expectation that changes in the fair value will essentially offset the change in the underlying exposure. Discontinuance of hedge accounting is required whenever it is subsequently determined that an underlying transaction is not going to occur, with any gains or losses recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations at such time, with any subsequent changes in fair value recognized currently in earnings. Fair values of derivatives are determined based on quoted prices for similar contracts. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swap is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component

83


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note H. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

of stockholders' equity, and is being recognized as an adjustment to interest expense or other (expense) income, respectively, over the same period the related expenses are recognized in earnings. Ineffectiveness would occur when changes in the market value of the hedged transactions are not completely offset by changes in the market value of the derivative and the those related gains and losses on derivatives representing hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized currently in earnings when incurred. No ineffectiveness was recognized during 2013, 2012 or 2011.

        The significant inputs used to derive the fair value of the contingent acquisition consideration include financial forecasts of future operating results, the probability of reaching the forecast and the associated discount rate. The weighted average probability of the contingent acquisition consideration ranges from 20% to 50%, with a weighted average discount rate of 7%.

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the contingent consideration liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

 
  Due to Seller  

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ (6,807 )

Increase related to new acquisitions

     

Payment of contingent consideration

     

Change in fair value

    309  
       

Balance at December 31, 2011

    (6,498 )

Increase related to new acquisitions

     

Payment of contingent consideration

    2,202  

Change in fair value

    972  
       

Balance at December 31, 2012

    (3,324 )

Increase related to new acquisitions

     

Payment of contingent consideration

    896  

Change in fair value

    891  
       

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ (1,537 )
       
       

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized a benefit of $891, $972 and $309, respectively, in general and administrative expenses in the statement of income due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique. These adjustments were the result of using revised forecasts to operating results, updates to the probability of achieving the revised forecasts and updated fair value measurements that revised the Company's contingent consideration obligations related to the purchase of these businesses.

84


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note H. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

        Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets are measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and leasehold improvements, equipment land and construction in progress are subsequently measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. The Company assesses the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The fair value of its goodwill and intangible assets is not estimated if there is no change in events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company has not recorded impairment charges related to its business acquisitions. The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, with the excess recorded as goodwill. The Company utilizes Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value.

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

        The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value   Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,158   $ 23,158   $ 28,450   $ 28,450  

Long-term debt—

                         

Senior credit facility, net of discount

    (286,672 )   (286,672 )   (307,939 )   (307,939 )

Other obligations

  $ (1,994 ) $ (1,994 ) $ (2,620 ) $ (2,620 )

        The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments and would be classified as a Level 1. The fair value of the Senior Credit Facility and Obligations on seller notes and other obligations were estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount and are generally measured using a discounted cash flow analysis based on current market interest rates for similar types of financial instruments and would be classified as a Level 2.

85


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note I. Borrowing Arrangements

        Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consisted of the following:

 
   
  Amount Outstanding  
 
  Maturity Date   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Senior credit facility, net of discount

  October 2, 2017   $ 286,672   $ 307,939  

Other obligations

  Various     1,994     2,620  
               

Total debt

        288,666     310,559  

Less current portion

        24,632     21,837  
               

Total long-term debt

      $ 264,034   $ 288,722  
               
               

        Aggregate minimum principal maturities of long-term debt for the fiscal years following December 31, 2013, are as follows:

2014

  $ 25,793  

2015

    30,175  

2016

    32,061  

2017

    204,173  

Thereafter

    17  
       

Total debt

    292,219  

Less: Current portion, including debt discount

    24,632  

Less: Discount on debt

    3,553  
       

Total long-term portion, including debt discount

  $ 264,034  
       
       

    Senior Credit Facility

        In connection with the Merger, on the Closing Date, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Bank of America, as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo Bank") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders").

        Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to the Company a secured Senior Credit Facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $450,000 consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200,000 at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100,000 at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $250,000. The Senior Credit Facility matures on October 2, 2017.

        The Company drew down the entire amount of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility and borrowed $72,800 under the revolving credit facility in connection with the closing of the Central

86


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note I. Borrowing Arrangements (Continued)

Merger. The proceeds from these borrowings were used by the Company to repay outstanding indebtedness of the Company and Central, and will also be used to pay costs and expenses related to the Merger and the related financing and fund ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes.

        Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company's option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the "Applicable Margin") for LIBOR loans, plus the applicable LIBOR rate or (ii) the Applicable Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

        Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.5:1.0 (with certain step-downs described in the Credit Agreement). In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25:1.0 (with certain step-ups described in the Credit Agreement).

        Events of default under the Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require the Company to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Credit Agreement and (iii) require the Company to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

        Each wholly owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Credit Agreement.

        In connection with and effective upon the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement on October 2, 2012, the Company terminated its then-existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Former Credit Agreement"), dated as of July 15, 2008. In connection with the extinguishment of debt, $693 related to the interest rate cap was recorded in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2012. Loss on the extinguishment of debt of $51 was recorded in interest expense during the fourth quarter related to debt issuance costs. There were no termination penalties incurred by the Company in connection with the termination of the Former Credit Agreement.

        The Company is in compliance with all of its covenants as of December 31, 2013.

        The weighted average interest rate on our Senior Credit Facility was 3.7% and 3.7% at both periods ending at December 31, 2013 and 2012. The rate includes all outstanding LIBOR contracts, cash flow hedge effectiveness effect and letters of credit. The weighted average interest rate on

87


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note I. Borrowing Arrangements (Continued)

outstanding borrowings, not including letters of credit, was 3.8% and 3.9%, respectively, at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

        At December 31, 2013, the Company had $59,498 of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, borrowings against the Senior Credit Facility aggregated $290,225 (excluding debt discount of $3,553), and the Company had $72,303 available under the senior credit facility. The Company has entered into various financing agreements, which were used for the purchase of equipment.

        The Company acquired Subordinated Convertible Debentures ("Convertible Debentures") as a result of the acquisition of Central. The subordinated debenture holders have the right to redeem the Convertible Debentures for $19.18 cash per share upon their stated maturity (April 1, 2028) or upon acceleration or earlier repayment of the Convertible Debentures. There were no redemptions during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Approximately $1,254 (redemption value) Convertible Debentures remain outstanding at both December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Note J. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges and foreign currency translation adjustments. The components of changes in accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, were as follows:

 
  Foreign Currency
Translation Adjustments
  Effective Portion of Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivative   Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 483   $ (380 ) $ 103  

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

    (390 )   (31 )   (421 )
               

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    93     (411 )   (318 )

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

    2     (65 )   (63 )
               

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    95     (476 )   (381 )

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

    (463 )   962     499  
               

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ (368 ) $ 486   $ 118  
               
               

88


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes

        For financial reporting purposes, income before taxes includes the following components:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

United States

  $ 21,365   $ (1,468 ) $ 27,152  

Foreign

    2,221     222     1,024  
               

Total

  $ 23,586   $ (1,246 ) $ 28,176  
               
               

        The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Current provision:

                   

U.S. federal

  $ 3,183   $ 748   $ 6,202  

Foreign

    734     233     292  

State

    2,162     (11,830 )   1,678  
               

Total current

    6,079     (10,849 )   8,172  

Deferred provision:

                   

U.S. federal

    2,301     6,069     2,547  

Foreign

    (91 )   (11 )   5  

State

    532     1,171     (24 )
               

Total deferred

    2,742     7,229     2,528  
               

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 8,821   $ (3,620 ) $ 10,700  
               
               

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax

89


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes (Continued)

purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 
  2013   2012  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carry forwards

  $ 21,621   $ 28,054  

Accrued expenses

    32,665     33,276  

Accrued compensation

    10,033     10,551  

Book over tax cost unfavorable lease contracts

    37,758     36,339  

Other

    129     169  
           

Gross deferred tax assets

    102,206     108,389  

Less: valuation allowance

    (21,340 )   (25,299 )
           

Total deferred tax asset

    80,866     83,090  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Prepaid expenses

    (450 )   (516 )

Undistributed foreign earnings

    (1,065 )   (1,144 )

Tax over book depreciation and amortization

    (20,586 )   (3,047 )

Tax over book goodwill amortization

    (28,713 )   (27,496 )

Tax over book cost favorable contracts

    (31,824 )   (43,417 )

Other

    (5,259 )   (11,284 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (87,897 )   (86,904 )
           

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (7,031 ) $ (3,814 )
           
           

        Amounts recognized on the balance sheet consist of:

 
  2013   2012  

Deferred tax asset, current

  $ 10,317   $ 15,265  

Deferred tax (liability), long term

    (17,348 )   (19,079 )
           

Net deferred tax liability

  $ (7,031 ) $ (3,814 )
           
           

        The accounting guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that the Company assess the realizability of deferred tax assets at each reporting period. These assessments generally consider several factors including the reversal of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies. The Company has valuation allowances totaling $21,340 and $25,299, respectively, at December 31, 2013 and 2012 primarily related to our state Net Operating Loss carryforwards ("NOLs") and state tax credit that the Company believes are not likely to be realized based on upon its estimates of future taxable income, limitations on the use of its state NOLs, and the carryforward life over which the state tax benefit is realized.

        At December 31, 2013, the Company had $2,486 of gross federal NOLs, which will expire in 2024. As a result of the initial public offering completed in June of 2004, an ownership change occurred

90


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes (Continued)

under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which limits its ability to use pre-change NOLs to reduce future taxable income. Additionally, a second ownership change occurred in May 2009, however, since the fair market value of the Company's shares were significantly higher than at the time of the initial public offering, there was no change in the applicable Section 382 limitation that limits its ability to utilize pre-change NOLs.

        The Company has $19,999 of tax-effected state net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2013, which will expire in the years 2014 through 2028. As noted above, the utilization of the state net operating loss carryforwards of the Company are limited due to the ownership change in June 2004 and are also limited due to the Central Merger. The Company has $113 of tax-effected foreign net operating loss carryforwards related to its Canadian subsidiary.

        Since 2005, the Company has treated its investment in its Canadian subsidiary as non-permanent in duration and provided taxes on the undistributed Canadian earnings. As of December 31, 2013, the Company treats approximately $1,600 of Canadian earnings as permanently reinvested to meet the Canadian subsidiary's working capital requirements. The amount of tax that may be payable on the distribution of such earnings to the United States is approximately $612. Generally, such amounts will become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. The Company has provided taxes for the remaining undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary in excess of the permanently reinvested amount. The Company is treating its cumulative earnings of $3,852 in its Puerto Rico subsidiary as permanent in duration to satisfy current working capital requirements. The amount of tax that may be payable on a distribution of such earnings to the United States is $1,599.

        A reconciliation of the Company's reported income tax provision (benefit) to the amount computed by multiplying book income / (loss) before income taxes by the statutory United States federal income tax rate is as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Tax at statutory rate

  $ 8,255   $ (436 ) $ 9,861  

Permanent differences

    844     4,534     572  

State taxes, net of federal benefit

    1,397     1,086     1,067  

Effect of foreign tax rates

    49     8     (71 )

Uncertain tax positions

        (8,104 )    

Current year adjustment to deferred taxes

    3,960          

Recognition of tax credits

    (1,699 )   (432 )   (903 )

Other

    (25 )   (276 )   174  
               

    12,781     (3,620 )   10,700  

Change in valuation allowance

    (3,960 )        
               

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $ 8,821   $ (3,620 ) $ 10,700  
               
               

        Taxes paid, which are for United States federal income tax, certain state income taxes, and foreign income taxes were $1,331, $3,651 and $7,507 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

91


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company's financial position. As a result of the Central Merger, the Company recorded $6,780, plus accrued interest of $5,328 and penalties of $678, for a state uncertain tax position as part of the opening balance sheet. Due to the lapsing of the statute of limitations for this position in the fourth quarter 2012, the Company decreased its uncertain tax position for the full amount of the liability previously established and reversed the previously accrued interest. As a result, the Company does not have any uncertain tax positions recorded as of December 31, 2013.

        The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits:

 
  2013   2012   2011  

Unrecognized tax benefits—January 1,

             

Gross adjustments—Central Merger

        6,780      

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

             

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

             

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

             

Settlement

             

Lapse of statute of limitations

        (6,780 )    
               

Unrecognized tax benefits—December 31,

             
               
               

        The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense.

        The tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company's major tax jurisdictions at December 31, 2013 are shown below:

2009 - 2013

  United States—federal income tax

2007 - 2013

  United States—state and local income tax

2010 - 2013

  Foreign—Canada and Puerto Rico

Note L. Benefit Plans

        The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives. Subject to their continued employment by the Company, certain employees are offered supplemental pension arrangements in which the employees will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has accrued $3,710 and $3,669, respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $145, $486, and $311 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        As a result of the Central Merger, the Company has agreements with certain former key executives that provide for aggregate annual payments ranging from $32 to $144 per year for periods ranging from 10 years to life, beginning when the executive retires or upon death or disability. Under certain conditions, the amount of deferred benefits can be reduced. Life insurance contracts with a face value of approximately $6,986 as of December 31, 2013 have been purchased to fund, as necessary, the

92


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note L. Benefit Plans (Continued)

benefits under these agreements. The cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts is approximately $993 and $700 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and classified in non-current assets and included in Other assets, net. The plan is a non-qualified plan and is not subject to ERISA funding requirements. Compensation costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $565 and $855, respectively. The Company had recorded a liability in other long-term liabilities of $3,586 and $3,942 associated with these agreements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The Company sponsors savings and retirement plan whereby the participants may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plan. The plans are qualified defined contribution plans 401(K). For the Standard plan, the Company contributes an amount in cash or other property as a Company match equal to 50% of the first 4% of contributions as they occur. For the Central Plan, the Company will match an amount equal to 100% of the participant's contributions up to 3% of compensation and 50% of the participant's contributions exceeding 3% but not to exceed 5% of compensation. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $1,764, $893, and $988 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The two plans merged effective January 1, 2014.

        The Company also offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to those employees whose participation in its 401(k) plan is limited by statute or regulation. This plan allows certain employees to defer a portion of their compensation, limited to a maximum of $50 per year, to be paid to the participants upon separation of employment or distribution date selected by employee. To support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company Owned Life Insurance ("COLI") policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the the non-qualified deferred compensation liability. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the cash surrender value of the COLI policies is $8,151 and $5,620, respectively and is included in other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan is included in other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and was $9,096 and $6,064 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The Company contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

            a.     Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

            b.     If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

            c.     If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

        The Company's contributions represented more than 5% of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 Benefit Fund for the plan year ending February 28, 2013. The Company does not

93


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note L. Benefit Plans (Continued)

represent more than five percent to any other fund. The Company's participation in this plan for the annual periods ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is outlined in the table below. The "EIN/Pension Plan Number" column provides the Employee Identification Number ("EIN") and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plan's actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The "FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented" column indicates plans for which a Financial Improvement Plan ("FIP") or a Rehabilitation Plan ("RP") is either pending or has been implemented. The "Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement" column lists the expiration dates of the agreements to which the plans are subject.

 
   
  Pension Protection
Zone Status
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Expiration
Date of
Collective
Bargaining
Agreement
 
 
  EIN/
Pension
Plan
Number
   
  Contributions    
  Zone Status
as of the
Most Recent
Annual Report
 
 
  FIP/FR
Pending
Implementation
  Surcharge
Imposed
 
Pension
  2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011  

Teamsters Local Union 727

    36-61023973   Green   Green   Green   N/A     3,376     3,617     2,500   No     2013     10/31/2016  

        Net expenses for contributions not reimbursed by clients and related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution benefit plans were $621, $762 and $710 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

        In the event that the Company decides to cease participating in these plans, the Company could be assessed a withdrawal liability. The Company currently does not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans and therefore would not trigger the withdrawal liability.

Note M. Leases and Contingencies

        The Company operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates, generally prior to 2020. Certain of the leases contain options to renew at the Company's discretion.

        Total future annual rent expense is not determinable as a portion of such future rent is contingent based on revenues of the parking facilities. At December 31, 2013, the Company's minimum rental

94


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note M. Leases and Contingencies (Continued)

commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancellable operating leases, are as follows:

2014(1)

  $ 178,127  

2015

    129,447  

2016

    106,513  

2017

    86,711  

2018

    65,846  

2019 and thereafter

    232,340  
       

  $ 798,984  
       
       

(1)
$34,111 is included in 2014's minimum commitments for leases that expire in less than one year.

        Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $326,814, $173,502 and $108,324 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contingent rent expense was $133,877, $79,552 and $58,309 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contingent rent expense consists primarily of percentage rent payments, which will cease at various times as certain leases expire.

        The Company enters into contingent purchase price arrangements from time to time for its business combinations and depending upon the date of the business combination, some of its contingent purchase price arrangements are not reflected in its consolidated balance sheet as those acquisitions occurred prior to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations which now requires these to be recorded at fair value on the date of the acquisition.

        The Company accrued contingent payment obligations outstanding under the previous business combination accounting pronouncement of $254 and $255 (on an undiscounted basis), as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Such contingent payments have been accounted for as additional purchase price as all performance criteria have been achieved for the respective year. Additionally. The Company has recorded a contingency obligation for acquisitions subsequent to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations, in the amount of $1,537 and $3,324, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, as of December 31,2013 and 2012, respectively.

95


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note N. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

Closing Agreements

        In connection with the Central Merger, on February 28, 2012, the Company entered into initial Closing Agreements (the "Initial Closing Agreements") with each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (collectively, "Lubert-Adler Entities"); each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V, L.P., and KOCO Investors V, L.P. (collectively, the "Kohlberg Entities"); and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (collectively, the "Versa Entities"). As of the most recent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Lubert-Adler Entities collectively own approximately 6.1% of our common stock, the Kohlberg Entities collectively own approximately 16.6% of our common stock, and the Versa Entities collectively own approximately 5.1% of our common stock. In addition, Paul Halpern, one of the Company's directors, is affiliated with the Versa Entities; and Jonathan P. Ward and Gordon H. Woodward, both directors, are affiliated with the Kohlberg Entities.

        Under the Initial Closing Agreements, the Lubert-Adler, Kohlberg and Versa Entities (collectively, the "Central Stockholders") agreed, among other things, to vote their shares of our common stock in accordance with the Board's recommendations or, in specified cases, in proportion to the votes made by the Company other stockholders, until October 2, 2015.

        Additionally, the Initial Closing Agreements provide that each Central Stockholder will be subject to a four-year "standstill period" following the closing of the Merger, during which each such Central Stockholder will not, among other things, (i) acquire any additional voting securities of the Company, (ii) seek or propose a merger, acquisition, tender offer or other extraordinary transaction with respect to the Company, (iii) call a meeting of Company stockholders or initiate a stockholder proposal, or (iv) form a "group" with any person with respect to Company securities.

        The Initial Closing Agreements also impose certain restrictive covenants on some of the Central Stockholders, including, among others, (i) non-compete covenants, (ii) non-solicitation covenants, (iii) confidentiality obligations and (iv) non-disparagement requirements.

        The foregoing description of the Initial Closing Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Closing Agreements, copies of which are attached to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012 as Exhibits 10.2 through 10.4 and incorporated by reference herein.

        In connection with the Central Merger, on October 2, 2012, the Company entered into Additional Closing Agreements (the "Additional Closing Agreements") with the Central Stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of the Additional Closing Agreements, the Kohlberg, Lubert-Adler and Versa Entities have each agreed that, until October 2, 2015 and for so long as it owns in the aggregate (together with its affiliates, all other Central stockholders and their respective affiliates and any other persons with which any of the foregoing form a "group") beneficially or of record more than 10% of Company issued and outstanding common stock, to cause the shares of our common stock held by them to be counted as

96


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note N. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates (Continued)

present at any meeting of Company stockholders and to vote, in person or by proxy, all of such shares of Company common stock as follows:

        Until October 2, 2014:

    with respect to the election of directors to the Company's Board, "for" any nominees recommended by the Board; and

    with respect to all other matters submitted for a vote of Company stockholders, in accordance with the recommendation of the Board with respect to such matters.

        From October 3, 2014 until October 2, 2015:

    with respect to the election of directors to the Board, "for" any nominees recommended by our Board; and

    with respect to all other matters submitted for a vote of Company stockholders, in proportion to the votes cast by all of the Company's other stockholders.

        The Additional Closing Agreements also provide that the Kohlberg, Lubert-Adler and Versa Entities will be subject to a four-year standstill period following the Closing Date, during which time, such Central Stockholder will not, among other things, (i) acquire or agree to acquire any additional voting securities of the Company, (ii) seek or propose a merger, acquisition, tender offer or other extraordinary transaction with or involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective securities or assets, (iii) call a meeting of the stockholders of the Company or initiate a stockholder proposal or (iv) form a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) with any person (other than an affiliate of such Central Stockholder) with respect to the acquisition or voting of any of the Company's voting securities.

        The Additional Closing Agreements impose certain restrictive covenants on the Kohlberg and Versa Entities, including (i) confidentiality obligations with respect to the Company confidential information and (ii) non-disparagement requirements. The Lubert-Adler Entity is subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to its confidential information pursuant to the terms of its Additional Closing Agreement.

        The foregoing description of the Additional Closing Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Additional Closing Agreements, copies of which are attached as Exhibits 10.2 through 10.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 2, 2012.

Agreements Related to Myron C. Warshauer

        Myron C. Warshauer, one of the Company's directors, was our chief executive officer until October 15, 2001, when his employment period terminated under the employment agreement with him dated as of March 30, 1998. This agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2003 and May 10, 2004, requires the Company to pay Mr. Warshauer various post-employment benefits. Mr. Warshauer

97


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note N. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates (Continued)

received payments of $506, which included payments for health and dental insurance, office space and secretarial coverage. This agreement also restricts Mr. Warshauer from competing with us.

        In addition, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Shoreline Enterprises, LLC, which is solely owned by Myron C. Warshauer, dated October 16, 2001, as amended on May 10, 2004. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Warshauer provides consulting services under the title of Vice Chairman (Emeritus), which title and role is not that of an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. Under this agreement, the Company paid Shoreline $178 and $183 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Both of these agreements terminate on December 5, 2014 and permit Mr. Warshauer to provide the Company with consulting services to the extent and manner as he determines.

Related Arrangements with Affiliates

        In 2013 and 2012 the Company provided property management services for twelve separate retail shopping centers and commercial office buildings in which D&E Parking, Inc. has an ownership interest. Edward Simmons, an executive officer of SP Plus, has an ownership interest in D&E. In consideration of the property management services the Company provided for these twelve properties, the Company recorded net management fees totaling $285 and $625 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note O. Legal Proceedings

        The Company is are subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against it and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. The Company accrues a charge against income when its management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, the Company accrues for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against it by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of its intent to appeal. In addition, the Company is from time-to-time party to litigation administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally pays non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no "normal course" matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on its operation, financial condition or cash flow.

        In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. The Company regularly evaluates current information available to its to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.

98


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note P. Goodwill

        The amounts for goodwill and changes to carrying value by operating segment are as follows:

 
  Region
One
  Region
Two
  Region
Three
  Region
Four
  Region
Five
  Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 65,697   $ 3,760   $ 37,097   $ 22,577   $ 3,286   $ 132,417  

Goodwill acquired during the period

    127,782     28,485     28,893     40,044     81,395     306,599  

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

    279         53             332  

Foreign currency translation

            138             138  
                           

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ 193,758   $ 32,245   $ 66,181   $ 62,621   $ 84,681   $ 439,486  
                           
                           

Contingent payments related to acquisitions

  $ 342   $   $   $   $   $ 342  

Foreign currency translation

            (325 )           (325 )
                           

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $ 194,100   $ 32,245   $ 65,856   $ 62,621   $ 84,681   $ 439,503  
                           
                           

Note Q. Bradley Agreement

        The Company entered into a 25-year agreement with the State of Connecticut ("State") that expires on April 6, 2025, under which it operates the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport ("Bradley") located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area.

        The parking garage was financed through the issuance of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds and provides that the Company deposits, with the trustee for the bondholders, all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking. From these gross revenues, the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds outstanding, operating and capital maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities, and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the state. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3,600 in contract year 2002 to approximately $4,500 in contract year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8,300 in contract year 2002 to approximately $13,200 in contract year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $10,593 and $10,375, respectively. All of the cash flow from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected and deposited with the bond trustee. Each month the bond trustee makes certain required monthly distributions, which are characterized as "Guaranteed Payments." To the extent the monthly gross receipts generated by the parking facilities are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, the Company is obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee, with such deficiency payments representing interest bearing advances to the trustee. The Company does not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

        The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:

    Garage and surface operating expenses,

99


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note Q. Bradley Agreement (Continued)

    Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,

    Trustee expenses,

    Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits; and

    State minimum guarantee.

        To the extent sufficient funds, the trustee is then directed to reimburse the Company for deficiency payments up to the amount of the calculated surplus, with the Company having the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, together with actual interest and premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. The Company calculates and records interest and premium income along with deficiency principal repayments as a reduction of cost of parking services in the period the associated deficiency repayment is received from the trustee. The Company believes these advances to be fully recoverable as the Bradley Agreement places no time restriction on the Company's right to reimbursement. The reimbursement of principal, interest and premium will be recognized when received.

        The total deficiency payments, net of reimbursements, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2012  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 14,598   $ 13,407  

Deficiency payments made

    924     1,658  

Deficiency repayment received

    (873 )   (467 )
           

Balance at end of year

  $ 14,649   $ 14,598  
           
           

        In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $51 and received interest of $477 and premium of $69, with the net of these amounts recorded as reduction in cost of parking services. In the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1,191 and received interest of $85, with the net of these amounts recorded as additional cost of parking services. In addition, the Company has accrued $100 of estimated deficiency payments as of December 31, 2013, as these expected deficiency payments have met the criteria of being both probable and estimable. There were no amounts of expected deficiency payments accrued as of December 31, 2012.

        In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, the Bradley Agreement provides for an annual management fee payment, which is based on operating profit tiers. The annual management fee is further apportioned 60% to the Company and 40% to an un-affiliated entity and the annual management fee will be paid to the extent funds are available for the trustee to make distribution, and are paid after Guaranteed Payments (as defined in the Bradley Agreement) repayment of all deficiency payments, including interest and premium. Cumulative management fees of approximately $13,733 and $12,733 have not been recognized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and no management fees were recognized as revenue during 2013, 2012 or 2011.

100


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations

    Business Unit Segment Information

        Segment information is presented in accordance with a "management approach," which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision maker for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company's reportable segments. The Company's segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing the Company's overall performance.

        An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Company's president and chief executive officer. Each of the operating segments is directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations including direct regional administrative costs. Finance, information technology, human resources, and legal are shared functions that are not allocated back to the four operating segments. The chief operating decision maker assesses the performance of each operating segment using information about its revenue and operating income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. There are no inter-segment transactions and the Company does not allocate interest and other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization or taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

        The chief operating decision maker does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. On November 1, 2013, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. The Company now reports Ontario, Manitoba and Quebec in Region One and Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina and South Carolina in Region Five. All periods presented have been restated to reflect the new internal reporting to the CODM.

        Region One encompasses operations in Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin and the three Canadian provinces of Manitoba, Ontario, and Quebec.

        Region Two encompasses event planning and transportation, and its technology-based parking and traffic management systems.

        Region Three encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington and the Canadian province of Alberta.

        Region Four encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.

        Region Five encompasses Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas.

        Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

101


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations (Continued)

        The following is a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue) and gross profit by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   Gross
Margin
  2012   Gross
Margin
  2011   Gross
Margin
 

Revenues(a):

                                     

Region One

                                     

Lease contracts

  $ 299,280         $ 134,851         $ 73,657        

Management contracts

    109,846           69,144           53,647        
                                 

Total Region One

    409,126           203,995           127,304        

Region Two

                                     

Lease contracts

    4,418           1,425                  

Management contracts

    31,213           21,599           9,178        
                                 

Total Region Two

    35,631           23,024           9,178        

Region Three

                                     

Lease contracts

    46,281           27,116           17,373        

Management contracts

    63,673           51,313           46,103        
                                 

Total Region Three

    109,954           78,429           63,476        

Region Four

                                     

Lease contracts

    43,532           42,986           39,522        

Management contracts

    99,841           61,454           47,491        
                                 

Total Region Four

    143,373           104,440           87,013        

Region Five

                                     

Lease contracts

    94,663           44,070           16,939        

Management contracts

    42,410           26,796           16,297        
                                 

Total Region Five

    137,073           70,866           33,236        

Other

                                     

Lease contracts

    1,400           (93 )         18        

Management contracts

    364           195           1,010        
                                 

Total Other

    1,764           102           1,028        

Reimbursed management contract revenue

    629,878           473,082           408,427        
                                 

Total revenues

  $ 1,466,799         $ 953,938         $ 729,662        
                                 
                                 

Gross Profit

                                     

Region One

                                     

Lease contracts

  $ 12,291     4 % $ 5,617     4 % $ 5,366     7 %

Management contracts

    50,987     46 %   32,612     47 %   28,308     53 %
                                 

Total Region One

    63,278           38,229           33,674        

102


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations (Continued)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   Gross
Margin
  2012   Gross
Margin
  2011   Gross
Margin
 

Region Two

                                     

Lease contracts

    162     4 %   51     4 %       0 %

Management contracts

    9,810     31 %   3,772     17 %   1,928     21 %
                                 

Total Region Two

    9,972           3,823           1,928        

Region Three

                                     

Lease contracts

    3,643     8 %   2,245     8 %   1,667     10 %

Management contracts

    26,001     41 %   20,760     40 %   20,664     45 %
                                 

Total Region Three

    29,643           23,005           22,331        

Region Four

                                     

Lease contracts

    3,024     7 %   2,918     7 %   2,743     7 %

Management contracts

    26,534     27 %   16,820     27 %   14,813     31 %
                                 

Total Region Four

    29,558           19,738           17,556        

Region Five

                                     

Lease contracts

    15,626     17 %   5,242     12 %   1,150     7 %

Management contracts

    20,737     49 %   10,249     38 %   8,108     50 %
                                 

Total Region Five

    36,362           15,491           9,258        

Other

                                     

Lease contracts

    (1,261 )   N/A     2,502     N/A     135     N/A  

Management contracts

    4,547     N/A     4,338     N/A     2,673     N/A  
                                 

Total Other

    3,287           6,840           2,808        

Total gross profit

    172,101           107,126           87,555        

General and administrative expenses

    98,931           86,540           48,297        

General and administrative expense percentage of gross profit

    57 %         81 %         55 %      

Depreciation and amortization

    31,193           13,513           6,618        
                                 

Operating income

    41,977           7,073           32,640        

Other expenses (income):

                                     

Interest expense

    19,034           8,616           4,691        

Interest income

    (643 )         (297 )         (227 )      
                                 

    18,391           8,319           4,464        

Income before income taxes

    23,586           (1,246 )         28,176        

Income tax (benefit) expense

    8,821           (3,620 )         10,700        
                                 

Net income

    14,765           2,374           17,476        

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    2,676           1,034           378        
                                 

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

  $ 12,089         $ 1,340         $ 17,098        
                                 
                                 

(a)
Excludes reimbursed management contract revenue.

103


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note S. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

        The Company has an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction with its initial public offering in 2004. On February 27, 2008, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the maximum number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,000,000 to 2,175,000 and extended the Plan's termination date. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 22, 2008, and the Plan now terminates twenty years from the date of such approval, or April 22, 2028. On March 13, 2013, the Board approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,175,000 to 2,975,000. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for reissuance. Our shareholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. At December 31, 2013, 605,025 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

    Stock Options and Grants

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant. The volatilities are based on the 90 day historical volatility of Company common stock as the grant date. The risk free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

        There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 as all options previously granted are fully vested.

        On April 24, 2013, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 21,949 shares. The total value of the grant was $465 and is included in general and administrative expenses.

        On April 25, 2012, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 12,995 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the fair value of the stock on the grant date was $245, which was fully expensed at the grant date and is included in general and administrative expenses.

        On April 29, 2011, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 14,009 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the market value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant was $245, which was fully expensed in the year the award was granted and is included in general and administrative expenses.

        The Company recognized $465, $245 and $245 of stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which are included in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2013, there was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options.

104


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note S. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the transactions pursuant to the Company's stock option plans for the last three years ended December 31.

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    88,124   $ 6.44              

Granted

        n/a              

Exercised

    (81,023 ) $ 6.49              

Expired

        n/a              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    7,101   $ 5.75              
                         

Granted

        n/a              
                         

Exercised

        n/a              
                         

Expired

        n/a              
                         

Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    7,101   $ 5.75     1.4   $ 144  
                         
                         

        At December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, options to purchase 7,101, 7,101 and 88,124 shares of common stock, respectively, were exercisable at weighted average exercise prices of $5.75, $5.75 and $6.44 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $0, $1,025, and $994, respectively.

        There were no nonvested options as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

    Restricted Stock Units

        In March 2008, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 750,000 restricted stock units that subsequently were awarded to members of the senior management team on July 1, 2008. In November 2008, an additional 5,000 restricted stock units were also awarded. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the tenth, eleventh and twelfth anniversaries of the grant date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a decade or longer.

        In October 2012, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 191,895 restricted stock units that were awarded to the senior management team. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a three-year period. Additionally in October 2012, as part of employment agreements, 30,529 restricted stock units were awarded and shall become vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

        In December 2013, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 68,044 restricted stock units to executives that joined the Company in connection with the Central Merger. These restricted stock units vest on December 3, 2018. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a five-year period. Additionally, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 4,247 restricted stock units to an executive which vest in June 2016.

105


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note S. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of Company common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. In accordance with the guidance related to share-based payments, the Company estimate forfeitures at the time of the grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

        A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is presented below:

Nonvested Shares
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

    669,000   $ 18.27  

Issued

    222,425     23.19  

Vested

    (154,800 )   18.25  

Forfeited

    (13,200 )   18.25  
             

Nonvested at December 31, 2012

    723,425     19.78  

Issued

    72,291     20.40  

Vested

    (90,965 )   21.84  

Forfeited

        n/a  
             

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

    704,751   $ 20.00  
             
             

        The Company recognized $3,762, $1,858 and $2,206 of stock based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense. As of December 2013, there was $7,289 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0 years. As of December 31, 2012, there was $9,065 of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0 years. As of December 31, 2011, there was $6,062 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 6.7 years.

Note T. Unaudited Quarterly Results

        The following table sets forth the Company's unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management's opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, the Company's operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in its markets; acquisitions; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts;

106


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note T. Unaudited Quarterly Results (Continued)

conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures. The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 
  2013 Quarters Ended   2012 Quarters Ended  
 
  March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31   March 31   June 30   September 30   December 31(1)  
 
  (Unaudited)
  (Unaudited)
 

Parking services revenue:

                                                 

Lease contracts

  $ 121,085   $ 123,232   $ 122,771   $ 122,487   $ 37,544   $ 42,414   $ 42,969   $ 127,428  

Management contracts

    90,095     88,659     77,681     90,911     47,964     44,372     49,226     88,939  

Reimbursed management contract revenue

    159,477     158,402     154,858     157,141     103,937     104,160     100,958     164,027  
                                   

Total revenue

    370,657     370,293     355,310     370,539     189,445     190,946     193,153     380,394  

Cost of parking services:

                                                 

Lease contracts

    112.118     112,014     115,696     116,262     35,387     38,000     40,108     118,286  

Management contracts

    58,737     53,833     44,680     51,480     29,271     24,071     30,713     57,894  

Reimbursed management contract revenue

    159,477     158,402     154,858     157,141     103,937     104,160     100,958     164,027  
                                   

Total cost of parking services

    330,332     324,249     315,234     324,883     168,595     166,231     171,779     340,207  

Gross profit:

                                                 

Lease contracts

    8,967     11,218     7,075     6,225     2,157     4,414     2,861     9,142  

Management contracts

    31,358     34,826     33,001     39,431     18,693     20,301     18,513     31,045  
                                   

Total gross profit

    40,325     46,044     40,076     45,656     20,850     24,715     21,374     40,187  

General and administrative expenses

    27,948     26,868     20,494     23,621     15,045     14,868     13,846     42,781  

Depreciation and amortization

    7,493     8.252     7,959     7,489     1,728     1,807     1,723     8,255  
                                   

Operating income

    4,884     10,924     11,623     14,546     4,077     8,040     5,805     (10,849 )

Other expense (income):

                                                 

Interest expense

    4,840     4,763     4,818     4,613     1,130     1,132     1,093     5,261  

Interest income

    (111 )   (128 )   (108 )   (296 )   (70 )   (50 )   (61 )   (116 )

Total other expenses (income)

    4,729     4,635     4,710     4,317     1,060     1,082     1,032     5,145  

Income before income taxes

    155     6,289     6,913     10,229     3,017     6,958     4,773     (15,994 )

Income tax expense (reversal)

    (154 )   2,065     2,448     4,462     1,215     2,801     2,504     (10,140 )
                                   

Net income (loss)

    309     4,224     4,465     5,767     1,802     4,157     2,269     (5,854 )

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

    569     780     721     606     72     85     75     802  
                                   

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

  $ (260 ) $ 3,444   $ 3,744   $ 5,161   $ 1,730   $ 4,072   $ 2,194   $ (6,656 )
                                   
                                   

Common stock data:

                                                 

Common stock data:

                                                 

Net income per common share:

                                                 

Basic

  $ (0.01 ) $ 0.16   $ 0.17   $ 0.24   $ 0.11   $ 0.26   $ 0.14   $ (0.30 )

Diluted

  $ (0.01 ) $ 0.15   $ 0.17   $ 0.23   $ 0.11   $ 0.26   $ 0.14   $ (0.30 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                                                 

Basic(2)

    21,870.771     21,889.777     21,911.574     21,938,377     15,563,914     15,665,263     15,668,129     21,836,583  

Diluted(2)

    21,870.771     22,221.102     22,285.723     22,319,723     15,820,118     15,900,659     15,928,685     21,836,583  

(1)
The Company began including Central operations within its consolidated operating results on October 2, 2012, the date of the Central Merger.

(2)
On October 2, 2012, and in conjunction with the Central Merger the Company issued 6,161,332 shares of common stock.

107


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note U. Stock Repurchases

        In June 2011, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase shares of Company common stock, on the open market, up to $20,000 in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008.

        No share repurchases were made by the Company in 2013 and 2012.

        As of December 31, 2013, $12,467 remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.

108


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    SP PLUS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

James A. Wilhelm
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

James A. Wilhelm
  Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   March 13, 2014

/s/ CHARLES L. BIGGS

Charles L. Biggs

 

Director

 

March 13, 2014

/s/ KAREN M. GARRISON

Karen M. Garrison

 

Director

 

March 13, 2014

/s/ PAUL HALPERN

Paul Halpern

 

Director

 

March 13, 2014

/s/ ROBERT S. ROATH

Robert S. Roath

 

Director and Non-Executive Chairman

 

March 13, 2014

/s/ JONATHAN P. WARD

Jonathan P. Ward

 

Director

 

March 13, 2014

/s/ GORDON H. WOODWARD

Gordon H. Woodward

 

Director

 

March 13, 2014

109


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ G MARC BAUMANN

G Marc Baumann
  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer & President of Urban Operations (Principal Financial Officer)   March 13, 2014

/s/ DANIEL R. MEYER

Daniel R. Meyer

 

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

 

March 13, 2014

110


Table of Contents

SP PLUS CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description
  Balance at
Beginning of
Year
  Acquired
through
Central
Merger
  Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
  Reductions(1)   Balance at
End of Year
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                               

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 506   $   $ 574   $ (385 ) $ 695  

Year ended December 31, 2012

    485         492     (471 )   506  

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 321   $   $ 441   $ (277 ) $ 485  

Tax valuation account

                               

Year ended December 31, 2013

  $ 25,299   $   $ 2,074   $ (6,034 ) $ 21,339  

Year ended December 31, 2012

    318     24,981             25,299  

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 318   $   $   $   $ 318  

(1)
Represents uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries and reversal of provision.

111


Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed on June 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  3.1.1   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of January 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of April 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.3 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).
        
  3.1.3   Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of May 6, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).
        
  3.1.4   Certificate of Ownership and Merger, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 25, 2013, effective as of December 2, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2013).
        
  3.2   Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010).
        
  4.1   Specimen common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 18, 2004).
        
  10.1 ^ Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.1.1   First Amendment, dated as of November 15, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities,  LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2013).
        
  10.2   Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
 
   

112


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.3   Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.4   Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.5 + Employment Agreement dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).
        
  10.5.1 + First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated July 7, 2003 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
        
  10.5.2 + Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
        
  10.6 + Employment Agreement dated as of March 26, 1998 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).
        
  10.6.1 + Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2000 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
        
  10.6.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2000, between the Company and Michael K. Wolf, (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2000).
        
  10.6.3 + Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated April 1, 2002 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).
        
  10.6.4 + Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.4 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
        
  10.6.5 + Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.6.6 + Sixth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated January 28, 2009 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
        
  10.6.7 + Seventh Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
        
  10.7 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report of Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).

113


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.7.1 + First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).
        
  10.8 + Deferred Compensation Agreement dated as of August 1, 1999, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).
        
  10.8.1 + First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).
        
  10.9 + Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
        
  10.9.1 + First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
        
  10.9.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
        
  10.9.3 + Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.3 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.9.4 + Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.4 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.9.5 + Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.10 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).
        
  10.10.1 + First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 11, 2005, between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
        
  10.10.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 28, 2008 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
        
  10.10.3 + Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
        
  10.11 + Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 1, 2005, between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).

114


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.11.1 + First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
        
  10.11.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
        
  10.12 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 18, 2006 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2006).
        
  10.12.1 + First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
        
  10.12.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
        
  10.12.3 + Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
        
  10.13 + Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated as of October 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
        
  10.13.1 + First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated as of December 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.13.2 + Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated as of January 28, 2009 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
        
  10.13.3 + Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated June 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report of Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).
        
  10.14 + Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2005, between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
        
  10.14.1 + First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2007 between the Company and Thomas Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2007).
        
  10.14.2 + Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
 
   

115


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.14.3 + Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
  10.15 + Executive Employment Agreement dated March 15, 2005 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).
        
  10.15.1 + First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).
        
  10.15.2 + Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated July 28, 2011 between the Company and Gerald M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2011).
        
  10.16 + Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and William Bodenhamer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.17 + Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and Daniel Huberty (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.18 + Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and Rob Toy (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.19 + Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Keith B. Evans dated April 22, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2013).
        
  10.20 + Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of May 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 10, 2004).
        
  10.20.1 + Long-Term Incentive Plan Amendment effective as of April 22, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company's 2008 Proxy on Form DEF 14A, filed on April 1, 2008).
        
  10.21 + Form of Amended and Restated Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and an optionee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2005).
        
  10.21.1 + Form of First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and an optionee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2005).
        
  10.22   Consulting Agreement dated as of October 16, 2001 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
 
   

116


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.22.1   Amendment to Consulting Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
        
  10.23 * Office Lease dated as of October 31, 2012 between the Company and Piedmont—Chicago Center Owner, LLC.
  10.24 * Office Lease dated as of October 17, 2013 between the Company and Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC
        
  10.25   Form of Property Management Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2006).
        
  10.26   Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2008).
        
  10.26.1   First Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on August 6, 2009).
        
  10.26.2   Second Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated May 27, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2011).
        
  10.27   Guaranty Agreement of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. dated as of March 2000 to and for the benefit of the State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.28   Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement dated as of March 2000 between the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation and APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.29   Trust Indenture dated March 1, 2000 between State of Connecticut and First Union National Bank as Trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
        
  10.30   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2012, by and among the Company, Hermitage Merger Sub, Inc., KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Kohlberg CPC Rep., L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012). The schedules and exhibits to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K but will be provided supplementally to the SEC upon request.
        
  10.31   The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
        
  10.32   The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V,  L.P. and KOCO Investors V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).

117


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
        
  10.33   The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
        
  10.34   Asset Preservation Stipulation and Order dated September 26, 2012 among the Company, KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Central Parking Corporation and the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.35   Proposed Final Judgment dated September 26, 2012 among the Company, KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Central Parking Corporation and the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
        
  10.36   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Kohlberg CPC Rep, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  10.37   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and 2929 CPC HoldCo, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  10.38   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and VCM STAN-CPC Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  10.39   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and West-FSI, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  10.40   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Sailorshell and Co. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  10.41   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and CP Klaff Equity LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  10.42   Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Jumpstart Development LLC (Worldwide) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
        
  14.1   Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for December 31, 2002).
        
  21 * Subsidiaries of the Company.
        
  23 * Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated as of March 13, 2014.
        
  31.1 * Section 302 Certification dated March 13, 2014 for James A. Wilhelm, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).
        
  31.2 * Section 302 Certification dated March 13, 2014 for G Marc Baumann, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer).
 
   

118


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  31.3 * Section 302 Certification dated March 13, 2014 for Daniel R. Meyer, Senior Vice President Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer).
        
  32 * Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated March 13, 2014.
  101.INS ** XBRL Instance Document.
        
  101.SCH ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
        
  101.CAL ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
        
  101.DEF ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
        
  101.LAB ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
        
  101.PRE ** XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

*
Filed herewith.

**
Furnished herewith.

+
Management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.


^
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions.

119




Exhibit 10.23

 

OFFICE LEASE

 

Between

 

PIEDMONT - CHICAGO CENTER OWNER, LLC ,

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

and

 

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page No.

 

 

ARTICLE 1 Premises and Term

1

 

 

ARTICLE 2 Base Rent

2

 

 

ARTICLE 3 Additional Rent

3

 

 

ARTICLE 4 Use and Rules

10

 

 

ARTICLE 5 Services and Utilities

11

 

 

ARTICLE 6 Alterations and Liens

13

 

 

ARTICLE 7 Repairs

14

 

 

ARTICLE 8 Casualty Damage

15

 

 

ARTICLE 9 Insurance, Subrogation, and Waiver of Claims

16

 

 

ARTICLE 10 Condemnation

19

 

 

ARTICLE 11 Return of Possession

19

 

 

ARTICLE 12 Holding Over

20

 

 

ARTICLE 13 No Waiver

20

 

 

ARTICLE 14 Attorneys’ Fees and Jury Trial

20

 

 

ARTICLE 15 Personal Property Taxes, Rent Taxes and Other Taxes

21

 

 

ARTICLE 16 Subordination, Attornment and Mortgagee Protection

21

 

 

ARTICLE 17 Estoppel Certificate

22

 

 

ARTICLE 18 Assignment and Subletting

23

 

 

ARTICLE 19 Rights Reserved By Landlord

25

 

 

ARTICLE 20 Landlord’s Remedies

27

 

 

ARTICLE 21 Landlord’s Default

30

 

 

ARTICLE 22 Conveyance by Landlord

30

 

 

ARTICLE 23 Indemnification

30

 

 

ARTICLE 24 Safety and Security Devices, Services and Programs

31

 

 

ARTICLE 25 Communications and Computer Lines

32

 

 

ARTICLE 26 Hazardous Materials

33

 

 

ARTICLE 27 Offer

34

 

 

ARTICLE 28 Notices

34

 

 

ARTICLE 29 Real Estate Brokers

35

 

 

ARTICLE 30 Security Deposit

35

 

 

ARTICLE 31 Exculpatory Provisions

38

 

 

ARTICLE 32 Mortgagee’s Consent

39

 

 

ARTICLE 33 Miscellaneous

39

 

 

ARTICLE 34 Entire Agreement

42

 

 

ARTICLE 35 Temporary Space

42

 

RIDER ONE RULES

 

 

EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN OF PREMISES

 

 

EXHIBIT B

WORKLETTER AGREEMENT

 

 

EXHIBIT C

PROHIBITED USES

 

 

EXHIBIT D

RENEWAL OPTION

 

i



 

EXHIBIT E

COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION

 

 

EXHIBIT F

CURRENT LENDER’S FORM OF SNDA

 

 

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF LEASE BOND

 

 

EXHIBIT H

LOCATION OF TEMPORARY SPACE

 

 

EXHIBIT I

EXISTING PREFERENTIAL RIGHTS TO LEASE OFFER SPACE

 

ii



 

List of Defined Terms

 

Abated Rent

3

 

 

Additional Rent

10

 

 

Affiliate

25

 

 

Alterations

13

 

 

ANSI

3

 

 

Approval Criteria

3

 

 

Arbitration Request

1

 

 

Architect

1

 

 

Base Rent

2

 

 

BOMA

3

 

 

Building

1

 

 

Business Hours

11

 

 

Commencement Date

1

 

 

Common Areas

1

 

 

Comparable Buildings

7

 

 

Completed Application for Payment

4

 

 

Completion Estimate

16

 

 

Consent Alterations

13

 

 

Construction Allowance

4

 

 

Controllable Operating Expenses

8

 

 

Current Market Rate

1

 

 

Default

27

 

 

Default Rate

29

 

 

Eligible Offer Space

43

 

 

Estimates

1

 

 

Expiration Date

1

 

 

Extension Option

1

 

 

Extension Term

1

 

 

Force Majeure Delays

40

 

 

GAAP

9

 

 

Hazardous Material

33

 

 

Holder

22

 

 

Holidays

11

 

 

Landlord

1

 

 

Law

40

 

 

Lease Bond

35

 

 

Lease Month

3

 

 

Lease Year

3

 

 

Letter of Credit

37

 

 

Line Problems

32

 

 

Lines

32

 

 

MetLife

21

 

 

Mortgage

22

 

 

MSDS

33

 

 

Non Consent Alterations

13

 

 

Offer Notice

43

 

 

Offer Space

43

 

 

Offset Exercise Notice

6

 

 

Operating Expenses

4

 

 

Outside Completion Date

16

 

iii



 

List of Defined Terms

 

Permitted Transfer

25

 

 

Permitted Transferee

25

 

 

Person

40

 

 

Premises

1

 

 

Prime Rate

28

 

 

Property

1

 

 

Rent

10

 

 

Rules

10

 

 

SNDA

21

 

 

Statement

9

 

 

Subject Space

23

 

 

Substantial Completion

3

 

 

Substantially Completed

3

 

 

Surety

35

 

 

Systems and Equipment

1

 

 

Tangible Net Worth

25

 

 

Taxes

3

 

 

Temporary Space

42

 

 

Temporary Space Commencement Date

42

 

 

Temporary Space Term

42

 

 

Temporary Space Termination Date

42

 

 

Tenant

1

 

 

Tenant’s Property

43

 

 

Tenant’s Prorata Share

3

 

 

Term

1

 

 

Total Construction Costs

4

 

 

Transfer Premium

24

 

 

Transferee

23

 

 

Transfers

23

 

 

Work

2

 

 

Working Drawings

2

 

 

Workletter

2

 

iv



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of the          day of October, 2012, between PIEDMONT - CHICAGO CENTER OWNER, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Premises and Term

 

(A)                                Premises, Building and Property.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord that certain space known as Suites 7700 and 5475 (“ Premises ”) described or shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, located on the entire 77 th  and a portion of the 54 th  floor of the building (“ Building ”) commonly known as Aon Center, 200 East Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois, subject to the terms of this Lease.  The term “ Property ” shall mean the Building and all parcels or tracts of land on which all or any portion of the Building or any of the Common Areas are located, Systems and Equipment, and any fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, furniture and other personal property located thereon or therein and used in connection therewith owned or leased by Landlord.  Possession of areas necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Property, including the Systems and Equipment, fire stairways, perimeter walls, space between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor or roof of the Building there above, and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, operate, repair and replace the Systems and Equipment, including any of the same in, through, under or above the Premises in locations that will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, are hereby excepted and reserved by Landlord, and not demised to Tenant.  “ Systems and Equipment ” shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life/safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment for the Property.  Supplemental HVAC equipment installed to address special electrical, cooling and ventilating needs created by Tenant’s telephone equipment, computer, electronic data processing equipment, copying equipment and/or other such equipment or uses shall not be part of “Systems and Equipment” and shall be Tenant’s responsibility to repair, maintain, and replace.  “ Common Areas ” shall mean any common or public areas or facilities, easements, corridors, lobbies, sidewalks, loading areas, driveways, landscaped areas, skywalks, parking garages and lots, and any and all other structures or facilities operated or maintained in connection with or for the benefit of the Property.

 

(B)                                Commencement Date: The “ Commencement Date ” shall be October 1, 2013.  The “ Term ” of this Lease shall be approximately one hundred forty-four (144) months, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending at 5:00 p.m. local time on the last day of the 144th full calendar month following the Commencement Date (“ Expiration Date ”), subject to adjustment and earlier termination as provided herein.  Landlord and Tenant agree that for purposes of this Lease the rentable area of the Premises is approximately forty thousand seven hundred ninety-three (40,793) square feet.  Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before January 1, 2013 solely for the purposes of Tenant performing the Work, installing furniture and personal property, and installing approved phone/data cabling, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease other than those requiring payment of Rent.  Tenant may not commence business operations in the Premises until the

 

1



 

Commencement Date, provided that Tenant may commence beneficial occupancy and business operations in 15,000 rentable square feet of the Premises one (1) week prior to the Commencement Date.

 

(C)                                Workletter.   The workletter attached hereto as Exhibit B (“ Workletter ”) is made a part hereof.  At the request of either party, after the Commencement Date, the parties shall execute and deliver to the other party a letter substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto; however, the failure of the parties to execute such letter shall not defer the Commencement Date or otherwise invalidate this Lease.

 

(D)                                Required Tenant Deliveries.   Landlord will not be obligated to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant until Landlord has received from Tenant all of the following:  (i) this Lease fully executed by Tenant; (ii) the Lease Bond and the first monthly installment of Base Rent (i.e. Base Rent for Lease Month 13); and (iii) insurance certificates required under Article 9 of this Lease.  Failure to timely deliver any of the foregoing shall not defer the Commencement Date or impair Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent.

 

(E)                                 Acceptance.   Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant has inspected the Premises, Property, Systems and Equipment and agrees to accept the same “as is” without any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or improvements and no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Property have been made to Tenant by or on behalf of Landlord, except as expressly provided herein or in the Workletter.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Base Rent

 

Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent (“ Base Rent ”) of:

 

 

 

Annual

 

Monthly

 

Annual Rent

 

Time Period

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Per Square Foot

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease Year 1

 

$

805,661.75

*

$

67,138.48

*

$

19.75

 

Lease Year 2

 

$

825,803.29

 

$

68,816.94

 

$

20.24

 

Lease Year 3

 

$

846,448.38

 

$

70,537.36

 

$

20.75

 

Lease Year 4

 

$

867,609.59

 

$

72,300.80

 

$

21.27

 

Lease Year 5

 

$

889,299.83

 

$

74,108.32

 

$

21.80

 

Lease Year 6

 

$

911,532.32

 

$

75,961.03

 

$

22.35

 

Lease Year 7

 

$

934,320.63

 

$

77,860.05

 

$

22.90

 

Lease Year 8

 

$

957,678.64

 

$

79,806.55

 

$

23.47

 

Lease Year 9

 

$

981,620.61

 

$

81,801.72

 

$

24.06

 

Lease Year 10

 

$

1,006,161.13

 

$

83,846.76

 

$

24.66

 

Lease Year 11

 

$

1,031,315.15

 

$

85,942.93

 

$

25.28

 

Lease Year 12

 

$

1,057,098.03

 

$

88,091.50

 

$

25.91

 

 

in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term, except that Base Rent for the first full calendar month for which Base Rent shall be due shall be paid when Tenant executes this Lease.  If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Base Rent for such month shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days in that month.  Rent shall be paid without any prior demand or notice therefor and without any deduction, set-off or counterclaim, or relief from any valuation or appraisement laws, except as provided for in this Lease.  Landlord may apply payments received from Tenant to any obligations of Tenant then accrued, without regard to such obligations as may be designated by Tenant.

 

2



 

As used herein, the term “ Lease Month ” shall mean each calendar month during the Term (and if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, the period from the Commencement Date to the first day of the next calendar month shall be included in the first Lease Month for purposes of determining the duration of the Term and the monthly Base Rent rate applicable for such partial month) and the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive period of twelve (12) Lease Months.

 


* Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to pay Base Rent, Tenant’s Prorata Share of Taxes, or Tenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Expenses for the first twelve (12) calendar months following the Commencement Date (the “ Abated Rent ”).

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Additional Rent

 

(A)                                Taxes.  Tenant shall pay Landlord Tenant’s Prorata Share of Taxes.  “ Taxes ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature with respect to the Property, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, water and sewer rents, sales taxes, gross receipts taxes, and personal property taxes imposed upon Landlord) payable by Landlord in any calendar year during the Term.  However, “Taxes” shall not include: inheritance taxes, gift taxes, transfer taxes, franchise taxes, corporate taxes, excise taxes (to the extent they are not being substituted for property taxes or a portion thereof), net income taxes (to the extent they are not being substituted for property taxes or a portion thereof), rent taxes, profit taxes (to the extent they are not being substituted for property taxes or a portion thereof), capital levies, or late payment charges and penalties.  Taxes shall include the reasonable costs of consultants retained in an effort to lower taxes and all costs incurred in disputing any taxes or in seeking to lower the tax valuation of the Property.  Tenant waives all rights to protest or appeal the appraised value of the Premises and the Property.  If Taxes for any period during the Term or any extension thereof, shall be increased after payment thereof by Landlord for any reason, Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice thereof Tenant’s Prorata Share of such increased Taxes.  If Taxes shall be decreased or if there is any refund applicable to Taxes to which Tenant contributed, Landlord shall credit Tenant’s overpayment against Tenant’s next installment of Rent or pay Tenant within thirty (30) days.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Taxes shall be paid based on assessments or bills by a governmental or municipal authority using a fiscal year other than a calendar year, Landlord may elect to average the assessments or bills for the subject calendar year, based on the number of months of such calendar year included in each such assessment or bill, provided that special assessments shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted. “ Tenant’s Prorata Share ” of Taxes shall be 1.61%, which is the rentable area of the Premises divided by the 2,535,708 rentable square feet in the Property excluding any parking facilities.  Because the Building contains non-office uses, Tenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Expenses shall be 1.66%, which is the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises to the 2,461,050 rentable square feet in the office portion of the Building.  The rentable square footage of the Premises and Building have been determined in accordance with the American National Standards Institute (“ ANSI ”)/Building Owners and Managers Association International (“ BOMA ”) Form Z65.1-1996.  Landlord may remeasure the Building from time to time and, upon written notice to Tenant Landlord’s new measurements shall be binding hereunder provided Landlord measures according to the 1996 ANSI/BOMA standard or a more current ANSI/BOMA standard and further provided any such remeasurement shall not result in an increase or decrease in Base Rent or Additional Rent as set forth in this Lease for the balance of the Term.

 

3


 

(B)                                Operating Expenses.  Tenant shall pay Landlord Tenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Expenses.  “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses of every kind (other than Taxes and items excluded from Taxes as provided in Section 3(A) above and items excluded from Operating Expenses below) which are paid, incurred or accrued for, by or on behalf of Landlord during any calendar year any portion of which occurs during the Term (prorated as provided in Section 3(D) below with respect to any calendar year falling only partially within the Term), in connection with the management, repair, maintenance, restoration and operation of the Property, and the provision of transportation to or from the Property, including without limitation, any amounts paid for:  (a) utilities for the Property, including but not limited to electricity, power, gas, steam, chilled water, oil or other fuel, water, sewer, lighting, heating, air conditioning and ventilating (but not electricity for lights and outlets in other tenants’ leasable premises), (b) permits, licenses and certificates necessary to operate, manage and lease the Property or for the operation of any transportation to or from the Property, (c) insurance applicable to the Property, or applicable to the provision of any transportation to or from the Property, but not limited to the amount of coverage Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, (d) supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Property or the provision of transportation to or from the Property, (e) accounting, legal, inspection, consulting, concierge, transportation (including, but not limited to, shuttle bus service) and other services, (f) any equipment rental of any kind including bus or other transportation rental (or installment equipment purchase or equipment financing agreements), (g) management fees of not more than three percent (3%) of the gross revenues of the Building, reimbursable costs under management agreements, and the fair rental value of any office space provided for a management office, (h) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits (including the fair value of any parking privileges provided) for all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance or security of, or transportation to or from, the Property, and employer’s Social Security taxes, unemployment taxes or insurance, and any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits, (i) payments under any easement, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs in any planned development, and (j) operation, repair, and maintenance of all Systems and Equipment and components thereof (including replacement of components (unless excluded from the definition of Operating Expenses pursuant to subsection (xv) below)), janitorial service, alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal, elevator maintenance, cleaning of walks, parking facilities and Property walls, removal of ice and snow, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other Common Areas or facilities, maintenance and replacement of shrubs, trees, grass, sod and other landscaped items, irrigation systems, drainage facilities, fences, curbs, and walkways, re-paving and re-striping driveways and parking facilities (but not repaving within the Building’s garage), and roof repairs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include:

 

(i)                                      Taxes;

 

(ii)                                   franchise, excise, excess profit, revenue, capital stock, foreign ownership or control taxes, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes, inheritance, estate, gift or income taxes imposed upon Landlord;

 

(iii)                                all valuation costs, mortgage brokerage fees, mortgage amortization, interest and debt service (including interest, principal and amortization) and all financing and refinancing costs (including, without limitation, legal, accounting, brokerage and other professional fees related to such financings or refinancings) with respect to Mortgages;

 

(iv)                               all leasing costs, including, without limitation, leasing commissions, legal fees,  any other fees with respect to procuring tenants of the Building and other tenant acquisition and inducement costs such as lease assumption costs, moving allowances, design costs or any costs relating to any extension or renegotiation of any lease for any tenant in the Building and

 

4



 

Landlord’s advertising, entertainment and promotional costs for the Building relating to the leasing of tenant space and not to items of general applicability to the Building;

 

(v)                                  wages, salaries and benefits paid to any persons above the level of the building general manager;

 

(vi)                               legal, arbitration, brokerage, accounting, and other professional fees incurred in connection with (A) any negotiations and/or disputes with tenants, prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building or in interpreting or enforcing any leases or in the prosecution of any eviction proceedings, (B) mortgagees or prospective mortgagees of the Building or the Property or any part of either, or (C) any modification, amendment, extension, surrender or cancellation of any leases, contracts of sale or mortgages related to the Building;

 

(vii)                            costs of services provided to other tenants of the Building on a “rent-inclusion” basis which are not provided to Tenant on such basis;

 

(viii)                         costs that are reimbursed out of insurance (or that would have been reimbursed if Landlord had carried the insurance required hereunder), warranty or condemnation proceeds or which are reimbursable by Tenant or other tenants other than pursuant to an expense escalation clause;

 

(ix)                               costs, including, but not limited to, interest charges or late fees in the nature of penalties or fines;

 

(x)                                  allowances, concessions or other costs and expenses of improving any demised space in the Building exclusive of any Common Areas of the Building;

 

(xi)                               intentionally deleted;

 

(xii)                            any costs or expenses (including fines, interest, penalties and legal fees) arising out of Landlord’s failure to timely pay Operating Expenses or Taxes;

 

(xiii)                         the costs incurred in connection with the removal, encapsulation or other treatment of asbestos or any other existing Hazardous Materials, other than routine testing and monitoring expenses and the costs of compliance with the Building’s asbestos O&M plan (but not asbestos removal costs);

 

(xiv)                        any expenses incurred in connection with any ground or land lease, including, without limitation, any land rent or ground rent, if any;

 

(xv)                           capital expenditures, except:  (a) the annual amortization (amortized over the useful life) of costs, including commercially reasonable financing costs, if any, on any capital item purchased or incurred as a labor-saving measure or that otherwise reduce Operating Expenses (provided the annual amortized costs do not exceed Landlord’s reasonably estimated cost savings), or (b) costs incurred to comply with any Laws or other governmental requirements first becoming applicable to the Property after the execution date of this Lease; provided, all such permitted capital expenditures (together with reasonable financing charges) shall be amortized for purposes of this Lease over their useful lives;

 

(xvi)                        all leasing or brokerage commissions, legal fees, or the fees of any appraiser or consultant in connection with the preparation and/or negotiation of any space lease or any

 

5



 

extension, modification, amendment, surrender, or cancellation of any space lease, any consents to assignments or subleases, or alterations for any tenant occupancy (including consents thereto) in the Building;

 

(xvii)                     all costs related to furnishing electrical energy and overtime HVAC (including utility taxes payable with respect to the same) directly to Tenant and other tenants of the Building and to all tenantable areas of the Building;

 

(xviii)                  the cost of tenant installations or decorations incurred in connection with preparing space for a new tenant including any tenant improvement contributions made by Landlord and all costs of any base building work for any tenant or for any subsequent build-out by such tenant (including Tenant) including permit, license and inspection fees with respect thereto;

 

(xix)                        depreciation, and amortization, except as provided herein;

 

(xx)                           any fee, expenditure or cost for services, supplies or repairs paid (i) to any Person which shall control, be under the control of, or be under common control with Landlord, or in which Landlord directly or indirectly owns not less than a fifty percent (50%) interest; or (ii) to any shareholder owning at least fifty percent (50%) of the common stock, any general partner, any officer above the rank of vice president, or member of any Board of Directors of Landlord or of any Person described in this clause; or (iii) to any person who is a relative by blood (to the first degree of consanguinity, lineal or lateral) or marriage of any such persons, in each case in excess of the amount which would be paid in the absence of such relationship; provided, however, that management fees paid to an affiliate of Landlord which are not in excess of 3% of the gross receipts from the Property shall be deemed to be in compliance with this factor;

 

(xxi)                        (i) all costs and expenses incurred with respect to a sale, refinancing, transfer, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Building and/or the land or any interest therein (including, without limitation, transfer, sales, and/or income taxes) and/or the lessee’s interest in any ground lease or any ownership interest in Landlord, or (ii) the negotiation or renegotiation of any ground lease affecting the Building, including, but not limited to, legal, accounting, and any other professional fees, any transfer and income taxes and recording charges incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the purchase, transfer, or sale of any air, development, easement, or other real property interests;

 

(xxii)                     lease takeover or any other lease termination costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the entering into of space leases in the Building and costs incurred by Landlord to relocate tenants in the Building in order to consummate a specific space lease or to accommodate a specific tenant’s request;

 

(xxiii)                  to the extent any costs includable in Operating Expenses are incurred with respect to both the Building and other properties (including, without limitation, salaries, fringe benefits and other incentive compensation of Landlord’s personnel who provide services to both the Building and other properties and all insurance premiums), there shall be excluded from Operating Expenses a fair and reasonable percentage thereof which is properly allocable to such other properties;

 

(xxiv)                 any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other person in commercial concessions in the Building which are for services not supplied to tenants generally in the Building as part of Operating Expenses;

 

6



 

(xxv)                    the cost of maintaining, organizing or reorganizing the entity that is Landlord;

 

(xxvi)                 interest, fines, penalties and late charges incurred by Landlord for late payment except to the extent the same shall be due to the act or omission of Tenant;

 

(xxvii)              costs incurred in constructing additional stories on the Building or adding structures to the Building or the Property;

 

(xxviii)           the cost of any judgment, settlement or arbitration award and any attorney’s fees and disbursements and other costs incurred in connection therewith resulting from any liability of Landlord for negligence or of Landlord’s or Landlord’s agents’, servants’ or contractors’ negligent or otherwise tortious acts or omissions;

 

(xxix)                 expenses allocable directly and solely to the retail premises of the Building (including, without limitation, plate glass insurance for retail premises);

 

(xxx)                    all costs of relocating tenants in the Building;

 

(xxxi)                 any costs (including electricity) incurred in connection with providing supplemental condenser water to other tenants;

 

(xxxii)              any costs that duplicate costs for which Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant under other provisions of this Lease;

 

(xxxiii)           any costs that duplicate costs for which Landlord is directly reimbursed by any other party (as opposed to reimbursement of Operating Expenses);

 

(xxxiv)          all costs of acquiring or replacing any separate electrical meter Landlord may provide to measure exclusive service to any of the other tenants or other occupants in the Building;

 

(xxxv)             any increased insurance costs reimbursed directly to Landlord by a tenant, including, without limitation, Tenant, pursuant to their respective leases;

 

(xxxvi)          all charitable contributions and political contributions and all dues to professional and lobbying associations other than BOMA dues;

 

(xxxvii)             all bad debt losses and reserves for bad debts;

 

(xxxviii)          all expenditures for repairing and/or replacing any defect in any work within rentable space in the Building leased to other tenants if required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of any lease;

 

(xxxix)          any off-site general and administrative expenses (except for auditing, accounting and payroll and any other off-site general or administrative expenses which are customarily included in Operating Expenses in Comparable Buildings (“ Comparable Buildings ” defined as comparable Class A office buildings of similar age and size in downtown Chicago, Illinois));

 

(xl)                               all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any obligation of Landlord to indemnify any Building tenant (including, without limitation, Tenant) pursuant to its lease or otherwise to the extent not covered by insurance;

 

7



 

(xli)                            all costs (including, without limitation, any taxes and assessments) allocable and attributable directly and solely to any revenue generating signs or other tenants’ or occupants’ signs or any other revenue producing item, the revenue of which is not used to reduce operating expenses;

 

(xlii)                         all entertaining, dining and travel expenses other than travel expenses directly related to property management of the Building;

 

(xliii)                      all rents due under superior lease(s) and all other expenses incurred in connection with superior lease(s); and

 

(xliv)                     all costs of placing any areas of the Building in compliance with any applicable Law existing as of the date of execution of this Lease including the ADA as interpreted and applied as of the date of execution of the Lease (including costs incurred with respect to claims or enforcement of claims based upon non-compliance with any applicable Law existing as of the date of execution of this Lease including the ADA), except for placing the Common Areas or other non-leasable areas in compliance with any amendments or changes to any applicable Law existing as of the date of execution of this Lease including the ADA or any change in the interpretation thereof by any governmental agencies after the date of this Lease.  Nothing contained in this exclusion is intended to create any liability or obligation on behalf of Landlord for ADA compliance within the Premises, it being understood that the Premises are being delivered “as is” and therefore Tenant shall be responsible for ADA compliance in the Premises.

 

With respect to any calendar year or partial calendar year in which the Building is not occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof, Operating Expenses which vary with occupancy for such period shall, for the purposes hereof, be increased to the amount which would have been incurred had the Building been occupied to the extent of 95% of the rentable area thereof; provided that Landlord shall not collect more than 100% of the actual costs incurred in operating the Building from the tenants of the Building.

 

Furthermore, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any increase in controllable Operating Expenses exceeding 5.0% of the Controllable Operating Expenses due for any calendar year under the Lease for the previous calendar year (such 5.0% cap to be determined on a compounded and cumulative basis).  “ Controllable Operating Expenses ” shall mean all Operating Expenses other than union labor costs, insurance costs, all governmentally mandated costs and expenses (including all taxes of any kind, to the extent such taxes are included in Operating Expenses hereunder), utility costs, and weather related costs.  Management fees shall also be excluded from Controllable Operating Expenses because management fees are separately capped at 3(B)(g) above.

 

(C)                                Manner of Payment.  Taxes and Operating Expenses shall be paid in the following manner:

 

(i)                                      Landlord shall reasonably estimate in advance the amounts Tenant shall owe for Taxes and Operating Expenses for any full or partial calendar year of the Term and deliver such estimate to Tenant not later than fifteen (15) days prior to each applicable calendar year.  In such event, Tenant shall pay such estimated amounts, on a monthly basis in installments equal to one-twelfth of the annual estimate, on or before the first day of each calendar month, together with Tenant’s payment of Base Rent.  Such estimate may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord, but Landlord may only make said adjustment two (2) times per calendar year.

 

8



 

(ii)                                   Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall provide a statement (the “ Statement ”) to Tenant showing:  (a) the amount of actual Taxes and Operating Expenses for such calendar year, with a listing of amounts for major categories of Operating Expenses, (b) any amount paid by Tenant towards Taxes and Operating Expenses during such calendar year on an estimated basis, and (c) any revised estimate of Tenant’s obligations for Taxes and Operating Expenses for the current calendar year.

 

(iii)                                If the Statement shows that Tenant’s estimated payments were less than Tenant’s actual obligations for Taxes and Operating Expenses for such year, Tenant shall pay the difference.  If the Statement shows an increase in Tenant’s estimated payments for the current calendar year, Tenant shall pay the difference between the new and former estimates, for the period from January 1 of the current calendar year through the month in which the Statement is sent.  Tenant shall make such payments within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends the Statement.

 

(iv)                               If the Statement shows that Tenant’s estimated payments exceeded Tenant’s actual obligations for Taxes and Operating Expenses, Tenant shall receive a credit for the difference against payments of Rent next due.  If the Term shall have expired and no further Rent shall be due, Tenant shall receive a refund of such difference, within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends the Statement.

 

(v)                                  In lieu of providing one Statement covering Taxes and Operating Expenses, Landlord may provide separate statements, at the same or different times.  No delay by Landlord in providing the Statement (or separate statements) shall be deemed a default by Landlord or a waiver of Landlord’s right to require payment of Tenant’s obligations for actual or estimated Taxes or Operating Expenses; provided, however, that subject to 3(B)(xv) above, any expense paid by Landlord during any calendar year and not included in the Statement (or billed to Tenant) for such calendar year or the following calendar year may not be billed to or collected from Tenant.

 

(D)                                Proration.   If the Term commences other than on January 1, or ends other than on December 31, Tenant’s obligations to pay estimated and actual amounts towards Taxes and Operating Expenses for such first or final calendar years shall be prorated to reflect the portion of such years included in the Term.  Such proration shall be made by multiplying the total estimated or actual (as the case may be) Taxes and Operating Expenses, for such calendar years, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days of the Term during such calendar year, and the denominator of which shall be three hundred and sixty-five (365).

 

(E)                                 Landlord’s Records; Audit.   Landlord shall maintain records respecting Taxes and Operating Expenses and determine the same in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”).  Taxes are currently calculated on a cash basis and Operating Expenses on an accrual basis.  Landlord reserves the right to change between accrual and cash systems of accounting provided that, in such event, Landlord shall make reasonable and appropriate adjustments to ensure that each calendar year includes substantially the same recurring items.  Provided no Default then exists, after receiving an annual Statement and giving Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof, Tenant may inspect or audit Landlord’s records relating to Operating Expenses and/or Taxes for the period of time covered by such Statement in accordance with the following provisions.  If Tenant fails to object to the calculation of Operating Expenses on an annual Statement within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Statement has been delivered to Tenant or if Tenant fails to conclude its audit or inspection within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Statement has been delivered to Tenant, then Tenant shall have waived its right to object to the calculation of Operating Expenses for the year in question and the calculation of Operating

 

9



 

Expenses set forth on such Statement shall be final.  Tenant’s audit or inspection shall be conducted where Landlord maintains its books and records, shall not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Landlord’s business, and shall be conducted only during business hours reasonably designated by Landlord.  Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit or inspection unless either the total Operating Expenses or Taxes for the period in question is determined to be in error by more than 5% or more of either Tenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Expenses or Tenant’s Prorata Share of Taxes, in which case Landlord shall pay the audit cost.  Tenant may not conduct an inspection or have an audit performed more than once during any calendar year.  If such inspection or audit reveals that an error was made in the Operating Expenses or Taxes previously charged to Tenant, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant any overpayment of such costs, or Tenant shall pay to Landlord any underpayment of such costs, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after notification thereof.  Tenant shall maintain the results of each such audit or inspection confidential and shall not be permitted to use any third party to perform such audit or inspection other than an independent firm of certified public accountants with at least ten (10) years of experience reviewing office building expense reconciliations: (1) which is not compensated on a contingency fee basis or in any other manner which is dependent upon the results of such audit or inspection (and Tenant shall deliver the fee agreement or other similar evidence of such fee agreement to Landlord upon request), and (2) which agrees with Landlord in writing to maintain the results of such audit or inspection confidential.  Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit, suspend, or abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent when due, including Additional Rent.

 

(F)                                  Rent and Other Charges.   “ Additional Rent ” means Tenant’s Prorata Share of Taxes and Tenant’s Prorata Share of Operating Expenses.  Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other amounts which Tenant is or becomes obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease or other agreement entered in connection herewith, are sometimes herein referred to collectively as “ Rent ,” and all remedies applicable to the non-payment of Rent shall be applicable thereto.  Rent shall be paid at any office maintained by Landlord or its agent at the Property or at such other place as Landlord may designate.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Use and Rules

 

Tenant shall use the Premises for general, executive and administrative office use and ancillary uses and for no other purpose without Landlord’s express written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, in compliance with all applicable Laws and all covenants, conditions and restrictions of record applicable to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and without disturbing or interfering with any other tenant or occupant of the Property.  Tenant shall not use the Premises in any manner so as to cause a cancellation of Landlord’s insurance policies or an increase in the premiums thereunder.  The Premises may not include a fitness center, ATM, travel agency, child care facility, auditorium, servery or cafeteria (but lunchrooms and kitchens for use by Tenant’s employees are permitted provided cooking may only be performed with microwaves, toasters, and similar small appliances.  Tenant shall comply with, and shall cause its permitted subtenants, permitted assignees, invitees, employees, contractors and agents to comply with, all rules set forth in Rider One attached hereto (the “ Rules ”), provided that in the event of a conflict between the Rules and this Lease, this Lease shall govern.  In addition, all contractors shall be required to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations for construction in the Building and Landlord may require that, prior to performing any work in the Building, each contractor execute a copy of Landlord’s rules to evidence such contractor’s agreement to so comply.  Landlord shall have the right to reasonably amend such Rules and supplement the same with other reasonable Rules (not expressly inconsistent with this Lease) relating to the Property, or the promotion of safety, care, cleanliness or good order therein, and all such amendments or new Rules shall be binding upon Tenant after ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereof to Tenant.  All Rules shall be applied on a non-discriminatory basis, but nothing herein shall be construed to give Tenant or any other

 

10



 

Person any claim, demand or cause of action against Landlord arising out of the violation of such Rules by any other tenant, occupant, or visitor of the Property, or out of the enforcement or waiver of the Rules by Landlord in any particular instance.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the Premises may not be used for any of the purposes listed on Exhibit C .

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Services and Utilities

 

Landlord shall provide the following services and utilities (the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses unless otherwise stated herein):

 

(A)                                Electricity to the Premises shall not be furnished by Landlord, but shall be furnished, at Tenant’s cost, by the applicable utility company.  Landlord shall permit Tenant to receive such electrical service for standard office lighting fixtures, equipment and accessories through Landlord’s wires and conduits, to the extent available and based on the safe and lawful capacity of the existing electrical circuit(s) and facilities serving the Premises, provided:  (1) the connected electrical load of all of the same does not exceed an average of seven (7) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises (Landlord represents and warrants that at least seven (7) watts per rentable square foot of the Premises of connected electrical load is, and during the Term shall be, available to the Premises for lights and outlets) and (2) the safe and lawful capacity of the existing electrical circuit(s) serving the Premises is not exceeded.  Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of the cost of all modifications to the existing electrical circuit(s) and facilities serving the Premises and, in accordance with Section 5(G) below, the cost of all electricity furnished to the Premises, including electricity used during the performance of janitor service, the making of alterations or repairs in the Premises, or the operation of any special air conditioning systems which may be required for data processing or computer equipment or other special equipment or machinery installed by Tenant.

 

(B)                                Heat and air-conditioning at such temperatures and in such amounts as are standard for Comparable Buildings from 8:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. on Saturday, except on Holidays (“ Business Hours ”).  “ Holidays ” shall mean New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the day after Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.  Landlord’s current rate for providing after-hours heating is $105 per zone per hour, for after-hours cooling is $134 per zone per hour, plus (in both instances) a start-up fee of $26.50, which rates remain subject to change from time to time.  Landlord shall not be responsible for inadequate air-conditioning or ventilation to the extent the same occurs because Tenant’s use of power exceeds seven (7) watts per square foot without providing adequate air-conditioning and ventilation therefor or if the number of individuals exceeds one (1) individual per one hundred fifty (150) rentable square feet.

 

(C)                                Water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes at those points of supply provided for nonexclusive general use of other tenants at the Property.

 

(D)                                Customary office cleaning and trash removal service Monday through Friday in and about the Premises, in a manner consistent with janitorial services at other Comparable Buildings in downtown Chicago, Illinois.  Nightly janitorial service shall not be provided before 5:00 p.m.

 

(E)                                 Operatorless passenger elevator service and freight elevator service (subject to scheduling by Landlord) in common with Landlord and other tenants and their contractors, agents and visitors.  At least two (2) passenger elevators per bank serving the Premises shall be subject to call at all times. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interruption in elevator service.

 

11



 

(F)                                  If reasonable and feasible, Landlord shall seek to provide extra utilities or services requested by Tenant provided the request does not involve modifications or additions to existing Systems and Equipment.  Without limitation, if available Landlord shall make chilled water available to a point on each floor of the Building for Tenant’s supplemental chilled water cooling needs. If Tenant uses such supplemental chilled water, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s standard rates for such chilled water based on Tenant’s usage or other reasonable method of cost allocation determined by Landlord.  Tenant shall pay for extra utilities or services at rates set by Landlord in its reasonable discretion.  Payment shall be due at the same time as Base Rent or, if billed separately, shall be due within thirty (30) days after billing.  If Tenant shall fail to make any payment for additional services, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies available to Landlord, discontinue the additional services after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant.  Landlord may install and operate meters or any other reasonable system for monitoring or estimating any services or utilities used by Tenant in excess of those required to be provided by Landlord under this Article (including a system for Landlord’s engineer to reasonably estimate any such excess usage).  If such system indicates such excess services or utilities, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charges for installing and operating such system and any supplementary air-conditioning, ventilation, heat, electrical or other systems or equipment (or adjustments or modifications to the existing Systems and Equipment), and Landlord’s reasonable charges for such amount of excess services or utilities used by Tenant.  Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for any utilities and services, including, without limitation, air conditioning, electricity, and water, provided by Landlord by reason of:  (i) any use of the Premises at any time other than the hours set forth above; (ii) any utilities or services beyond what Landlord agrees herein to furnish; or (iii) special electrical, cooling and ventilating needs created by Tenant’s telephone equipment, computer, electronic data processing equipment, copying equipment and other such equipment or uses in excess of normal office use.

 

(G)                                Electricity used by Tenant in the Premises shall be paid by Tenant by a separate charge billed by the applicable utility company and payable directly by Tenant.  If the Premises are not separately metered for electricity, Tenant shall install a separate meter as part of Tenant’s initial build out Work in accordance with Exhibit B and the Construction Allowance may be used to pay for the meter.  Electrical service to the Premises may be furnished by one or more companies providing electrical generation, transmission and distribution services, and the cost of electricity may consist of several different components or separate charges for such services, such as generation, distribution and stranded cost charges.  Landlord shall have the exclusive right (i) to choose the company or companies to provide electrical service to the Property and the Premises, (ii) to aggregate the electrical service for the Property and the Premises with other buildings or properties, (iii) to purchase electrical service through an agent, broker or buyer’s group, and (iv) to change the electrical service provider or manner of purchasing electrical service from time to time.

 

(H)                               Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore any service required of it that becomes unavailable; however, such unavailability shall not render Landlord liable for any damages caused thereby, be a constructive eviction of Tenant, constitute a breach of any implied warranty, or, except as provided in the next sentence, entitle Tenant to any abatement of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  If, however, Tenant is prevented from using (i) all of the Premises or (ii) all of the Premises located on a particular floor of the Building because of the unavailability of any service to be provided by Landlord hereunder or lack of elevator access to the Premises for a period of five (5) consecutive business days following Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of a written notice regarding such unavailability and such unavailability was not caused by or through Tenant or a governmental directive, then Tenant shall, as its exclusive remedy be entitled to a reasonable abatement of Rent (in proportion to the square footage of the Premises unable to be used due to such interruption of service) for each consecutive day (after such five (5) business day period) that Tenant is so prevented from using all of the Premises or all of the Premises located on a particular floor of the Building.  Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damages.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 6

 

Alterations and Liens

 

Tenant shall not make any additions, changes, alterations or improvements (“ Alterations ”) outside the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord; provided, that if another Section of this Lease addresses the specific Alteration outside the Premises at issue, then that specific section of the Lease shall control the performance of such Alteration and Tenant shall not be required to obtain the consent of Landlord with respect thereto pursuant to this Article 6 (except to the extent such other Section of this Lease contemplates that Landlord will have the right to consent to the same).  After the initial Work provided for in Exhibit B attached hereto, Tenant shall not make any Alterations within the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that: (1) Tenant may, without the necessity of Landlord’s prior consent, perform any Alterations which do not affect the structure of the Building or the Systems and Equipment, provided that such Alterations (in either case, “ Non Consent Alterations ”): (a) are decorative in nature, including painting and carpeting, regardless of the cost thereof, or (b) cost One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or less in any project or series of related projects; and (2) Tenant shall provide Landlord with prior notice (which may be made by telephone or email to the office of the Building) of any such Non-Consent Alterations if Tenant will employ third-party contractors or subcontractors in connection therewith.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the term “Alterations” shall not include the installation, relocation or removal of personal property, furniture, fixtures, moveable equipment, wiring or cabling in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, and Tenant shall not be required to obtain the consent of (or provide notice to) Landlord with respect thereto (except as provided in Article 25 below with respect to the Lines described therein).  In connection with any Alterations proposed by Tenant which are not Non-Consent Alterations and therefore require Landlord’s consent hereunder (“ Consent Alterations ”), Landlord may impose reasonable requirements as a condition of such consent including the submission of plans and specifications for Landlord’s prior written approval, obtaining necessary permits, obtaining insurance required hereunder, reasonable prior approval of contractors and subcontractors, delivery of contractor and subcontractor lien waivers (in customary form) as work proceeds, affidavits listing all contractors, subcontractors and suppliers (in customary form), use of union labor (if the Building uses union labor), information acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion demonstrating that the Alterations will not adversely affect the Systems and Equipment or the structure of the Property, and reasonable requirements as to the manner and times in which such Alterations shall be done if the Alterations will impact other tenants or occupants, Systems and Equipment or Common Areas in any material respect. Landlord shall deliver notice of its consent or withholding of consent in connection with any Consent Alterations proposed by Tenant within 20 days after Landlord receives notice of the same from Tenant together with all supporting information reasonably requested by Landlord (which notice of Landlord shall, in the case of a withholding of consent, contain a description of the reasons for Landlord’s withholding of consent), it being agreed that if Landlord fails to deliver any such notice within such 20 day period, Tenant may deliver a second written notice to Landlord advising of such failure, and if Landlord thereafter fails to deliver notice of its consent or withholding of consent within five (5) days of Landlord’s receipt of such second notice (which consent may be withheld if Landlord is waiting for additional information from Tenant pertaining to such Consent Alterations), Landlord shall be conclusively deemed to have consented to the proposed Consent Alterations.  Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing at the time of Landlord’s approval of any Consent Alteration whether or not Tenant will be required to remove such Consent Alteration at the end of the Term of the Lease.  All Alterations performed by Tenant shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and all materials used shall be comparable to or better than those in the Premises and Property.  In the event Tenant requests Landlord to perform any Alterations, Landlord may charge Building standard fees (i.e., those fees charged to substantially all of the tenants in the Building from time to time) for same.  Regardless of who performs Alterations, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual cost of

 

13


 

retaining a third party engineer or other third party consultant to review Tenant’s plans and specifications for any Consent Alterations and, if Tenant proposes to perform any Alterations outside of normal Building hours, Tenant shall pay Landlord Landlord’s Building standard charges for operation of the Building’s loading docks and/or freight elevator (if necessary in connection therewith).  Consent or supervision by Landlord shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of materials of any Alterations by Tenant, and Landlord hereby expressly disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same.  Landlord shall under no circumstances have any obligation to repair, maintain or replace any Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the terms of this paragraph shall govern the performance, construction and installation of any Alterations constructed by Tenant after the completion of the Work described in Exhibit B only, and shall not (except as expressly set forth in Exhibit B ) apply to the performance, construction or installation of the Work (it being acknowledged that Exhibit B addresses and governs such performance, construction and installation of the Work).  Regardless of whether Landlord’s consent is required, anytime Tenant engages a contractor to perform work at the Property, all Tenant’s contractors shall be required to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations for construction in the Building of which Tenant has received prior written notice and Landlord may require that, prior to performing any work in the Building, each contractor execute a copy of Landlord’s rules to evidence such contractor’s agreement to so comply.

 

Tenant shall keep the Property and Premises free from any mechanic’s, materialman’s or similar liens or other such encumbrances in connection with any Tenant Work on or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord, and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities,  judgments, or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of the same or in connection therewith.  Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond, or provide a title insurance endorsement (or other security) or otherwise within thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof.  The amount so paid shall be deemed additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Property or Premises to any lien or encumbrance whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract.  Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Property or Premises arising in connection with any Tenant Work on or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Property and Premises.

 

All contractors and subcontractors shall be required to procure and maintain insurance against such risks, in such amounts, and with companies with such ratings as Landlord may reasonably require.  Certificates of such insurance, with paid receipts therefor, must be received by Landlord before any work is commenced.  All contracts between Tenant and a contractor must explicitly require the contractor to (a) name Landlord and Landlord’s agents as additional insureds and (b) indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s agents.

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Repairs

 

Except for customary cleaning and trash removal provided by Landlord under Article 5 and damage covered under Article 8, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good condition, working order and repair (including without limitation, carpet, wall-covering, doors, plumbing (from the vertical point of connection for distribution to the Premises, including the tap in to the vertical riser) and other fixtures,

 

14



 

equipment, alterations and improvements whether installed by Landlord or Tenant).  Tenant shall be responsible for repair and maintenance of restrooms on any full floors leased by Tenant; Landlord shall be responsible for restroom repair and maintenance on multi-tenant floors except for repair and maintenance the need for which is caused by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or visitors.  In the event that any repairs, maintenance or replacements are required, Tenant shall promptly arrange for the same either through (a) Landlord for such reasonable charges as Landlord may from time to time establish, or (b) contractors that Landlord generally uses at the Property, or (c) other contractors approved in writing in advance by Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  If Tenant does not make such arrangements and such failure continues for fifteen (15) days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs, maintenance and replacements, and the costs paid or incurred by Landlord therefor shall be reimbursed by Tenant promptly after request by Landlord.  Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and pay for any repairs, maintenance and replacements to areas of the Property outside the Premises, caused as a result of moving any furniture, fixtures, or other property to or from the Premises, or by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or visitors (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease).  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, or for damage covered under Article 8, Landlord shall keep the Building structure and Common Areas of the Property and the Systems and Equipment in good condition, working order and repair (the cost of which may be included in Operating Expenses, to the extent permitted under Article 3 hereof).

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Casualty Damage

 

Subject to Article 6 and the remainder of this Article 8, Landlord shall use available insurance proceeds to restore the Premises or any Common Areas of the Property providing access thereto which are damaged by fire or other casualty during the Term.  Such restoration shall be to substantially the condition prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other Laws or by any Holder, any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord (provided access to the Premises is not materially impaired), and except that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures or equipment, or any Alterations, or tenant improvements.  Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof.  However, Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease and not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, commencing on the date of such destruction or damage and ending with:  (i) the completion by Landlord of such work or repair and/or restoration as Landlord is obligated to do; and (ii) the expiration of a period of one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter to enable Tenant to perform alterations and improvements and refixture the Premises and reopen for business, but said one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be deemed to have ended if Tenant shall reopen for business prior to the expiration thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice of  termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage (such termination notice to include a termination date providing at least ninety (90) days for Tenant to vacate the Premises), if the Property shall be damaged by fire or other casualty such that:  (a) an independent architect or general contractor selected by Landlord estimates that Landlord’s repairs to the Premises and access thereto cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the casualty without the payment of overtime or other premiums, (b) more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is affected by the damage and fewer than twelve (12) months remain in the Term (unless Tenant exercises an available renewal option), or (c) any Holder shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the Mortgage debt, or, (d) Landlord is maintaining the insurance required to be carried by Landlord pursuant to Section 9(D) of this Lease, but

 

15



 

the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies (excluding the deductible).  If Landlord does not elect to terminate the Lease as provided above, Landlord shall send Tenant a written estimate, from an independent architect or general contractor selected by Landlord, of the amount of time reasonably required to repair and restore the Premises and access thereto, as the case may be (“ Completion Estimate ”“). Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of termination within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Completion Estimate (such termination notice to include a termination date providing not more than ninety (90) days for Tenant to vacate the Premises), if the Property shall be damaged by fire or other casualty such that:  (a) the Completion Estimate estimates that Landlord’s repairs to the Premises and access thereto cannot reasonably be completed within two hundred seventy (270) days after the casualty without the payment of overtime or other premiums, or (b) more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is affected by the damage and fewer than twelve (12) months remain in the Term.  Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease as provided above and Landlord undertakes but fails to substantially complete Landlord’s restoration of the Premises and access thereto within two hundred seventy (270) days after the casualty (“270 Day Period,” provided, however that such 270 Day Period may be extended up to three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the casualty if Landlord is actively, diligently and continuously restoring the Premises and access thereto, as the case may be (such 365 day period not being subject to extension as a result of Force Majeure Delays) (the “ Outside Completion Date ”“), Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of termination at any time after the Outside Completion Date but prior to such substantial completion (such termination notice to include a termination date providing not more than thirty (30) days for Tenant to vacate the Premises).  Tenant agrees that Landlord’s obligation to restore, the abatement of Rent and the termination options provided herein, shall be Tenant’s sole recourse in the event of such damage, and waives any other rights Tenant may have under any applicable Law to terminate the Lease by reason of damage to the Premises or Property.  Tenant acknowledges that this Article represents the entire agreement between the parties respecting casualty damage to the Premises or the Property.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Insurance, Subrogation, and Waiver of Claims

 

(A)                                Tenant shall not conduct or permit to be conducted any activity, or place or permit to be placed any equipment or other item in or about the Premises, the Building or the Property, which will in any way materially increase the rate of property insurance or other insurance on the Property.  If any increase in the rate of property or other insurance is due to any activity, equipment or other item of Tenant, then (whether or not Landlord has consented to such activity, equipment or other item) Tenant shall pay as additional rent due hereunder the amount of such increase.  The statement of any applicable insurance company or insurance rating organization (or other organization exercising similar functions in connection with the prevention of fire or the correction of hazardous conditions) that an increase is due to any such activity, equipment or other item shall be conclusive evidence thereof.

 

(B)                                Throughout the Term, Tenant shall obtain and maintain the following insurance coverages written with companies with an A.M. Best A-,VIII or better rating and S&P rating of at least A-:

 

(i)                                      Commercial General Liability (“CGL”) insurance (written on an occurrence basis) with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence, Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) annual general aggregate (on a per location basis), Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) products/completed operations aggregate, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) personal and advertising injury liability, Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) fire damage legal liability.  CGL insurance shall be written on a current ISO occurrence form (or a

 

16



 

substitute form providing equivalent or broader coverage) and shall cover liability arising from Premises, operations, independent contractors, products-completed operations, personal injury, advertising injury and liability assumed under an insured contract.

 

(ii)                                   Workers Compensation insurance as required by the applicable state law, and Employers Liability insurance with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for each accident, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) disease policy limit, and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) disease each employee.

 

(iii)                                Commercial Auto Liability insurance (if applicable) covering automobiles owned, hired or used by Tenant in carrying on its business with limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for each accident.

 

(iv)                               Umbrella/Excess Insurance coverage on a follow form basis in excess of the CGL, Employers Liability and Commercial Auto Policy with limits not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) annual aggregate.

 

(v)                                  Special Form Property Insurance covering Tenant’s property, furniture, furnishings, fixtures, improvements, and equipment located at the Building.  If Tenant is responsible for any machinery, Tenant shall maintain boiler and machinery insurance.

 

(vi)                               Business Interruption and Extra Expenses insurance in amounts typically carried by prudent tenants engaged in similar operations.  Such insurance shall reimburse Tenant for direct and indirect loss of earnings and extra expense attributable to all perils insured against.  Tenant may choose to self-insure or retain this risk. However, in no event shall Landlord be liable for any business interruption or other consequential loss sustained by Tenant, whether or not this risk is insured.

 

(vii)                            Builder’s Risk (or Building Constructions) insurance during the course of construction of any Alteration, including during the performance of Tenant’s Work and until completion thereof.  Such insurance shall be on a form covering Landlord, Landlord’s architects, Landlord’s contractor or subcontractors, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, as their interest may appear, against loss or damage by fire, vandalism, and malicious mischief and other such risks as are customarily covered by the so-called “broad form extended coverage endorsement” upon all Alterations or Tenant’s Work in place and all materials stored at the Premises, and all materials, equipment, supplies and temporary structures of all kinds incident to Alterations or Tenant’s Work and builder’s machinery, tools and equipment, all while forming a part of, or on the Premises, or when adjacent thereto, while on drives, sidewalks, streets or alleys, all on a completed value basis for the full insurable value at all times.  Said Builder’s Risk Insurance shall contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by the insurer against Landlord, its agents, employees and contractors.

 

(C)                                Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall be endorsed on each policy as additional insureds as it pertains to the CGL, Umbrella, and Auto policy, and coverage shall be primary and noncontributory.  Landlord shall be a loss payee on the Property policy in respect of Tenant’s improvements installed or paid for by Landlord.  All insurance shall (1) contain an endorsement that such policy shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding that the insured may have waived its right of action against any party prior to the occurrence of a loss (Tenant hereby waiving its right of action and recovery against and releasing Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees, contractors, invitees, successors and assigns from any and all liabilities, claims and losses for which they may otherwise be liable to the extent Tenant is covered by insurance carried or required to be carried under this Lease; for purposes hereof, any

 

17



 

deductibles under Tenant’s insurance policies shall be deemed to be “covered” by such insurance policy as of there were no deductible, except if the underlying loss is caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct and provided that Landlord shall not be responsible for any deductible in excess of $250,000); (2) provide that the insurer thereunder waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against Landlord and Landlord’s representatives in connection with any loss or damage covered by such policy (and Tenant shall provide evidence of such waiver); and (3) be acceptable in form and content to Landlord.  Tenant shall cause its insurance carrier to provide Landlord with 30 days advance notice (10 days for non-payment of premium) of any cancellation, failure to renew, reduction of amount of insurance or material change in Tenant’s insurance coverage if it is reasonable and customary for an office tenant in the Building’s submarket to obtain such an undertaking from its insurance carrier.  In the event Tenant’s insurance carrier will not agree to provide Landlord advance notice as aforesaid, then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of cancellation, failure to renew, reduction of amount of insurance, or material change of Tenant’s insurance coverage no later than two (2) business days after Tenant learns of such cancellation, failure to renew, reduction of amount of insurance, or material change of coverage.  Tenant shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention contained within its insurance programs.  Landlord reserves the right from time to time to reasonably require higher minimum amounts or different types of insurance provided that landlords of Comparable Buildings have similar requirements.  Tenant shall deliver an ACORD 25 certificate or its equivalent with respect to all liability and personal property insurance and an ACORD 28 certificate or its equivalent with respect to all commercial property insurance and receipts evidencing payment therefor (and, upon request, copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements and declarations, provided that Landlord shall not require copies of policies so long as Tenant is Standard Parking Corporation or a Permitted Transferee) to Landlord on or before the Commencement Date and at least annually thereafter.  If Tenant fails to provide evidence of insurance required to be provided by Tenant hereunder, prior to commencement of the Lease Term and thereafter within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s request during the Term (and in any event within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of any such coverage, any other cure or grace period provided in this Lease not being applicable hereto), Landlord shall be authorized (but not required) after ten (10) days’ prior notice to procure such coverage in the amount stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to Tenant and payable as additional rent upon written invoice therefor.

 

(D)                                Landlord agrees to carry and maintain special form property insurance (with replacement cost coverage) covering the Building and Landlord’s property therein in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Building and Landlord’s property therein (less deductible).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease,  Landlord hereby waives its right of recovery against Tenant and releases Tenant from any and all liabilities, claims and losses for which Tenant may otherwise be liable to the extent Landlord receives proceeds from its property insurance therefor (or would have if Landlord had carried the insurance required to be carried hereunder).  For purposes hereof, any deductibles under Landlord’s insurance policies shall be deemed to be “covered” by such insurance policies as if there were no deductible, except if the underlying loss is caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct and provided that Tenant shall not be responsible for any deductible in excess of $250,000.  Landlord shall secure a waiver of subrogation endorsement from its insurance carrier.  Landlord also agrees to carry and maintain commercial general liability insurance in limits it reasonably deems appropriate (but in no event less than the limits required by Tenant pursuant to Section 9(B)).  Landlord may elect to carry such other additional insurance or higher limits as it reasonably deems appropriate.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall not carry insurance on, and shall not be responsible for damage to, Tenant’s personal property or any Alterations (including Tenant’s Work), and that Landlord shall not carry insurance against, or be responsible for any loss suffered by Tenant due to, interruption of Tenant’s business.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 10

 

Condemnation

 

If (a) the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Property shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose; (b) any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Property, or (c) Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, then Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such taking, condemnation, reconfiguration, vacation, deed or other instrument.  Tenant shall have reciprocal termination rights if the whole or any material part of the Premises is permanently taken or if access to the Premises is permanently and materially impaired.  Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s Alterations (to the extent paid for by Tenant and not from proceeds provided by Landlord), Tenant’s personal property and of fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Term and for moving expenses (so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord or any Holder, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant).  All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination, or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur.  Rent shall be proportionately abated if any part of the Premises shall be taken and this Lease shall not be so terminated.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

Return of Possession

 

At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises in the condition required under Article 7, ordinary wear and tear, damage by fire or other casualty excepted, and shall surrender all keys, any key cards, and any parking stickers or cards, to Landlord, and advise Landlord as to the combination of any locks or vaults then remaining in the Premises, and shall remove all trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and personal property.  All improvements, fixtures and other items in or upon the Premises (except trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and personal property belonging to Tenant and modular offices if Tenant so elects to utilize), whether installed by Tenant or Landlord, shall be Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises, all without compensation, allowance or credit to Tenant.  However, if at the time of Landlord’s approval of a Consent Alteration, Landlord advised Tenant in writing that Tenant would be required to remove such Consent Alteration at the end of the Term, then Tenant shall remove such Consent Alteration and restore the Premises to the condition prior to the installation of such Consent Alteration; provided Landlord shall not require removal of Tenant’s cabling or any Non Consent Alteration.  Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing at the time of Landlord’s approval of any Consent Alteration whether or not Tenant will be required to remove such Consent Alteration at the end of the Term of the Lease.  If Tenant shall fail to perform any repairs or restoration, or fail to remove any items from the Premises or the Property required hereunder, Landlord may do so, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost thereof upon demand.  Any and all property that may be removed from the Premises or the Property by Landlord pursuant to any provisions of this Lease or any Law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed or stored in a commercial warehouse or otherwise by Landlord at Tenant’s risk, cost or expense, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all reasonable expenses incurred in any removal and all storage charges as long as the same is in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control.  Any property, which is not removed from the Premises or which is not

 

19



 

retaken from storage by Tenant within thirty (30) days after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, shall, at Landlord’s option, be conclusively presumed to have been abandoned and thus to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord as if by bill of sale without payment by Landlord.  Unless prohibited by applicable Law, Landlord shall have a lien against such property for the costs incurred in removing and storing the same.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

Holding Over

 

Unless Landlord expressly agrees otherwise in writing, if Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of Rent then applicable (or the highest amount permitted by Law, whichever shall be less) on a per month basis without reduction for partial months during the first ninety (90) days of holdover and two hundred percent (200%) of the amount of Rent then applicable (or the highest amount permitted by Law, whichever shall be less) on a per month basis without reduction for partial months thereafter.  In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for all consequential damages sustained by Landlord on account of Tenant holding over after a thirty (30) day initial grace period.  The foregoing provisions shall not serve as permission for Tenant to hold over, nor serve to extend the Term (although Tenant shall remain bound to comply with all provisions of this Lease until Tenant vacates the Premises, and shall be subject to the provisions of Article 11).  The provisions of this Article do not waive Landlord’s right of re-entry or right to regain possession by actions at law or in equity or any other rights hereunder, and any receipt of payment by Landlord shall not be deemed a consent by Landlord to Tenant’s remaining in possession or be construed as creating or renewing any lease or right of tenancy between Landlord and Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

No Waiver

 

No provision of this Lease will be deemed waived by either party unless expressly waived in writing signed by the waiving party.  No waiver shall be implied by delay or any other act or omission of either party.  No waiver by either party of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of such provision with respect to any subsequent matter relating to such provision, and Landlord’s consent or approval respecting any action by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of the requirement for obtaining Landlord’s consent or approval respecting any subsequent action.  Acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant of any term or provision of this Lease.  No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due.  The acceptance of Rent or of the performance of any other term or provision from any Person other than Tenant, including any Transferee, shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to approve any Transfer.

 

ARTICLE 14

 

Attorneys’ Fees and Jury Trial

 

In the event of any litigation between the parties, the prevailing party (as determined by the arbiter of the litigation) shall be entitled to obtain, as part of the judgment, all reasonable attorneys’ fees,

 

20



 

costs and expenses incurred in connection with such litigation, except as may be limited by applicable Law.  In the interest of obtaining a speedier and less costly hearing of any dispute, the parties hereby each irrevocably waive the right to trial by jury.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

Personal Property Taxes, Rent Taxes and Other Taxes

 

Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges or other governmental impositions assessed against or levied upon Tenant’s fixtures, furnishings, equipment and personal property located in the Premises, and any Tenant Work to the Premises which is deemed to be personal property by any governmental agency or subdivision thereof.  Whenever possible, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in furtherance of causing all such items to be assessed and billed separately from the property of Landlord.  In the event any such items shall be assessed and billed with the property of Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord its share of such taxes, charges or other governmental impositions within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers a statement and a copy of the assessment or other documentation showing the amount of such impositions applicable to Tenant’s property.  Tenant shall pay any rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on Rent or services provided herein or otherwise respecting this Lease (except to the extent excluded in “Taxes” above). Any amounts payable by Tenant under this Article 15 shall not be in duplication of any payments required to be made by Tenant on account of Additional Rent.

 

ARTICLE 16

 

Subordination, Attornment and Mortgagee Protection

 

This Lease is subject and subordinate to (i) all Mortgages now or hereafter placed upon the Property, and (ii) all other encumbrances and matters of public record applicable to the Property, provided such encumbrances and matters of public record are consistent with and do not interfere in any material respect with the rights of Tenant under this Lease, and further provided that, subject to the remainder of this Article 16 (including, without limitation, subsections (i) — (v) below), a foreclosing lender agrees not to disturb Tenant’s possession and occupancy of the Premises under this Lease so long as Tenant is not in Default.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the subordination of this Lease, the rights of Tenant in this Lease, and Tenant’s interest and estate in the Property, to Landlord’s existing Mortgage is expressly conditioned upon Tenant and the Holder of Landlord’s existing Mortgage, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“ MetLife ”), entering into a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (“ SNDA ”) on an agreeable form as evidenced by the parties’ signatures thereon.  If any foreclosure proceedings are initiated by any Holder, in the event of a non-judicial foreclosure, or a deed in lieu is granted (or if any ground lease is terminated), Tenant agrees to attorn and pay Rent to any Holder which is a successor to Landlord hereunder or a purchaser at a foreclosure sale and to execute and deliver any instruments necessary or appropriate to evidence or effectuate such attornment (provided such Holder or purchaser shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant does not default and fail to cure within the time permitted hereunder).  However, in the event of attornment, no Holder shall be:  (i) liable for any act or omission of a prior landlord (including Landlord), or subject to any offsets or defenses that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord), except to the extent that (A) such act or omission relates to the physical condition of the Premises and is not personal to Landlord, (B) such act or omission is a non-monetary default under the Lease of which Lender was given prior written notice, (C) such default is continuing after Holder takes legal title to the Premises or the Property, (D) such default is susceptible to cure by Holder, and (E) Holder is given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default after Holder has acquired legal title to the Property; provided, however, that in such event Holder’s liability shall be determined as if such default

 

21



 

had first arisen on the day Holder acquired legal title to the Premises and provided further that nothing in this provision shall be construed to impose any personal liability on Holder or any liability for consequential or punitive damages by reason of any such default or require Holder to complete any tenant improvements for the Premises; (ii) liable for any security deposit not actually received by such Holder or bound by any prepaid Rent paid more than thirty (30) days before the date such Rent was first due and payable, (iii) bound by any future modification of this Lease not consented to by such Holder (other than amendments made to confirm Tenant’s exercise of an option expressly granted by this Lease, such as Tenant’s right of first offer or an Extension Option); (iv) be bound by any covenant to undertake or complete any improvement to the Property or the Premises, or to reimburse or pay Tenant for the cost of any such improvement; or (v) be required to abide by any provisions for the diminution or abatement of rent.  “ Holder ” shall mean the holder of any Mortgage at the time in question, and where such Mortgage is a ground lease, such term shall refer to the ground lessor. “ Mortgage ” shall mean all mortgages, deeds of trust, ground leases and other such encumbrances now or hereafter placed upon the Property or any part thereof and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof.  Any Holder  may elect to make this Lease prior to the lien of its Mortgage, by written notice to Tenant, and if the Holder of any prior Mortgage shall require, this Lease shall be prior to any subordinate Mortgage.  Tenant shall execute such documentation as Landlord may reasonably request from time to time, in order to confirm the matters set forth in this Article in recordable form.  In the event of any default on the part of Landlord, arising out of or accruing under the Lease, whereby the validity or the continued existence of the Lease might be impaired or terminated by Tenant, or Tenant might have a claim for partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not pursue any of its rights with respect to such default or claim, and no notice of termination of the Lease as a result of such default shall be effective, unless and until Tenant has given written notice of such default or claim to the applicable Holder (but not later than the time that Tenant notifies Landlord of such default or claim) and granted to such Holder a reasonable time, which shall not be less than the greater of (i) the period of time granted to Landlord under the Lease, or (ii) thirty (30) days, after the giving of such notice by Tenant to such Holder, to cure or to undertake the elimination of the basis for such default or claim, after the time when Landlord shall have become entitled under the Lease to cure the cause of such default or claim; it being expressly understood that (a) if such default or claim cannot reasonably be cured within such cure period, such Holder shall have such additional period of time to cure same as it reasonably determines is necessary, so long as it continues to pursue such cure with reasonable diligence, and (b) such Holder’s right to cure any such default or claim shall not be deemed to create any obligation for such Holder to cure or to undertake the elimination of any such default or claim.

 

In the event of a conflict between the terms of a SNDA and the terms of this Lease, as between Tenant and the lender who executed such SNDA the SNDA shall control.

 

MetLife and its successors shall not be required to honor Tenant’s offset rights under Section 16 of Exhibit B attached to this Lease.  However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above in this Article 16, future Holders of Mortgage debt on the Property shall be required to honor Tenant’s offset rights under Section 16 of Exhibit B attached to this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 17

 

Estoppel Certificate

 

Tenant shall from time to time (but not more than 3 times per calendar year), within ten (10) days after written request from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a certificate affirming that, except as otherwise expressly stated in the certificate, (A) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect; (B) to Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default hereunder; (C) Tenant is in possession of the Premises; (D) to Tenant’s actual knowledge, Tenant has no off-sets or defenses to the performance of its

 

22



 

obligations under this Lease; (E) that the Premises have been completed in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions hereof or the Workletter, that Tenant has accepted the Premises and the condition thereof and of all improvements thereto and has no claims against Landlord with respect thereto; and (F) certifying such other matters as Landlord may reasonably request, or as may be requested by Landlord’s current or prospective Holders, insurance carriers, auditors, rating agencies, and prospective purchasers.  If Tenant shall fail to timely execute and return an estoppel certificate which has been delivered to Tenant, Landlord shall send a second notice of such failure; if Tenant fails to execute and return the estoppel certificate within five (5) business days after such second notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have agreed with the matters originally set forth therein.

 

Landlord shall from time to time but not more than twice per calendar year, within fifteen (15) days after written request from Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver a certificate affirming that, except as otherwise expressly stated in the certificate, (A) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect; and (B) to Landlord’s actual knowledge, Tenant is not in default hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 18

 

Assignment and Subletting

 

(A)                                Transfers.   Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (as further described below):  (i) assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, by operation of law or otherwise, (ii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or (iii) permit the occupancy of the Premises by any Person other than Tenant and its employees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any Person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”).  If Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice shall include:  (a) the proposed effective date (which shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than one hundred and eighty (180) days after Tenant’s notice), (b) the portion of the Premises to be Transferred (herein called the “ Subject Space ”), (c) the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, and (d) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, and any other information to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require.  If Landlord reasonably requests additional information, Tenant’s notice will not be deemed to have been received and Landlord may withhold consent to such Transfer until Landlord receives and has a reasonable opportunity to review such additional information.  Any Transfer made without complying with this Article shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, or shall constitute a Default under this Lease.  Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees, not to exceed Three Thousand Dollars ($3,000.00).

 

(B)                                Approval.   Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to  any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in Tenant’s notice.  The parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following applies (without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent):  (i) the Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Property, (ii) the Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under the Lease, (iii) the Subject Space is not regular in shape with appropriate means of ingress and egress suitable for normal renting purposes, (iv) the Transferee is either a government (or agency or instrumentality thereof)

 

23


 

or an occupant of the Property (and in connection with an occupant of the Property, Landlord has a comparable amount of space (i.e., in terms of rentable area) available at the Building for leasing by such prospective tenant as that which is the subject of the proposed assignment or subletting transaction), (v) the proposed Transferee does not have a reasonable financial condition in relation to the obligations to be assumed in connection with the Transfer, (vi) Tenant has committed and failed to cure a Default at the time Tenant requests consent to the Transfer, (vii) in the judgment of Landlord, such a Transfer would violate any term, condition, covenant, or agreement of the Landlord involving the Property or any other tenant’s lease within it; (viii) the net effective rent payable by the Transferee (adjusted on a rentable square foot basis) is less than ninety percent (90%) of the net effective rent then being quoted by Landlord for new leases in the Building for comparable size space for a comparable period and the proposed Transferee is an existing tenant of the Building or in negotiation with Landlord to become a tenant of the Building; (ix) the Transferee is Deloitte & Touche, Ernst & Young, Pricewaterhouse Coopers or any of their corporate successors; or (x) in the event the Premises are served by an elevator bank that also serves at least two (2) floors of the premises leased to other Building tenant KPMG, the Transferee is an accounting firm of any size.

 

(C)                                Transfer Premium.   If Landlord consents to a sublease, Tenant shall pay Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium derived by Tenant from such sublease.  “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration paid by the sublessee in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease (on a monthly basis during the Term, and on a per rentable square foot basis, if less than all of the Premises is transferred), after deducting therefrom (on a monthly basis) the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant, amortized over the balance of the term of such sublease, for any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises, any other economic concessions or services provided to the sublessee, and any customary brokerage commissions paid in connection with the sublease if acceptable written evidence of such expenditures is provided in advance to Landlord.  The percentage of the Transfer Premium due Landlord hereunder shall be paid within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives any Transfer Premium from the Transferee.

 

(D)                                Recapture.   Intentionally deleted.

 

(E)                                 Terms of Consent.   If Landlord consents to a Transfer:  (a) any Transfer shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the Transferee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the Transferee shall agree to be bound by and assume the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed, (b)  the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, including among other things, Tenant’s (or any Transferee’s) liability for the Subject Space, shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified and the original named Tenant (and any Transferee, as the case may be) shall remain fully liable for the payment of Rent and Additional Rent and for the other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed, (c) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (d) no Transferee shall succeed to any rights provided in this Lease or any amendment hereto to extend the Term of this Lease, expand the Premises, or lease additional space, any such rights being deemed personal to Tenant and Tenant’s Permitted Transferees, (e) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (f) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer.  Landlord or its authorized representatives (provided such authorized representatives are not compensated on a contingency fee basis or in any other manner which is dependent upon the results of such audit (and Landlord shall deliver the fee agreement or other similar evidence of such fee agreement to Tenant upon request)) shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make

 

24



 

copies thereof.  If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall within thirty (30) days after demand pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than five percent (5%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.  Any sublease hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any sublease, Landlord shall have the right to:  (i) treat such sublease as canceled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such subtenant attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such sublease.  If Tenant shall Default in the payment of Rent and fail to cure within the time permitted for cure under Section 20(A), Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized, as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such monetary Default is cured.

 

(F)                                  Permitted Transfers .  Notwithstanding Section 18(A), Tenant may Transfer all or part of its interest in this Lease or all or part of the Premises (a “ Permitted Transfer ”) to the following types of entities (a “ Permitted Transferee ”) without the written consent of Landlord: (i) any Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant (“control” meaning holding more than 50% of the voting interests) (an “ Affiliate ”); (ii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity in which or with which Tenant, or its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions governing merger and consolidation of business entities, so long as (a) Tenant’s obligations hereunder are assumed by the entity surviving such merger or created by such consolidation; and (b) the Tangible Net Worth of the surviving or created entity is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to such Transfer; or (iii) any corporation, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company or other business entity acquiring all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets if such entity’s Tangible Net Worth after such acquisition is not less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to such acquisition. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any such Permitted Transfer.  Tenant shall remain liable for the performance of all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder, or if Tenant no longer exists because of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition, the surviving or acquiring entity shall expressly assume in writing the obligations of Tenant hereunder.  Additionally, the Permitted Transferee shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease and the use of the Premises by the Permitted Transferee may not violate any other agreements affecting the Premises, the Building, Landlord or other tenants of the Building.  No later than thirty (30) days after the effective date of any Permitted Transfer, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with (x) copies of the instrument effecting the Permitted Transfer, (y) documentation establishing Tenant’s satisfaction of the requirements set forth above applicable to any such Permitted Transfer, and (z) evidence of insurance as required under this Lease with respect to the Permitted Transferee.  The occurrence of a Permitted Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s rights as to any subsequent Transfers. “ Tangible Net Worth ” means the excess of total assets over total liabilities, in each case as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, excluding, however, from the determination of total assets all assets which would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP including goodwill, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, and franchises.  Any subsequent Transfer by a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Article 18.

 

ARTICLE 19

 

Rights Reserved By Landlord

 

Except as expressly provided herein, Landlord reserves the right to control the Property including, without limitation, the following rights:

 

25



 

(A)                                Upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, to change the name or street address of the Building, provided, however, that Landlord agrees to reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s actual costs of replacement stationery, business cards and similar items rendered obsolete as a result of such change at a cost to Landlord not to exceed $10,000; install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Property or any part thereof; retain at all times, and use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises; grant to any Person the right to conduct any business or render any service at the Property, whether or not it is the same or similar to the use permitted Tenant by this Lease.

 

(B)                                To enter the Premises upon reasonable prior notice (except in the event of emergency) at reasonable hours to show the Premises to current and prospective mortgage lenders, ground lessors, insurers, and prospective purchasers, tenants and brokers (and with respect to tenants and leasing brokers, only during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or sooner if Tenant Defaults or abandons the Premises).

 

(C)                                To temporarily limit or prevent access to the Property or any part thereof, shut down elevator service, activate elevator emergency controls, or otherwise take such action or preventative measures deemed necessary by Landlord for the safety of tenants or other occupants of the Property or the protection of the Property and other property located thereon or therein, in case of fire, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil disorder, public excitement or other dangerous condition, or threat thereof.

 

(D)                                To decorate and to make alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Property or any part thereof, and to any adjacent building, structure, parking facility, land, street or alley (including without limitation changes and reductions in corridors, lobbies, parking facilities and other public areas and the installation of kiosks, planters, sculptures, displays, escalators, mezzanines, and other structures, facilities, amenities and features therein, and changes for the purpose of connection with or entrance into or use of the Property in conjunction with any adjoining or adjacent building or buildings, now existing or hereafter constructed).  In connection with such matters, or with any other repairs, maintenance, improvements or alterations, in or about the Property, Landlord may erect scaffolding and other structures reasonably required, and during such operations may, upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice to Tenant (sooner in the event of an emergency), enter upon the Premises at reasonable hours and take into and upon or through the Premises, all materials required to make such repairs, maintenance, alterations or improvements, and may temporarily close public entry ways, other public areas, restrooms, stairways or corridors and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord for overtime and similar expenses incurred if such work is done other than during Business Hours at Tenant’s request; provided, however, that Landlord agrees that coring, drilling and other construction work which may create substantial noise and/or vibrations shall be performed by Landlord before or after Business Hours, and not at Tenant’s expense.

 

(E)                                 Intentionally deleted.

 

(F)                                  To install, use and maintain in and through the ceiling above the Premises or inside the walls of the Premises pipes, conduits, wires, ducts or mechanical installations serving the Property but without interference with any cabling, wiring or other equipment or property of Tenant located in the Premises.  Tenant agrees that there shall be no construction of partitions or other obstructions which might interfere with the moving or the servicing of equipment of Landlord to or from the enclosures containing such installations and Tenant further agrees that neither Tenant, nor its servants, employees, agents, visitors, licensees, or contractors shall at any time tamper with, adjust, or otherwise in any manner affect Landlord’s mechanical installations.

 

26



 

(G)                                To implement energy conservation measures throughout the Building including, without limitation, reducing the number of operating elevators during off peak hours, provided at least two (2) elevators are available to serve the Premises.

 

(H)                               To approve the weight, size, and location of safes or other heavy equipment or articles, which articles may be moved in, about, or out of the Property or the Premises only at such times and in such manner as Landlord shall reasonably direct, at Tenant’s sole risk and responsibility.

 

(I)                                    To require Tenant to reasonably cooperate with respect to occasional Building special events, such as lighting or shading certain designated exterior windows throughout the Premises, in connection with holidays, civic and sporting events

 

In connection with entering the Premises to exercise any of the foregoing rights, Landlord shall:  provide twenty-four (24) hours’ advance written or oral notice to Tenant’s on-site manager or other appropriate person (except in emergencies, or for routine cleaning or other routine matters). In connection with exercising any of its rights under this Article 19, Landlord shall take reasonable steps to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business.  Exercise of any of the foregoing rights shall not constitute a constructive eviction or entitle Tenant to abatement of Rent, damages or other claims of any kind.

 

ARTICLE 20

 

Landlord’s Remedies

 

(A)                                Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” by Tenant, which if not cured within any applicable time permitted for cure below, shall give rise to Landlord’s remedies set forth in Paragraph (B), below:  (i) failure by Tenant to make when due any payment of Rent, unless such failure is cured within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord or Landlord’s agent to Tenant; (ii) failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the terms or conditions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant other than the payment of Rent, or as provided below, unless such failure is cured within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord or Landlord’s agent to Tenant, or such shorter period expressly provided elsewhere in this Lease (provided, if the nature of Tenant’s failure is such that more time is reasonably required in order to cure, Tenant shall not be in Default if Tenant commences to cure within such period and thereafter reasonably seeks to cure such failure to completion); (iii) failure by Tenant to comply with the Rules, unless such failure is cured within fifteen (15) days after notice; (iv) intentionally deleted; (v) (a) making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any Law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days), (c) appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located on the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days, (d) attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located on the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (e) Tenant’s convening of a meeting of its creditors or any class thereof for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts, or (f) Tenant’s insolvency or admission of an inability to pay its debts as they mature; or (vi) any material misrepresentation herein, or material misrepresentation or omission in any financial statements or other materials provided by Tenant in connection with negotiating or entering this Lease or in connection with any Transfer under Article 20.   Failure by Tenant to comply with the same term or condition of this Lease on three (3) occasions during any twelve (12) month period shall cause any failure to comply with such term or condition during the succeeding twelve month period, at Landlord’s option, to constitute an incurable Default, if Landlord has given Tenant notice of each such failure within five (5) days after each

 

27



 

such failure occurs.  The notice and cure periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice and cure periods provided by Law.

 

(B)                                Remedies.   If a Default occurs and is not cured within any applicable time permitted under Paragraph (A), Landlord shall have the rights and remedies hereinafter set forth, each of which shall be distinct, separate and cumulative with and in addition to any other right or remedy allowed under any Law (including, without limitation, specific performance) or other provisions of this Lease, any and all of which may be exercised with or without further notice and with or without demand whatsoever, concurrently or successively, and at such time or times and in such order as Landlord may from time to time determine.  In exercising any of the remedies set forth below, after a Default by Tenant, Landlord agrees to comply with all applicable unlawful detainer/eviction laws and/or statutes in the State of Illinois.

 

(i)                                      Terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of (a) all Rent accrued hereunder through the date of termination, (b) all amounts due under Section 20(D), and (c) an amount equal to (1) the total Rent that Tenant would have been required to pay for the remainder of the Term discounted to present value at a per annum rate equal to the “Prime Rate” on the date this Lease is terminated, minus (2) the then present fair rental value of the Premises for such period, similarly discounted.  The “ Prime Rate ” of interest shall be the “Prime Rate” as published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal from time to time.  In the event The Wall Street Journal no longer publishes a Prime Rate of interest, Landlord shall select a comparable equivalent.  For purposes of computing the amount of Rent herein that would have accrued after the time of award, Tenant’s Prorata Share of Taxes and Operating Expenses shall be projected based upon the average rate of increase, if any, in such items from the Commencement Date through the time of award.

 

(ii)                                   Terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises without terminating this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) all Rent accrued hereunder to the date of termination of possession, (b) all amounts due from time to time under Section 20(D), and (c) all Rent and other net sums required hereunder to be paid by Tenant as they become due and payable during the remainder of the Term, diminished by any net sums thereafter received by Landlord through reletting the Premises during such period, after deducting all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in reletting the Premises.  If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 20(B)(ii), Landlord may remove all of Tenant’s property from the Premises and store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the account of, Tenant, without becoming liable for any loss or damage which may be occasioned thereby.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises on such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may determine (including a term different from the Term, rental concessions, and alterations to, and improvement of, the Premises); however, Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises before leasing other portions of the Building and Landlord shall not be obligated to accept any prospective tenant proposed by Tenant unless such proposed tenant meets all of Landlord’s leasing criteria.  Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall Tenant’s obligations hereunder be diminished because of, Landlord’s failure to relet the Premises or to collect rent due for such reletting.  Tenant shall not be entitled to the excess of any consideration obtained by reletting over the Rent due hereunder.  Reentry by Landlord in the Premises shall not affect Tenant’s obligations hereunder for the unexpired Term; rather, Landlord may, from time to time, bring an action against Tenant to collect amounts due by Tenant, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term.  Unless Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant expressly stating that it has elected to terminate this Lease, all actions taken by Landlord to dispossess or exclude Tenant from the Premises shall be deemed to be taken under this Section

 

28



 

20(B)(ii).  If Landlord elects to proceed under this Section 20(B)(ii), it may at any time elect to terminate this Lease under Section 20(B)(i).

 

(C)                                Mitigation of Damages .  If Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of all or any part of the Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate Landlord’s damages to the extent required by Law and Tenant shall be entitled to submit proof of such failure to mitigate as a defense to Landlord’s claims hereunder.

 

(D)                                Payment by Tenant.   Upon any uncured Default, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in (i) obtaining possession of the Premises, (ii) removing and storing Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property, (iii) repairing and restoring the Premises, (iv) if Tenant is dispossessed of the Premises and this Lease is not terminated, reletting all or any part of the Premises (including brokerage commissions and other costs incidental to such reletting), (v) performing Tenant’s obligations which Tenant failed to perform, and (vi) enforcing or advising Landlord of its rights, remedies, and recourses arising out of the Default.

 

(E)                                 Late Charges and Interest .  Tenant shall pay, as additional Rent, a service charge equal to three percent (3%) of the amount past due for bookkeeping and administrative expenses if Rent is not received within five (5) days after its due date; provided, that, with respect to the first delinquency in any calendar year, no late charge shall be due unless Tenant fails to pay the delinquency within five (5) days after written notice of such delinquency is given to Tenant.  In addition, any Rent paid more than five (5) days after it is due shall accrue interest from the due date at the Default Rate until payment is received by Landlord.  The “ Default Rate ” of interest shall be the greater of: (i) twelve percent (12%) and (ii) the Prime Rate of interest (defined above) plus six percent (6%).  Such service charge and interest payments shall not be deemed consent by Landlord to late payments, nor a waiver of Landlord’s right to insist upon timely payments at any time, nor a waiver of any remedies to which Landlord is entitled as a result of the late payment of Rent.  The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future.

 

(F)                                  Landlord Action.   If a Default by Tenant occurs under this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, cure such Default and in that connection pay expenses and employ counsel.  All sums paid by Landlord and all costs, charges, and expenses incurred by Landlord in enforcing Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or incurred by Landlord in any litigation, negotiation, or transaction in which Tenant causes Landlord, without Landlord’s fault, to be involved or concerned (including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) shall be payable by Tenant upon demand.

 

(G)                                Other Matters .  No act or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall the same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord or its agent to Tenant.  Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any Law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

 

(H)                               Intentionally Deleted.

 

(I)                                    No Consequential Damages . Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, but except as expressly provided in Article 12 hereof, in no event shall either Landlord or Tenant be entitled to seek or obtain, and each party hereby waives any rights or remedy it may have at law or in equity to pursue, consequential damages against the other party in the enforcement of any right, claim, obligation or remedy under the terms of this Lease.

 

29



 

ARTICLE 21

 

Landlord’s Default

 

If Landlord shall fail to perform any term or provision under this Lease required to be performed by Landlord, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder nor subject to any claims for damages of any kind, unless such failure shall have continued for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by Tenant; provided, if the nature of Landlord’s failure is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required in order to cure, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences to cure such failure within such thirty (30) day period, and thereafter reasonably seeks to cure such failure to completion.  The aforementioned periods of time permitted for Landlord to cure shall be extended for any period of time during which Landlord is delayed in, or prevented from, curing due to fire or other casualty, strikes, lock-outs or other labor troubles, shortages of equipment or materials, governmental requirements, power shortages or outages, acts or omissions by Tenant or other Persons, and other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.  If Landlord shall fail to cure within the times permitted for cure herein, Landlord shall be subject to such remedies as may be available to Tenant (subject to the other provisions of this Lease); provided that, in recognition that Landlord must receive timely payments of Rent and operate the Property, except as otherwise expressly provided herein Tenant shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord, and shall have no right to withhold, set-off, or abate Rent.

 

ARTICLE 22

 

Conveyance by Landlord

 

In case Landlord or any successor owner of the Property shall convey or otherwise dispose of the Property, or the portion thereof in which the Premises are located, to another Person (and nothing herein shall be construed to restrict or prevent such conveyance or disposition), such other Person shall thereupon be and become “Landlord” hereunder and shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord which first arise after the date of conveyance, including the return of any security deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such other Person, and Landlord or such successor owner shall, from and after the date of conveyance, be free of all liabilities and obligations hereunder not then incurred.

 

ARTICLE 23

 

Indemnification

 

Subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in Article 9 hereof, and except to the extent arising from the intentional misconduct or negligent acts of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s agents and employees from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, judgments, orders, decrees, actions, proceedings, fines, penalties, costs and expenses, including without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees arising from or relating to any loss of life, damage or injury to person, property or business occurring in or from the Premises.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant specifically acknowledges that the indemnity undertaking herein shall apply to claims in connection with or arising out of any “Work” by Tenant, the installation, maintenance, use or removal of any “Lines” located in or serving the Premises as described in Article 25, and the transportation, use, storage, maintenance, generation, manufacturing, handling, disposal, release or discharge of any “Hazardous Material” as described in Article 26 (whether or not any of such matters shall have been theretofore

 

30



 

approved by Landlord), except to the extent that any of the same arises from the intentional misconduct or negligent acts of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees.

 

Subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in Article 9 hereof, and except to the extent arising from the intentional misconduct or negligent acts of Tenant or Tenant’s agents or employees, Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents and employees from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, judgments, orders, decrees, actions, proceedings, fines, penalties, costs and expenses, including without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees arising from or relating to any loss of life, damage or injury to person, property or business occurring in or from the Common Areas of the Property.

 

The foregoing indemnity obligations shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. The foregoing indemnity obligations shall be in addition to, and shall not be in discharge of or in substitution for, any of the insurance requirements or any other indemnity provisions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 24

 

Safety and Security Devices, Services and Programs

 

To the extent permitted by Law and provided that Landlord is given access via master key, Tenant may install an internal key card system at Tenant’s expense, subject to Landlord’s approval as provided in Article 6 or Exhibit B, as applicable.  Landlord may require that any system so installed by Tenant be compliant, compatible, and installed in a coordinated manner with Landlord’s fire and security systems so that Tenant’s employees require only one key card.  Furthermore, the main Building system must have the ability to lock or unlock the doors to the Premises in the event of an emergency or test.

 

The parties acknowledge that safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord, if any, while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts, or ensure safety of persons or property.  The risk that any safety or security device, service or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s property and interests, and Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses, as further described in Article 9.  Tenant agrees to cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

 

Landlord and Tenant recognize the risk of domestic or international threats or acts of violence, terrorism, and war which may require additional security measures in the day-to-day operation of the Property.  To promote the health, safety and welfare of the Building’s tenants, Tenant agrees to cooperate in any security measures instituted by Landlord or recommended by governmental officials in response to this risk.  Tenant shall participate in evacuation drills performed by Landlord from time to time.  Tenant consents to the search of all persons entering or leaving the Property.  Expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the development, implementation and provision of security measures shall be included in Operating Expenses.  The exercise of security measures by the Landlord and the resulting interruption of service to, or cessation or diminution of Tenant’s business, if any, shall not be deemed to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, or render Landlord liable to Tenant for any resulting damages or relieve Tenant from Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord agrees to provide, during the Term of this Lease, 24-hour, 365-days a year, manned security in the lobby of the Building (and such additional security measures as Landlord determines from time to time, to the extent such other measures are consistent with security measures taken at Comparable Buildings).

 

31



 

ARTICLE 25

 

Communications and Computer Lines

 

Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires, cables and related electronic signal transmission devices (collectively the “ Lines ”) at the Property in or serving the Premises, provided:  (a) Tenant shall (i) obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), (ii) use Landlord’s riser management contractor, and (iii) comply with all of the other provisions of Article 6; (b) any such installation, maintenance, replacement, removal or use shall comply with all Laws applicable thereto and good work practices, and shall not interfere with the use of any then existing Lines at the Property; (c) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Property, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion; (d) if Tenant at any time uses any equipment that may create an electromagnetic field exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation; (e) intentionally deleted; (f) Tenant’s rights shall be subject to the rights of any regulated telephone company; and (g) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection with Tenant’s Lines.  Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises which are installed in violation of these provisions, or which are at any time in violation of any Laws or represent a dangerous or potentially dangerous condition.

 

Landlord may (but shall not have the obligation to):  (i) install new Lines at the Property, (ii) create additional space for Lines at the Property, and (iii) reasonably direct, monitor or supervise the installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of, the allocation and periodic re-allocation of available space (if any) for, and the allocation of excess capacity (if any) on, any Lines now or hereafter installed at the Property by Landlord, Tenant or any other party (but Landlord shall have no right to monitor or control the information transmitted through such Lines).  Such rights shall not be in limitation of other rights that may be available to Landlord by Law or otherwise.  If Landlord exercises any such rights, Landlord may charge Tenant for the costs attributable to Tenant, or may include those costs and all other costs in Operating Expenses (including without limitation, costs for acquiring and installing Lines and risers to accommodate new Lines and spare Lines, any associated computerized system and software for maintaining records of Line connections, and the fees of any consulting engineers and other experts); provided, however, that any capital expenditures incurred shall not be passed through as an Operating Expense unless such capital expenditures otherwise satisfy the requirements set forth in Article 3(B)(xv).

 

Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, grant to any third party a security interest or lien in or on the Lines, and any such security interest or lien granted without Landlord’s written consent shall be null and void.  Except to the extent arising from the intentional misconduct or negligent acts of Landlord or Landlord’s agents or employees, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising from, and Landlord does not warrant that the Tenant’s use of any Lines will be free from the following (collectively called “ Line Problems ”):  (x) any eavesdropping or wire-tapping by unauthorized parties, (y) any failure of any Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements, or (z) any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of Lines by or for other tenants or occupants at the Property, by any failure of the environmental conditions or the power supply for the Property to conform to any requirements for the Lines or any associated equipment, or any other problems associated with any Lines by any other cause.  Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize and/or correct interruptions.  Under no circumstances shall any Line Problems be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, render Landlord liable to Tenant for abatement of Rent, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.

 

32



 

Landlord reserves the right to enter into a contract with a third party service provider for the exclusive provision of enhanced cellular service within the Building.  If Landlord has entered into such a contract and such contract is in effect, then Tenant may not contract with another Person for the provision of enhanced cellular service within its Premises or the Building.

 

ARTICLE 26

 

Hazardous Materials

 

Tenant shall not transport, use, store, maintain, generate, manufacture, handle, dispose, release or discharge any “Hazardous Material” (as defined below) upon or about the Property, or permit Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, and other occupants of the Premises to engage in such activities upon or about the Property.  However, the foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the transportation to and from, and use, storage, maintenance and handling within, the Premises of substances customarily used in offices  provided:  (a) such substances shall be used and maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for such permitted use of the Premises, strictly in accordance with applicable Law and the manufacturers’ instructions therefor, (b) such substances shall not be disposed of, released or discharged on the Property (except for de minimis amounts customarily used in offices (i.e., cleaning supplies)) and shall be transported to and from the Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws, and as Landlord shall reasonably require, (c) if any applicable Law or Landlord’s trash removal contractor requires that any such substances be disposed of separately from ordinary trash (except for de minimis amounts customarily used in offices (i.e., cleaning supplies)), Tenant shall make arrangements at Tenant’s expense for such disposal directly with a qualified and licensed disposal company at a lawful disposal site (subject to scheduling and approval by Landlord), and shall ensure that disposal occurs frequently enough to prevent unnecessary storage of such substances in the Premises, and (d) any remaining such substances shall be completely, properly and lawfully removed from the Property upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of:  (i) any enforcement, cleanup or other regulatory action taken or threatened by any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property, (ii) any demand or claim made or threatened by any party against Tenant or the Premises relating to any loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Material, (iii) any release, discharge or non-routine, improper or unlawful disposal or transportation of any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises, and (iv) any matter where Tenant is required by Law to give a notice to any governmental or regulatory authority respecting any Hazardous Material on the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to join and participate as a party in any legal proceedings or actions affecting the Premises initiated in connection with any environmental, health or safety Law.  At such times as Landlord may reasonably request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written list identifying any Hazardous Material (except for de minimis amounts customarily used in offices (i.e., cleaning supplies)) then used, stored, or maintained upon the Premises, the use and approximate quantity of each such material, a copy of any material safety data sheet (“ MSDS ”) issued by the manufacturer therefor, written information concerning the removal, transportation and disposal of the same, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require or as may be required by Law.  The term “ Hazardous Material ” for purposes hereof shall mean any chemical, substance, material or waste or component thereof which is now or hereafter listed, defined or regulated as a hazardous or toxic chemical, substance, material or waste or component thereof by any federal, state or local governing or regulatory body having jurisdiction, or which would trigger any employee or community “right-to-know” requirements adopted by any such body, or for which any such body has adopted any requirements for the preparation or distribution of an MSDS.

 

33


 

If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of by Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or their employees, agents or contractors, on or about the Property in violation of the foregoing provisions, Tenant shall immediately, properly and in compliance with applicable Laws clean up and remove the Hazardous Material from the Property and any other affected property and clean or replace any affected personal property (whether or not owned by Landlord), at Tenant’s expense.  Such clean up and removal work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (except in emergencies), and shall include, without limitation, any testing, investigation, and the preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental body having jurisdiction or reasonably required by Landlord.  If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Article within five (5) days after written notice by Landlord, or such shorter time as may be required by Law or in order to minimize any hazard to Persons or property, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) arrange for such compliance directly or as Tenant’s agent through contractors or other parties selected by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease or applicable Law).  If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of on or about the Property and such release, discharge or disposal is not caused by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their employees,  agents or contractors, such release, discharge or disposal shall be deemed casualty damage under Article 8 to the extent that the Premises or Common Areas of the Property serving the Premises are affected thereby; in such case, Landlord and Tenant shall have the obligations and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under Article 8.

 

Landlord represents to Tenant that, to the actual knowledge of Mr. Damian Miller,  Asset Manager for Landlord with responsibility for the Property, as of the date of this Lease there are no Hazardous Materials in the Premises in violation of applicable Laws.

 

ARTICLE 27

 

Offer

 

The submission and negotiation of this Lease shall not be deemed an offer to enter the same by Landlord,  but the solicitation of such an offer by Tenant.  No obligations shall arise hereunder until this Lease is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

ARTICLE 28

 

Notices

 

Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, every notice or other communication to be given by either party to the other with respect hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when served personally or by reputable national air courier service, or United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to Tenant, at prior to the Commencement Date, at 900 N. Michigan Avenue, Suite 1600, Chicago, IL 60611, Attn: Legal Department, and on and after the Commencement Date, at the Premises, Attn: Legal Department, and if to Landlord, c/o Piedmont Office Realty Trust, Inc., 11695 Johns Creek Pkwy., Suite 350, Johns Creek, GA  30097, Attn: Aon Center Asset Manager, and to Jones Lang LaSalle Americas (Illinois), L.P., 200 East Randolph Street, Suite 5135, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention: General Manager, or such other address or addresses as Tenant or Landlord may from time to time designate by notice given as above provided.  Every notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been given as of the third business day following the date of such mailing (or as of any earlier date evidenced by a receipt from such national air courier service or the United States Postal Service) or immediately if personally delivered.  Notices not sent in accordance with the foregoing shall be of no force or effect until received by the foregoing parties at such addresses required herein.

 

34



 

Tenant shall provide Landlord with the name(s) of individual(s) authorized to make requests of Landlord for services and to deal with Landlord’s property manager with regard to day to day operations. If Tenant fails to provide such names, Landlord may comply with written or oral requests by any officer of Tenant.  Tenant shall not authorize more than three (3) individuals for each floor on which the Premises are located.

 

ARTICLE 29

 

Real Estate Brokers

 

Neither Landlord nor Tenant has dealt with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease, other than Jones Lang LaSalle Midwest, LLC and CBRE, Inc., whose commissions shall each be paid by Landlord pursuant to their separate written agreement(s).  Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, liens and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

 

ARTICLE 30

 

Security Deposit

 

(A)                                Upon Tenant’s execution and submission of this Lease, as a condition to the effectiveness of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a Lease Bond in favor of Landlord issued by Zurich Insurance Company or other surety acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion (the “ Surety ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G and that otherwise conforms to the requirements of this Article (“ Lease Bond ”).  The Lease Bond shall serve as security for the prompt, full and faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.  In the event that Tenant is in Default hereunder and fails to cure within any applicable time permitted under this Lease, Landlord may recover from the surety for the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  Furthermore, in the event Tenant Defaults under 20(A)(v) or in the event Tenant Defaults and Landlord files suit to exercise its remedies under this Lease, then Landlord may recover from the surety the unamortized portion of all inducement amounts expended by Landlord in connection with this Lease including, without limitation, to reimburse Landlord for the Construction Allowance and broker commissions, such amortization to be on a straight line basis from the Commencement Date to the Expiration Date.  If additional funds remain after Landlord or Tenant has cured such Default(s), Landlord shall hold the remainder of such cash paid to it by the Surety for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, with the same rights as hereinabove set forth to apply or retain the same in the event of any further Default by Tenant under this Lease, subject to Tenant’s right to substitute said cash collateral with a Lease Bond or Letter of Credit, satisfying the requirements of this Article 30.  The Lease Bond shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages.  In no event shall the Lease Bond be considered an advance payment of Rent, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to use the Lease Bond for the payment of Rent.  Landlord shall transfer the Lease Bond to any purchaser of the Property.  Upon such transfer, provided that such purchaser assumes in writing this Lease, Tenant shall look solely to such purchaser for return of the Lease Bond and Landlord shall be relieved of any liability with respect to the Lease Bond.  All costs of obtaining, maintaining, replacing, renewing and/or restoring the Lease Bond shall be borne by Tenant.

 

The Lease Bond shall be: (a) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion (it being agreed that a Lease Bond in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G shall be deemed satisfactory) with the following criteria at a minimum; (b) in the stated face amount of One Million Nine Hundred

 

35



 

Fifty-Eight Thousand Sixty-Four Dollars ($1,958,064.00); (c) issued by a company with an A.M. Best rating of at least A, VI, who is acceptable to Landlord from time to time with an office in the Chicago area; (d) made in favor of, and expressly transferable and assignable one or more times at no charge by, the owner from time to time of the Property or its lender (which transfer/assignment shall be conditioned only upon the execution of a reasonable and customary assignment document), whether or not the original principal of the Lease Bond continues to be the initial tenant under this Lease by virtue of a change in name or structure, merger, assignment, transfer or otherwise; (e) of a term not less than one year, and shall on its face state that the same shall be renewed automatically, without the need for any further written notice or amendment, for successive minimum one year periods through the sixtieth (60th) day after the expiration of the Lease Term.  Tenant shall use its best efforts to renew or replace the bond annually.  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to effect any modifications, transfers or replacements of the Lease Bond requested by Landlord in order to assure that Landlord is at all times fully secured by a valid Lease Bond under which Landlord, its successors and assigns, may receive full payment.  Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant provide a letter of credit in the required amount of the Lease Bond in the event that a Lease Bond that meets the requirements of this Article is no longer in effect or in the event that Landlord is entitled but unable to receive any required payment from the Surety.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any cure or grace period provided in connection with a Default shall not apply to any requirements associated with the Lease Bond.  If any of the aforesaid requirements are not complied with timely, then an immediate Default shall occur and Landlord shall have the right to immediately receive payment from the surety in the full amount of the Lease Bond and Landlord may hold any portion of the proceeds as a cash security deposit, without payment of interest to Tenant.  In the event the Surety of the Lease Bond ever receives an A.M. Best rating of less than A-, VI, or is placed into receivership, or if a trustee, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the Surety, then, effective as of the date of such occurrence, said Lease Bond shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article and, within ten (10) business days thereof, Tenant shall replace such Lease Bond with other collateral meeting the requirements of this Article (and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, constitute a Default for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid ten (10) day period).  Any failure or refusal of the Surety to make payment to Landlord shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder.

 

The Lease Bond may be drawn upon in part or in full, periodically or at one time, upon presentation of only the Lease Bond and a written statement from an authorized representative of Landlord stating that Landlord is entitled to draw and the amount of the draw.  If Landlord shall at any time draw upon the Lease Bond in accordance with this Article, Tenant shall restore all amounts drawn by Landlord within ten (10) business days of such draw.  Tenant agrees that the Lease Bond may be presented by Landlord for payment (a) upon a Default by Tenant under this Lease, (b) if an immediate Default occurs under this Article, and/or (c) in the event that Tenant has not delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of the Lease Bond a renewed or replacement Lease Bond complying with all the requirements of this Lease.  Landlord shall draw only such amount as Landlord is entitled to draw pursuant to this Article 30.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided no material Default has occurred hereunder, then on the first day of the sixth Lease Year Tenant may reduce the required amount of the Lease Bond to Nine Hundred Seventy Nine Thousand Thirty-Two Dollars ($979,032.00), on the first day of the seventh Lease Year, Tenant may reduce the required amount of the Lease Bond to Four Hundred Eighty Nine Thousand Five Hundred Sixteen Dollars ($489,516.00), and as of the first day of the eighth Lease Year, no Lease Bond shall be required.

 

(B)                                As an alternative to a Lease Bond, Tenant may deliver to Landlord a clean, unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit that conforms to the requirements of this Article (“ Letter of

 

36



 

Credit ”).  The Letter of Credit shall serve as security for the prompt, full and faithful performance by Tenant of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.  In the event that Tenant is in Default hereunder and fails to cure within any applicable time permitted under this Lease, Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit for the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.   Furthermore, in the event Tenant Defaults under 20(A)(v) or in the event Tenant Defaults and Landlord files suit to exercise its remedies under this Lease, then Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit for the unamortized portion of all inducement amounts expended by Landlord in connection with this Lease including, without limitation, to reimburse Landlord for the Construction Allowance and broker commissions, such amortization to be on a straight line basis from the Commencement Date to the Expiration Date.  If additional cash funds remain after Landlord or Tenant has cured such Default(s), Landlord shall hold the remainder of such cash drawn from the Letter of Credit for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, with the same rights as hereinabove set forth to apply or retain the same in the event of any further Default by Tenant under this Lease, subject to Tenant’s right to substitute said cash collateral with a Lease Bond or Letter of Credit, satisfying the requirements of this Article 30.  The Letter of Credit shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages.  In no event shall the Letter of Credit be considered an advance payment of Rent, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to use the Letter of Credit for the payment of Rent.  Landlord shall transfer the Letter of Credit to any purchaser of the Property.  Upon such transfer, provided that such purchaser assumes in writing this Lease, Tenant shall look solely to such purchaser for return of the Letter of Credit and Landlord shall be relieved of any liability with respect to the Letter of Credit.  All costs of obtaining, maintaining, replacing, renewing, transferring, and/or restoring the Letter of Credit shall be borne by Tenant.  In the event that Tenant is in Default hereunder and fails to cure within any applicable time permitted under this Lease, or in the event that Tenant owes any amounts to Landlord upon the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may use or apply the whole or any part of the Letter of Credit proceeds for the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

 

The Letter of Credit shall be: (a) in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion (with the following criteria at a minimum); (b) at all times in the stated face amount of $1,958,064.00 subject to reductions as set forth below, and shall on its face state that multiple and partial draws are permitted and either (i) that partial draws will not cause a corresponding reduction in the stated face amount of the Letter of Credit or (ii) that, within five (5) business days after any such partial draw, the issuer will notify Landlord in writing that the Letter of Credit will not be reinstated to its full amount in which event Landlord shall have the right to immediately draw on the remainder of the Letter of Credit (it being understood that the Letter of Credit shall at all times be not less than the total Letter of Credit amount as so required); (c) issued by a commercial bank acceptable to Landlord from time to time with a banking office in the City of Chicago, for the account of Tenant and its permitted successors and assigns under this Lease; (d) made payable to, and expressly transferable and assignable one or more times at no charge by, the owner from time to time of the Building or its lender (which transfer/assignment shall be conditioned only upon the execution of a reasonable and customary written document in connection therewith), whether or not the original account party of the Letter of Credit continues to be the Tenant under this Lease by virtue of a change in name or structure, merger, assignment, transfer or otherwise; (e) payable at sight upon presentment to a Chicago, Illinois branch of the issuer of the original Letter of Credit of a simple sight draft stating only that Landlord is permitted to draw on the Letter of Credit under the terms of the Lease and setting forth the amount that Landlord is drawing; (f) of a term not less than one year, and shall on its face state that the same shall be renewed automatically, without the need for any further written notice or amendment, for successive minimum one year periods, unless the issuer notifies Landlord in writing, at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration date thereof, that such issuer has elected not to renew the Letter of Credit (which will thereafter entitle Landlord to draw on the Letter of Credit); and (g) at least thirty (30) days prior to the then current expiration date of such Letter of Credit, either (1) renewed (or automatically and unconditionally extended) from time to time through the sixtieth

 

37



 

(60th) day after the expiration of the Lease Term, or (2) replaced by Tenant with another Letter of Credit meeting the requirements of this Article. If Landlord shall ever draw upon the Letter of Credit, and if this Lease has not terminated, Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord an endorsement of the issuer of the Letter of Credit reinstating the credit for the portion thereof used by Landlord, or an additional Letter of Credit conforming to the requirements of this section, in an amount equal to the reduced portion of the original Letter of Credit used by Landlord.  Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to effect any modifications, transfers or replacements of the Letter of Credit requested by Landlord in order to assure that Landlord is at all times fully secured by a valid Letter of Credit that may be drawn upon by Landlord, its successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any cure or grace period provided in connection with a Default shall not apply to any of the foregoing requirements of the Letter of Credit and, specifically, if any of the aforesaid requirements are not complied with timely, then an immediate Default shall occur and Landlord shall have the right to immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit without notice to Tenant.  Each Letter of Credit shall be issued by a commercial bank that has a long term credit rating at least A- (or equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”), or at least A3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), and shall be otherwise acceptable to Landlord in its reasonable discretion.  If the issuer’s credit long term rating is reduced below A- (or equivalent) by S&P or below A3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s, or if the financial condition of such issuer changes in any other materially adverse way, then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute Letter of Credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute Letter of Credit within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall entitle Landlord to immediately draw upon the then existing Letter of Credit in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant.  In the event the issuer of any Letter of Credit held by Landlord is insolvent or is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor or similar entity, or if a trustee, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the issuer, then, effective as of the date of such occurrence, said Letter of Credit shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article and, within ten (10) business days thereof, Tenant shall replace such Letter of Credit with other collateral acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (and Tenant’s failure to do so shall, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, constitute a Default for which there shall be no notice or grace or cure periods being applicable thereto other than the aforesaid ten (10) business day period).  Any failure or refusal of the issuer to honor the Letter of Credit shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and, provided that no material Default has occurred hereunder, then on the first day of the sixth Lease Year Tenant may reduce the required amount of the Letter of Credit to Nine Hundred Seventy Nine Thousand Thirty-Two Dollars ($979,032.00), on the first day of the seventh Lease Year, Tenant may reduce the required amount of the Letter of Credit to Four Hundred Eighty Nine Thousand Five Hundred Sixteen Dollars ($489,516.00), and as of the first day of the eighth Lease Year, no Letter of Credit shall be required.

 

ARTICLE 31

 

Exculpatory Provisions

 

It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, that each and all of the representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings, and agreements herein made on the part of Landlord while in form purporting to be the representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings, and agreements of Landlord are nevertheless each and every one of them made and intended, not as personal representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings, and

 

38



 

agreements by Landlord or for the purpose or with the intention of binding Landlord personally, but are made and intended for the purpose only of subjecting Landlord’s interest in the Property to the terms of the Lease.  The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration, or any other matter relating to the Property or the Premises, shall be limited to the interest of Landlord in the Property and the undistributed rents, issues, profits and proceeds thereof.  Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Property and the undistributed rents, issues, profits and proceeds thereof for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any such judgment or deficiency after execution thereon.  The limitations of liability contained in this provision shall apply equally and inure to the benefit of Landlord’s present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, members, managers, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, members, shareholders, legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future shareholder, officer or director of Landlord (if Landlord is a corporation), general or limited partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), manager or member of Landlord (if Landlord is a limited liability company), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust) have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease.

 

ARTICLE 32

 

Mortgagee’s Consent

 

Intentionally deleted.

 

ARTICLE 33

 

Miscellaneous

 

(A)                                Binding Upon Parties.  Each of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, guardians, custodians, successors and assigns, subject to the provisions of Article 18 respecting Transfers; and all references herein to Landlord and Tenant shall be deemed to include all such parties.  The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean only the owner or owners of the Property at the time in question.

 

(B)                                No Recording.  Landlord and Tenant agree that in no event and under no circumstances shall this Lease be recorded.  A short-form memorandum may be recorded at Landlord’s sole election.  If a memorandum is recorded, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, deliver to Landlord a fully executed quitclaim and release agreement in recordable form wherein Tenant terminates the memorandum.

 

(C)                                Governing Law.  This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Illinois.

 

(D)                                Survival.  All obligations or rights of either party arising during or attributable to the period prior to and ending upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

 

(E)                                 Quiet Enjoyment.  Landlord agrees that, if Tenant timely pays the Rent and performs the terms, covenants and conditions hereunder, and subject to all other terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term, free of lawful claims by any Person acting by or through Landlord.

 

39



 

(F)                                  Light and Air.  This Lease does not grant any legal rights to “light and air” outside the Premises nor any particular view or cityscape visible from the Premises.

 

(G)                                Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions; provided, however, that whenever under the terms and provisions of this Lease the time for performance falls upon a Saturday, Sunday or a Holiday, such time for performance shall be extended to the next business day.

 

(H)                               Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Lease shall not affect or impair any other provisions.

 

(I)                                    Joint and Several .  If Tenant is comprised of more than one party, each such party shall be jointly and severally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

(J)                                    Force Majeure .  Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, neither party  shall be chargeable with, or liable to the other for, anything or in any amount for any failure to perform or delay caused by any of the following (“ Force Majeure Delays ”):   fire; earthquake; explosion; flood; hurricane; the elements; act of God or the public enemy; actions, restrictions, limitations or interference of governmental authorities or agents; enforcement of  Laws; war, terrorist act or acts, invasion; insurrection; rebellion; riots; strikes or lockouts; inability to perform, control or prevent which is beyond the reasonable control of that party; and any such failure or delay due to said causes or any of them shall not be deemed a breach of or default in the performance of this Lease by that Party; provided, however, lack of funds shall not be deemed a Force Majeure Delay nor may Force Majeure be used to excuse payment of Rent when due.

 

(K)                               Pronouns.  Any pronoun used in place of a noun shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, assigns, according to the context hereof.

 

(L)                                 Captions and Severability.   The captions of the Articles, Sections and Paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience only and shall in no way modify any provision of this Lease.  If any term or provision of this Lease shall be found invalid, void, illegal, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect, impair or invalidate any other term or provision hereof.

 

(M)                             Definitions.   “ Law ” shall mean all federal, state, county and local governmental and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, decrees, and orders, as well as applicable decisions by courts in the State of Illinois and by federal courts applying Illinois law.  “ Person ” shall mean an individual, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, corporation, and any other entity.

 

(N)                                Prohibited Party Transactions .

 

(i)                                      Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that (1) Tenant is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National,” “Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and (2) Tenant is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation.   Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) arising or related to any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.

 

40



 

(ii)                                   Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that (1) Landlord is not acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, group, entity, or nation named by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National,” “Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation, or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule, or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; and (2) Landlord is not engaged in this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating this transaction, directly or indirectly on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation.   Landlord agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities, and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) arising or related to any breach of the foregoing representation and warranty.

 

(O)                                Financial Statements .  Within 15 days after Landlord’s request, Tenant will furnish Tenant’s most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant’s internally prepared financial statements.  If Tenant is a publicly traded corporation, whose annual financial statements (10K) are available on www.sec.gov, then Tenant shall not be obligated to furnish such financial statements to Landlord.  Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements that Tenant designates to Landlord as confidential except i) to Landlord’s Holder or prospective mortgagees or purchasers of the Building, ii) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, and iii) if required by law (including securities laws) or court order.  Tenant shall not be required to deliver the financial statements required under this subsection  more than once in any 12-month period unless requested by Landlord’s Holder or a prospective buyer or lender of the Building or a Tenant defaults under this Lease and fails to timely cure.

 

(P)                                  Signage .  Tenant may display Tenant’s name, standard logo and graphics at the entrance to its suite and throughout the Premises and in elevator lobbies on floors where Tenant occupies the entire floor.  On multi-tenant floors, Tenant’s signage located in common corridors must conform to Building standards.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may display Tenant’s standard logo and graphics from within the Premises, even if visible from the common corridor or elevator lobby, on multi-tenant floors.  For quality control purposes, all of Tenant’s signage must be installed, maintained and removed by a contractor reasonably approved in writing by Landlord and all such signage (on multi-tenant floors only) is subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed provided it complies with Building standard.  Subject to the application of the Construction Allowance, all costs of fabrication, installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of Tenant’s signage shall be borne by Tenant, except for Building standard signage on multi-tenant floors which costs shall be borne by Landlord.  Tenant shall be required to remove all of its signage at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to repair any damage caused thereby, and to restore the materials surrounding Tenant’s signage to a uniform appearance.

 

(Q)                                Parking .  Landlord shall provide Tenant, for the use of Tenant’s employees, up to one (1) non-reserved monthly parking pass for every five thousand (5,000) rentable square feet in the Premises at the Building’s standard monthly parking rate.  Each monthly parking pass user will need to execute, and comply with the requirements of, the Building’s standard separate parking license agreement and the Building’s garage rules and regulations.

 

41



 

ARTICLE 34

 

Entire Agreement

 

This Lease, together with Rider One and the Exhibits attached hereto (each of which is hereby incorporated into this Lease), contains all the terms, covenants and conditions between Landlord and Tenant relative to the matters set forth herein and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to the same shall be of any force or effect.  Without limitation, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s leasing agents and field personnel are only authorized to show the Premises and negotiate terms, covenants and conditions for leases subject to Landlord’s final approval, and are not authorized to bind Landlord to any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations with respect  to the condition of the Premises or the Property, the suitability of the same for Tenant’s business, or any other matter, and no agreement, representation, understanding or obligation not expressly contained herein shall be of any effect.  Neither this Lease, nor any Rider or Exhibit referred to above may be modified, except in writing signed by both parties.

 

ARTICLE 35

 

Temporary Space

 

Provided this Lease is in effect and Tenant is not in default beyond expiration of any applicable cure period, Tenant shall have the option to lease from Landlord those certain premises (the “ Temporary Space ”) consisting of approximately 6,412  rentable square feet of office space on the thirty-fourth (34 th ) floor of the Building, as shown on Exhibit H attached hereto.  All of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall apply to Tenant’s lease of the Temporary Space except as follows:

 

(i)                                      Tenant may exercise Tenant’s option to lease the Temporary Space at any time between the date hereof and December 20, 2012.  However, if Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that a third party is interested in leasing the Temporary Space, then Tenant must exercise Tenant’s option to lease the Temporary Space within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice.  In the absence of Tenant’s written exercise within such five (5) day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived Tenant’s option to lease the Temporary Space and Landlord may lease such space free and clear of Tenant’s option.

 

(ii)                                   The lease term for the Temporary Space (the “ Temporary Space Term ”) shall commence on January 1, 2013 (the “ Temporary Space Commencement Date ”) and shall expire on the date (the “ Temporary Space Termination Date ”) which is the earlier to occur (a) the day immediately after the Commencement Date of the Term of this Lease for the Premises, or (b) the termination of this Lease.  Tenant shall have no option or right to renew or extend the Temporary Space Term beyond the Temporary Space Termination Date.

 

(iii)                                Landlord shall deliver possession of the Temporary Space to Tenant on the Temporary Space Commencement Date.

 

(iv)                               In lieu of paying Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Temporary Space, Tenant shall pay gross rent for the Temporary Space monthly in advance in the amount of Four Thousand Four Hundred Eighty Nine and 00/100 Dollars ($4,489.00), prorated for any partial month.

 

(v)                                  Tenant shall accept the Temporary Space in an “as-is” condition, without any representation, allowance, demolition or build-out from Landlord with respect to the condition or

 

42



 

improvement thereof.  No allowance, abatement, or other inducement shall be payable with respect to the Temporary Space.

 

(vi)                               Tenant may not make any alterations or improvements in the Temporary Space (except with Landlord’s prior written approval and Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to remove and restore any alterations performed by or on behalf of Tenant).  Tenant shall surrender and vacate the Temporary Space and deliver possession thereof to Landlord on or before the Temporary Space Termination Date in the same condition it was in upon delivery of the Temporary Space to Tenant, normal wear and tear excepted.

 

(vii)                            Tenant shall pay all costs of moving and installing and removing Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, furnishings, equipment, telephone and computers (and associated voice/data cabling) and other property (“ Tenant’s Property ”) into the Temporary Space and from the Temporary Space into the Premises.

 

(viii)                         Upon thirty (30) days’ notice, Landlord reserves the right to relocate the Temporary Space and require Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to relocate to a different suite in the Building, which shall thereafter be the “Temporary Space” hereunder.  After such relocation, Landlord and Tenant, within thirty (30) days after the written request of either Landlord or Tenant, shall execute a written amendment to this Lease confirming the relocation of the Temporary Space.  Section 19(E) of the Lease shall not be applicable to relocation of the Temporary Space.

 

(ix)                               Tenant may not sublet the Temporary Space.  Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of utilities for the Temporary Space, all overtime HVAC charges for the Temporary Space, and other work orders requested by Tenant of Landlord for the Temporary Space.

 

(x)                                  Tenant shall be considered a holdover Tenant subject to Article 12 of the Lease in the event that Tenant fails timely to vacate the Temporary Space.

 

ARTICLE 36

 

Right of First Offer

 

Subject to renewal or expansion options of other tenants in existence on the date of this Lease listed on Exhibit I attached hereto, and provided no Default then exists, Landlord shall, prior to offering the same to any party (other than the then-current tenant therein), first offer to lease to Tenant any leasable space on the 76 th  floor of the Building adjacent to the Premises (the “ Offer Space ”); such offer shall be in writing and specify the lease terms (including tenant concessions such as rental abatements and tenant improvement and other allowances, if any) for the applicable portion of the Offer Space available for leasing (the “ Eligible Offer Space ”), including the rent to be paid for the Eligible Offer Space and the date on which the Eligible Offer Space shall be included in the Premises (the “ Offer Notice ”).    Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the entire Eligible Offer Space on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice, within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Offer Notice.  If Tenant timely elects to lease the Eligible Offer Space, then Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease, effective as of the date the Eligible Offer Space is to be included in the Premises, on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice and, to the extent not inconsistent with the Offer Notice terms, the terms of this Lease; however, Tenant shall accept the Eligible Offer Space in an “AS-IS” condition and Landlord shall not provide to Tenant any concessions (e.g., rental abatements, moving allowance, construction allowance, and the like) or other tenant inducements except as specifically provided in the Offer Notice, and further provided that if an Offer Notice is given during the first five (5)

 

43


 

years of the Term then the term of Tenant’s lease of the Eligible Offer Space shall end contemporaneously with the expiration of the Term set forth in this Lease (as it may be renewed or extended, unless sooner terminated as provided in this Lease) and Landlord shall prorate or extrapolate, as the case may be, all such tenant concessions to account for a lease to expire co-terminus with the Term hereof.

 

If Tenant fails or is unable to timely exercise its right hereunder, then such right shall lapse, time being of the essence with respect to the exercise thereof, and Landlord may lease the Eligible Offer Space to third parties on such terms as Landlord may elect (subject to the remainder of this paragraph), provided, however, that (i) Tenant shall continue to have a right of first offer to lease the balance of the Offer Space (if any), and (ii) Landlord must re-offer the Eligible Offer Space to Tenant (A) if Landlord does not lease the Eligible Offer Space within twelve (12) months from Tenant’s receipt of the Offer Notice, (B) if the rental rates Landlord is willing to lease the Eligible Offer Space to a third party are 5% or more lower on a net effective basis (taking into account tenant concessions such as rental abatements and tenant improvement and other allowances) than the rental rates set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice to Tenant (provided that Landlord shall prorate or extrapolate, as the case may be, all such economic terms in the event that the term of the proposed lease of the Eligible Offer Space to Tenant differs from the term of the proposed third party lease), and (C) upon the expiration or termination of the lease of the Eligible Offer Space to the third party and the third party elects not to continue to lease the Eligible Offer Space.  If the term of the third party lease is different than the remaining Term of this Lease, Landlord shall make appropriate adjustments in making such 5% determination.  Tenant may not exercise its right of first offer if a Default exists or if Tenant is not then occupying the entire Premises.  For purposes hereof, if an Offer Notice is delivered for less than all of the Offer Space but such notice provides for an expansion, right of first refusal, or other preferential right to lease some of the remaining portion of the Offer Space, then such remaining portion of the Offer Space shall thereafter be excluded from the provisions of Tenant’s right of first offer in the event of exercise of such preferential right.  In no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay a commission with respect to any space leased by Tenant under this Article other than to Tenant’s designated broker who is actively involved in negotiations on Tenant’s behalf at the time and Tenant and Landlord shall each indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other liability for commissions or other compensation claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through, or under the indemnifying party.

 

Tenant’s right of first offer rights shall terminate if (a) the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, (b) Tenant assigns any of its interest in the Lease or sublets any portion of the Premises other than (i) an assignment or sublease to a Permitted Transferee, or (ii) a sublease of twenty percent (20%) or less of the Premises, or (c) less than one (1) full calendar year remains in the term of this Lease, unless Tenant exercises an available renewal option.

 

44



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

PIEDMONT — CHICAGO CENTER OWNER, LLC ,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

By: Piedmont — Chicago Center, Chicago, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

By:  Piedmont Operating Partnership, LP,

a Delaware limited partnership, its sole member

 

By:  Piedmont Office Realty Trust, Inc.,

a Maryland Corporation, its sole General Partner

 

 

By:

/s/ JOSEPH H. PANGBURN

 

 

 

Name:

Joseph H. Pangburn

 

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION ,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

 

 

Name:

James A. Wilhelm

 

 

Title:

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

45



 

RIDER ONE

 

RULES

 

As stated in Article 4 of the Lease, in the event of a conflict between the Rules and the Lease, the terms of the Lease shall govern.

 

(1)                                  On Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, and on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. the following day, or such other hours as Landlord shall reasonably determine from time to time, access to the Property or to the passageways, entrances, exits, shipping areas, halls, corridors, elevators or stairways and other areas in the Property may be restricted and access gained by use of a key to the outside doors of the Property, or pursuant to such security procedures Landlord may from time to time impose.  All such areas, and all roofs, are not for use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Property and its tenants provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant deals in the normal course of Tenant’s business unless such persons are engaged in activities which are illegal or violate these Rules.  Tenant and no employee or invitee of Tenant shall enter into areas reserved for the exclusive use of Landlord, its employees or invitees.  Tenant shall keep doors to corridors and lobbies closed except when persons are entering or leaving.

 

(2)                                  Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, maintain or affix any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside or inside of the Property, or on any part of the inside of the Premises which can be seen from the outside of the Premises, without the prior consent of Landlord, and then only such name or names or matter and in such color, size, style, character and material as may be first approved by Landlord in writing.  Landlord shall prescribe the suite number and identification sign for the Premises (which shall be prepared and installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense).  Landlord reserves the right to remove at Tenant’s expense all matter not so installed or approved without notice to Tenant.

 

(3)                                  Tenant shall not in any manner use the name of the Property for any purpose other than that of the business address of the Tenant, or use any picture or likeness of the Property, in any letterheads, envelopes, circulars, notices, advertisements, containers or wrapping material without Landlord’s express consent in writing.

 

(4)                                  Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed in the Premises near the glass of any door, partition, wall or window which may be unsightly from outside the Premises, and Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any article of any kind on any window ledge or on exterior walls.  Blinds, shades, awnings or other forms of inside or outside window ventilators or similar devices, shall not be placed in or about the outside windows in the Premises except to the extent, if any, that the character, shape, color, material and make thereof is first approved by the Landlord.

 

(5)                                  Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Property only at reasonable times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at the Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk.  Landlord may impose reasonable charges for use of freight elevators after or before normal Business Hours.  All damage done to the Property by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.  Landlord may inspect items brought into the Property or Premises with respect to weight or dangerous nature.  Landlord may require that all furniture, equipment, cartons and similar articles removed from the Premises or the Property be listed and a removal permit therefor first be obtained from Landlord.  Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of other entrances or elevators of the Property, any item

 

R1-1



 

normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators.  Tenant shall not allow anything to remain in or obstruct in any way, any lobby, corridor, sidewalk, passageway, entrance, exit, hall, stairway, shipping area, or other such area.  Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all such items and waste (other than waste customarily removed by Property employees) that are at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal.  Any hand-carts used at the Property shall have rubber wheels.

 

(6)                                  Tenant shall not overload any floor or part thereof in the Premises, or the Property, including any public corridors or elevators therein bringing in or removing any large or heavy articles, and Landlord may direct and control the location of safes and all other heavy articles and require supplementary supports at Tenant’s expense of such material and dimensions as Landlord may deem necessary to properly distribute the weight.

 

(7)                                  Tenant shall not attach or permit to be attached additional locks or similar devices to any door or window, change existing locks or the mechanism thereof, or make or permit to be made any keys for any door other than those provided by Landlord.  If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant.  Tenant, upon termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to the Landlord all keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which have been furnished Tenant or which the Tenant shall have had made, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished shall pay Landlord therefor.

 

(8)                                  If Tenant desires signal, communication, alarm or other utility or similar service connections installed or changed, Tenant shall not install or change the same without the prior approval of Landlord, and then only under Landlord’s direction at Tenant’s expense.  Tenant shall not install in the Premises any equipment which requires more electric current than Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, without Landlord’s prior approval, and Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of load or demand for or use of electrical current which can safely be permitted in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of electric wiring in the Property and the Premises and the needs of tenants of the Property, and shall not in any event connect a greater load than such safe capacity, but in no event less than the electric capacity Landlord is required to provide under the Lease.

 

(9)                                  Except for Tenant’s right to install vending machines in the Premises for use by Tenant’s employees, agents and guests, Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the Premises ice, drinking water, towel, janitor and other similar services, except from Persons approved by the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Any Person engaged by Tenant to provide janitor or other services shall be subject to direction by the manager or security personnel of the Property.

 

(10)                           The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other such apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this Rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees shall have caused it.

 

(11)                           The janitorial closets, utility closets, telephone closets, broom closets, electrical closets, storage closets, and other such closets, rooms and areas shall be used only for the purposes and in the manner designated by Landlord, and may not be used by tenants, or their contractors, agents, employees, or other parties without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

(12)                           Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Property any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules.  Tenant shall not at any time manufacture, sell, use or give

 

R1-2



 

away, any spirituous, fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic liquors on the Premises, nor permit any of the same to occur (except in connection with occasional social or business events conducted in the Premises which do not violate any Laws nor bother or annoy any other tenants).  Tenant shall not at any time sell, purchase or give away, food in any form by or to any of Tenant’s agents or employees or any other parties on the Premises, nor permit any of the same to occur (other than in lunch rooms or kitchens for employees as may be permitted or installed by Landlord or in connection with occasional social or business events conducted in the Premises), which does not violate any Laws or bother or annoy any other tenant).

 

(13)                           Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business or information or to distribute any article or material to or from other tenants or occupants of the Property and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any products or services in or from the Premises unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant’s use of the Premises specified in the Lease.

 

(14)                           Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, heat or air conditioning or other utilities or services, and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective and energy efficient operation of the Property and shall not allow the adjustment (except by Landlord’s authorized Property personnel) of any controls.  Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed and shall not open any windows, except that if the air circulation shall not be in operation, windows which are openable may be opened with Landlord’s consent.  As a condition to claiming any deficiency in the air-conditioning or ventilation services provided by Landlord, Tenant shall close any blinds or drapes in the Premises to prevent or minimize direct sunlight.

 

(15)                           Tenant shall conduct no auction, fire or “going out of business sale” or bankruptcy sale in or from the Premises, and such prohibition shall apply to Tenant’s creditors.

 

(16)                           Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of “fire wardens” developed by Landlord for the Property, or required by Law.  Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises (except heat to the extent necessary to prevent the freezing or bursting of pipes).

 

(17)                           Tenant will comply with all municipal, county, state, federal or other government laws, statutes, codes, regulations and other requirements, including without limitation, environmental, health, safety and police requirements and regulations respecting the Premises, now or hereinafter in force, at its sole cost, and will not use the Premises for any immoral purposes.

 

(18)                           Tenant shall not (i) carry on any business, activity or service except those ordinarily embraced within the permitted use of the Premises specified in the Lease and more particularly, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not (ii) install or operate any internal combustion engine, boiler, machinery, refrigerating, heating or air conditioning equipment in or about the Premises, (iii) use the Premises for housing, lodging or sleeping purposes or for the washing of clothes, (iv) place any radio or television antennae other than inside of the Premises, (v) operate or permit to be operated any musical or sound producing instrument or device which may be heard outside the Premises, (vi) use any source of power other than electricity, (vii) operate any electrical or other device from which may emanate electrical or other waves which may interfere with or impair radio, television, microwave, or other broadcasting or reception from or in the Property or elsewhere, (viii) bring or permit any bicycle or other vehicle, or dog (except in the company of a blind person or except where specifically permitted) or other animal or bird in the Property, (ix) make or permit objectionable noise or odor to emanate from the Premises, (x) do anything in or about the Premises tending to create or maintain a nuisance or do any act tending to injure the reputation of the Property, (xi) throw or permit to be thrown or dropped any article from any window or other opening in the Property, (xii) use or permit upon the Premises anything that

 

R1-3



 

will invalidate or increase the rate of insurance on any policies of insurance now or hereafter carried on the Property or violate the certificates of occupancy issued for the premises or the Property, (xiii) use the Premises for any purpose, or permit upon the Premises anything, that may be dangerous to persons or property (including but not limited to flammable oils, fluids, paints, chemicals, firearms or any explosive articles or materials) nor (xiv) do or permit anything to be done upon the Premises in any way tending to disturb any other tenant at the Property or the occupants of neighboring property.

 

(19)                           The following Rules shall apply to the Building’s parking facilities:

 

(i)                                      Parking shall be available in areas designated generally for tenant parking, for such daily or monthly charges as Landlord may establish from time to time.  In all cases, parking for Tenant and its employees and visitors shall be on a “first come, first served,” unassigned basis, with Landlord and other tenants at the Property, and their employees and visitors, and other Persons to whom Landlord shall grant the right or who shall otherwise have the right to use the same, all subject to these Rules, as the same may be amended or supplemented, and applied on a non-discriminatory basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right to assign specific spaces, and to reserve spaces for visitors, small cars, handicapped individuals, and other tenants, visitors of tenants or other Persons, and Tenant and its employees and visitors shall not park in any such assigned or reserved spaces.  Landlord may restrict or prohibit full size vans and other large vehicles.

 

(ii)                                   In case of any violation of these provisions, Landlord may refuse to permit the violator to park, and may remove the vehicle owned or driven by the violator from the Property without liability whatsoever, at such violator’s risk and expense.  Landlord reserves the right to close all or a portion of the parking areas or facilities in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the same, or if required by casualty, strike, condemnation, act of God, Law or governmental requirement, or any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.  In the event access is denied for any reason, any monthly parking charges shall be abated to the extent access is denied, as Tenant’s sole recourse.  Tenant acknowledges that such parking areas or facilities may be operated by an independent contractor not affiliated with Landlord, and Tenant acknowledges that in such event, Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such independent contractor, if such contractor is reputable.

 

(iii)                                Hours shall be 8 A.M. to 6 P.M., Monday through Friday, and 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on Saturdays, or such other hours as may be reasonably established by Landlord or its parking operator from time to time; cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines, and only small cars may be parked in areas reserved for small cars; all directional signs and arrows must be observed; the speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour;  spaces reserved for handicapped parking must be used only by vehicles properly designated; every parker is required to park and lock his own car; washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicle is prohibited; parking spaces may be used only for parking automobiles; parking is prohibited in areas:  (a) not striped or designated for parking, (b) aisles, (c) where “no parking” signs are posted, (d) on ramps, and (e) loading areas and other specially designated areas.  Delivery trucks and vehicles shall use only those areas designated therefor.

 

(20)                           Tenant shall not use any draperies or other window coverings instead of or in addition to the Building standard window coverings designated and approved by Landlord for exclusive use throughout the Property.

 

R1-4



 

(21)                           Landlord may require that all persons who enter or leave the Property identify themselves to watchmen, by registration or otherwise.  Landlord, however, shall have no responsibility or liability for any theft, robbery or other crime in the Property.  Tenant shall assume full responsibility for protecting the Premises, including keeping all doors to the Premises locked after the close of business.

 

(22)                           Tenant shall not use the freight or passenger elevators, loading docks or receiving areas of the Property except in accordance with reasonable regulations for their use established by Landlord, of which Tenant has received prior written notice.

 

(23)                           In no event shall Tenant allow its employees to use the public areas of the Property as smoking areas.  Washrooms are considered to be public areas.

 

R1-5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FLOOR PLANS OF PREMISES

 

(see attached)

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

TENANT FINISH-WORK: ALLOWANCE
(Tenant Performs the Work)

 

1.                                       Acceptance of Premises .  Except as set forth in this Exhibit, Tenant accepts the Premises in their “AS-IS” condition on the date that this Lease is entered into.  At Landlord’s expense, Landlord shall modify the common corridor on the 54 th  floor as appropriate in Landlord’s judgment.

 

2.                                       Working Drawings .

 

(a)          Preparation and Delivery .  Tenant shall provide to Landlord for its approval final architectural and MEP working drawings of all improvements that Tenant proposes to install in the Premises; such working drawings shall include the partition layout, ceiling plan, electrical outlets and switches, telephone outlets, drawings for any modifications to the mechanical and plumbing systems of the Building, and detailed plans and specifications for the construction of the improvements called for under this Exhibit in accordance with all applicable Laws.  Landlord hereby approves Horn Design Associates, Inc., as Tenant’s architect for the Work (such party, or any substitute architect designated by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord being referred to herein as the “ Architect ”.  Landlord hereby approves Environmental Systems Design, Inc. as Tenant’s engineer for the Work.  Any other engineer engaged by Tenant in connection with the Work shall be acceptable to Landlord in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.  In addition, Tenant shall provide Tenant’s proposed life safety plan for the Premises, which shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord and the Building’s life safety vendor, currently Siemens.  Tenant’s life safety plan must be consistent and compatible with the Building’s systems.  The scope of work must include Tenant, at its cost and expense (provided the Construction Allowance may be used to pay such costs), renovating the restrooms on the 77 th  floor of the Building to the updated Building standard, including constructing a unisex ADA compliant restroom.  The scope of work must include Tenant, at its cost and expense (provided the Construction Allowance may be used to pay such costs) removing all existing cabling from the Premises.  The restrooms on the 30 th  floor of the Building are indicative of the updated Building standard.

 

(b)          Approval Process .  Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it approves of the submitted working drawings within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s submission thereof. Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s working drawings shall be deemed approved by Landlord if there is no response from Landlord within ten (10) business days from Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s working drawings. If Landlord disapproves of such working drawings, then Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval, in which case Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after such notice, revise such working drawings in accordance with Landlord’s objections and submit the revised working drawings to Landlord for its review and approval.  Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing whether it approves of the resubmitted working drawings within five (5) business days after its receipt thereof.  This process shall be repeated until the working drawings have been finally approved by Tenant and Landlord.  Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing at the time of Landlord’s approval whether or not Tenant will be required to remove such alterations at the end of the Term of the Lease.

 

3.                                       Landlord’s Approval; Performance of Work .  If any of Tenant’s proposed construction work will affect the Building’s structure or the Building’s Systems and Equipment, then the working drawings pertaining thereto must be approved by the Building’s engineer of record, at the same

 

B-1



 

time and in the same manner as Landlord’s approval process set forth in Paragraph 2(b) above.  Landlord’s approval of such working drawings shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that (a) they comply with all Laws, (b) the improvements depicted thereon do not materially adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) the Building’s structure or the Building’s Systems and Equipment, the exterior appearance of the Building, or the appearance of the Common Areas, (c) such working drawings are sufficiently detailed to allow construction of the improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, and (d) the improvements depicted thereon conform to the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord for the construction of tenant improvements.  As used herein, “ Working Drawings ” shall mean the final working drawings approved by Landlord, as amended from time to time by any approved changes thereto, and “ Work ” shall mean all improvements to be constructed in accordance with and as indicated on the Working Drawings, together with any work required by governmental authorities to be made to other areas of the Building as a result of the improvements indicated by the Working Drawings.  Landlord’s approval of the Working Drawings shall not be a representation or warranty of Landlord that such drawings are adequate for any use or comply with any Law, but shall merely be the consent of Landlord thereto.  Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, sign the Working Drawings to evidence its review and approval thereof.  After the Working Drawings have been approved and Tenant has obtained all necessary permits, Tenant shall cause the Work to be performed in accordance with the Working Drawings and applicable Laws.  Tenant may not commence construction of the Work until necessary permits have been obtained.  Landlord agrees to assist Tenant in reasonable respects, at no cost to Landlord, in obtaining any required license or building permits.

 

4.                                       Contractors; Performance of Work .  The Work shall be performed only by licensed contractors and subcontractors selected by Tenant and approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld provided such contractors are union.  Without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord hereby preapproves those contractors and subcontractors listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto for the performance of the Work or portions thereof.  All contractors and subcontractors shall be required to procure and maintain insurance against such risks, in such amounts, and with companies with such ratings as Landlord may reasonably require.  Certificates of such insurance, with paid receipts therefor, must be received by Landlord before the Work is commenced.  The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner free of defects, shall conform strictly with the Working Drawings, and shall be performed in such a manner and at such times as and not to interfere with or delay Landlord’s other contractors, the operation of the Building, and the occupancy thereof by other tenants.  All contractors and subcontractors shall contact Landlord and schedule time periods during which they may use Building facilities in connection with the Work (e.g., elevators, excess electricity, etc.).  All contractors shall be required to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations for construction in the Building of which Tenant has received prior written notice and Landlord may require that, prior to performing any work in the Building, each contractor execute a copy of Landlord’s rules to evidence such contractor’s agreement to so comply.  All work on the Building’s fire/life safety system must be performed by Landlord’s designated contractor (as of the date hereof, Siemens).

 

5.                                       Construction Contracts .

 

(a)          Tenant’s General Contractor .  Tenant shall enter into a construction contract with a general contractor selected by Tenant that shall comply with the provisions of this Section 5 and provide for, among other things, (i) a one-year warranty for all defective Work; (ii) a requirement that Tenant’s Contractor maintain insurance in accordance with Landlord’s insurance requirements; (iii) a requirement that the contractor perform the Work in substantial accordance with the Working Drawings and in a good and workmanlike manner; (iv) a requirement that the contractor

 

B-2


 

is responsible for daily cleanup work and final clean up (including removal of debris); and (v) those items described in Section 5.(b) (collectively, the “ Approval Criteria ”).  Tenant agrees to select one of the general contractors listed on Schedule 1 . Tenant shall cause its general contractor to select its subcontractors from those listed on Schedule 1 or otherwise approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b)          All Construction Contracts .  Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord and Tenant, each of Tenant’s construction contracts shall:  (i) provide a schedule and sequence of construction activities and completion reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (ii) require the contractor and each subcontractor to name Landlord, Landlord’s property management company, and Tenant as additional insured on such contractor’s insurance maintained in connection with the construction of the Work, (iii) be assignable following a Default by Tenant under the Lease to Landlord and Landlord’s Holder, and (iv) contain at least a one-year warranty for all workmanship and materials.

 

6.                                       Change Orders .  Tenant may initiate changes in the Work.  Each change (other than de minimis changes based on field conditions which do not, in any event, affect Building structure or systems or require a permit modification) must receive the prior written approval of Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; however, if such requested change would adversely affect (in the reasonable discretion of Landlord) (a) the Building’s structure or the Building’s Systems and Equipment, (b) the exterior appearance of the Building, or (c) the appearance of the Common Areas, Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion.  Landlord shall notify Tenant whether it approves of the submitted change order within ten (10) business days after Tenant’s submission thereof.  Such change order shall be deemed approved by Landlord if there is no response from Landlord within ten (10) business days from Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s change order request.  Tenant shall, upon completion of the Work, furnish Landlord with an accurate architectural “as-built” plan of the Work as constructed (in CAD format), which plan shall be incorporated into this Exhibit B by this reference for all purposes.  If Tenant requests any changes to the Work described in the Working Drawings, then such increased costs, if any, and any additional design costs incurred in connection therewith as the result of any such change shall be added to the Total Construction Costs.

 

7.                                       Definitions .  As used herein “ Substantial Completion ,” “ Substantially Completed ,” and any derivations thereof mean the Work in the Premises is substantially completed (as reasonably determined by the Architect) in accordance with the Working Drawings.  Substantial Completion shall have occurred even though minor details of construction, decoration, and mechanical adjustments remain to be completed.

 

8.                                       Walk-Through; Punchlist .  When Tenant considers the Work in the Premises to be Substantially Completed, Tenant will notify Landlord and within five (5) business days thereafter, Landlord’s representative and Tenant’s representative shall conduct a walk-through of the Premises and identify any necessary touch-up work, repairs and minor completion items that are necessary for final completion of the Work.  Neither Landlord’s representative nor Tenant’s representative shall unreasonably withhold his or her agreement on punchlist items.  Tenant shall use reasonable efforts to cause the contractor performing the Work to complete all punchlist items within 30 days after agreement thereon.

 

9.                                       Excess Costs .  The entire cost of performing the Work (including design and engineering of the Work and preparation of the Working Drawings, demolition costs, costs of construction labor and materials, built in furniture, wiring, cabling and telecommunication equipment, consultant fees

 

B-3



 

related to the Work, electrical usage during construction, additional janitorial services, general tenant signage, related taxes and insurance costs, all of which costs are herein collectively called the “ Total Construction Costs ”) in excess of the Construction Allowance (hereinafter defined) shall be paid by Tenant.  Upon approval of the Working Drawings and selection of a contractor, Tenant shall promptly execute a work order agreement which identifies such drawings and itemizes the Total Construction Costs and sets forth the Construction Allowance.

 

10.                                Construction Allowance .  Landlord shall provide to Tenant a construction allowance equal to Seventy Five Dollars ($75.00) per rentable square foot in the Premises (the “ Construction Allowance ”) to be applied toward the Total Construction Costs, as adjusted for any changes to the Work.  The Construction Allowance shall first be available to Tenant January 1, 2013.  No advance of the Construction Allowance shall be made by Landlord until Tenant has first paid to the contractor from its own funds (and provided reasonable evidence thereof to Landlord) the anticipated amount (if any) by which the Total Construction Costs are estimated to exceed the amount of the Construction Allowance.  Thereafter, Landlord shall pay directly to Tenant’s general contractor the Construction Allowance in multiple disbursements (but not more than once in any calendar month) following the receipt by Landlord of the following items:  (a) a request for payment with sworn statements of owner (tenant) and contractor, (b) final or partial lien waivers, as the case may be (which with respect to the payment being made may be conditional as to the amount of the current payment requested, but shall in any event be unconditional releases as to prior amounts), from all persons performing work or supplying or fabricating materials for the Work, fully executed, acknowledged and in recordable form, (c) the Architect’s certification that the Work for which reimbursement has been requested has been finally completed, including (with respect to the last application for payment only) any punch-list items, on the appropriate AIA form or another form approved by Landlord, and, with respect to the disbursement of the last 10% of the Construction Allowance, (w) “as built” drawings in both paper and AutoCad format; (x) the permanent certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises, (y) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and (z) an estoppel certificate confirming such factual matters as Landlord or Landlord’s Mortgagee may reasonably request (collectively, a “ Completed Application for Payment ”).  Landlord shall pay the amount requested in the applicable Completed Application for Payment to Tenant within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s submission of the Completed Application for Payment.  If, however, the Completed Application for Payment is incomplete or incorrect, Landlord’s payment of such request shall be deferred until thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of the Completed Application for Payment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Exhibit, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursement of the Construction Allowance during the pendency of any of the following: (1) Landlord has received written notice of any unpaid claims relating to any portion of the Work or materials in connection therewith, other than claims which will be paid in full from such disbursement, (2) there is an unbonded lien outstanding against the Building or the Premises or Tenant’s interest therein by reason of work done, or claimed to have been done, or materials supplied or specifically fabricated, claimed to have been supplied or specifically fabricated, to or for Tenant or the Premises, (3) the conditions to the advance of the Construction Allowance are not satisfied, or (4) a Default by Tenant exists.  The Construction Allowance must be used ( i.e ., work performed and invoices submitted to Landlord) within twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date or shall be deemed forfeited with no further obligation by Landlord with respect thereto.  No portion of the Construction Allowance may be used as rent credit.

 

11.                                Construction Management .  Landlord shall not charge a construction supervision fee for the Work.  However, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual, reasonable, documented internal costs and out-of-pocket third party costs paid to outside consultants and vendors utilized by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s performance of the Work and plan review.

 

B-4



 

12.                                Construction Representatives .  Landlord’s and Tenant’s representatives for coordination of construction and approval of change orders will be as follows, provided that either party may change its representative upon written notice to the other:

 

Landlord’s Representative:

 

Jones Lang LaSalle

 

 

200 East Randolph Drive, Suite 5135

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

Attention: Mike Lyons

 

 

Telephone: 312-228-8200

 

 

Telecopy: 312-228-1611

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant’s Representative:

 

CBRE

 

 

311 South Wacker Drive, Suite 400

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

 

Attention: Carrie L. Fitzpatrick

 

 

Telephone: 312-935-1409

 

 

Telecopy: 312-935-1880

 

13.                                Miscellaneous .  To the extent not inconsistent with this Exhibit, Articles 6 and 11 of this Lease shall govern the performance of the Work and Landlord’s and Tenant’s respective rights and obligations regarding the improvements installed pursuant thereto.

 

14.                                Risers and Building Automation .  Landlord has entered into an exclusive management contract with IMG; IMG is the Building’s exclusive riser manager.  Tenant shall coordinate all desired installations in the Building’s risers and related facilities in coordination with, and under the supervision and direction of, IMG.  Furthermore, as part of the Work, Tenant shall coordinate with ITG, the Building’s vendor for building automation systems, to coordinate Tenant’s HVAC and other systems with the Building’s automation systems.  To the extent applicable, Tenant shall work under the supervision and direction of ITG in order to be consistent and compliant with Building operations.  Landlord may select a new vendor(s) to replace IMG and/or ITG and, in such event, Tenant shall work with the new Building vendor as provided herein.

 

15.                                Docks, Dumpsters and Elevators .  Provided that Tenant schedules all such usage in advance with Landlord, Tenant shall have non-exclusive access to the loading dock and the Building’s freight elevators free of charge during Business Hours and at Tenant’s expense after Business Hours during Tenant’s construction and move into and out of the Premises.  Without limitation, Tenant shall be responsible for after hours and overtime charges related to the Work, including, without limitation, security, all at Building standard rates.  After hours charges may include a reasonable minimum charge.  Subject to coordination with other Building dock space needs, Landlord shall provide dock space for a dumpster after hours.  Any such dumpster shall be provided by Tenant at Tenant’s cost and must be removed by Tenant before Business Hours.  The parties shall work cooperatively to coordinate timing of the Work and scheduling of deliveries.  In the interest of smoothly running Building operations, Landlord may require deliveries to be made after hours and other scheduling accommodations, if Landlord reasonably determines that the same is required in order to avoid disruption to the operation of the Building.

 

16.                                Offset Right for Failure to Pay Construction Allowance .  If Landlord defaults in Landlord’s obligation to pay the Construction Allowance due to Tenant hereunder (i.e., if Tenant has fulfilled all of its obligations hereunder with respect to the payment thereof), or any portion thereof, within ten (10) business days after the date the same is due (i.e. ten (10) business days after the thirty

 

B-5



 

(30) day period provided in Section 10 above has elapsed), and so long as there is no Default hereunder, then Tenant shall have the right to give Landlord a second written notice (“ Offset Exercise Notice ”) requesting payment of such amounts.  In the event that Landlord fails to contest in good faith or fully pay such amounts within five (5) business days after such Offset Exercise Notice is received by Landlord, any such unpaid amounts not contested in good faith by Landlord may be offset by Tenant against the next installment of Base Rent then due Landlord hereunder (in order of payment) until all such uncontested unpaid amounts have been either fully offset or paid by Landlord in full.

 

B-6



 

Exhibit B Schedule 1

 

List of Approved Contractors and Subcontractors

 

(After Tenant hires one of the four General Contractors listed, Tenant may add to the Landlord Approved Subcontractors list. Any Subcontractor additions are based on Landlord approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.)

 

Landlord Approved General Contractors :

· Skender Construction

· Clune Construction

· ICG - Interior Construction Group

· Leopardo Construction

 

Landlord Approved Subcontractors:

· Electrical Subcontractors:

· Rex Electric & Technologies, Inc.

· Maron Electric Company

· Continental Electrical Construction Company

· Mechanical Subcontractors:

· Admiral Heating and Ventilating

· F.E. Moran, Inc.

· Sprinkler Subcontractors:

· Great Lakes Plumbing & Heating

· Metropolitan Fire Protection

· Superior Mechanical Systems, Inc.

· Fire/Life Safety

· Siemens

 

B-7



 

EXHIBIT C

 

PROHIBITED USES

 

The use of any portion of the Premises for consumer banking services by way of automatic teller machines and other electronic devices which, as part of a network or service (such as, for example, Cash Station, or NOW), accept deposits or dispense cash, coupons, certificates, tickets, documents or other items of value at the time of usage or which facilitate the transfer of funds from customer’s banking accounts.

 

The use of the Premises as a call center or for telemarketing.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, in no event may Tenant display exterior signage at the Building using the name HP (Hewlett Packard), Intel, Oracle, SCO, Apple, IBM, Sun Microsystems, Google, Yahoo, Red Hat or Time Warner, or any of their successor companies.

 

No accounting firm which is a competitor of Building-tenant KPMG (a “KPMG Competitor”) (it being agreed that the term “KPMG Competitor” shall include, without limitation, Deloitte & Touche, Ernst & Young, PricewaterhouseCoopers and their respective successors and affiliates (each, a “Big Three Tenant Competitor”)) may install its signage or logos in any exterior or interior Common Areas of the Building, including walls of any ground floor or mezzanine elevator lobbies, or upon the exterior of the Building or Property (but the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit Building standard tenant identification signage of any such KPMG Competitor on the floor(s) of the Building actually leased by any such KPMG Competitor and the general directory(ies) of tenants of the Building, in each case to the extent available to any other tenant of the Building); and (ii) the Building may not be named after, or include the name of, a KPMG Competitor.

 

C-1



 

EXHIBIT D

 

OPTION TO EXTEND

 

Tenant is hereby granted one option (“ Extension Option ”) to extend the term of the Lease for five (5) Lease Years (“ Extension Term ”).   The Extension Option may be exercised only by giving Landlord irrevocable and unconditional written notice thereof no earlier than eighteen (18) months and no later than twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the Extension Term.  Tenant may not exercise the Extension Option if Tenant is in monetary or other material default under the Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period either at the date of said notice or on commencement of the Extension Term.  Upon exercise of the Extension Option, all references in the Lease to the Term shall be deemed to be references to the Term as extended pursuant to the Extension Option.

 

The Extension Term shall be on the same terms, covenants and conditions as are contained in the Lease, except that (i) no additional extension option shall be conferred by the exercise of the Extension Option, (ii) Base Rent applicable to the Premises for the Extension Term shall be determined as provided below, and (iii) any initial rent abatement, concession or allowance which are in the nature of economic concessions or inducements shall not be applicable to any Extension Term.  In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay Additional Rent, and other Rent during the Extension Term as provided in this Lease.

 

Base Rent per annum per rentable square foot of the Premises for the Extension Term shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Current Market Rate for lease terms commencing on or about the date of commencement of the Extension Term.  The term “ Current Market Rate ” means the prevailing net rental rate per rentable square foot under office lease renewals recently executed for comparable space in the Building and in Comparable Buildings that are not in foreclosure or otherwise in distress.  The determination of Current Market Rate shall take into consideration that this is a net lease; any differences in the size of space being leased, the location of space in the building and the length of lease terms; the location and quality of the Building; any differences in definitions of rentable square feet or rentable area with respect to which rental rates are computed; the value of rent abatements, allowances (for demolition, space planning, architectural and engineering fees, construction, moving expenses or other purposes), the creditworthiness of Tenant; and other pertinent factors.  The Current Market Rate may include an escalation of a fixed net rental rate (based on a fixed step or index) then prevailing in the market.

 

Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice to extend Landlord shall deliver to Tenant written notice of the Current Market Rate and shall advise Tenant of the required adjustment to Base Rent, if any.

 

Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, notify Landlord in writing whether Tenant (a) accepts Landlord’s determination of the Current Market Rate; (b) rejects Landlord’s determination of the Current Market Rate, or (c) requests that the Current Market Rate be determined by an appraiser (“ Arbitration Request ”).  If Tenant rejects Landlord’s determination, Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option granted herein shall be deemed revoked and of no further force of effect.   If Tenant requests that the Current Market Rate be determined by an appraiser, Landlord and Tenant, within ten (10) days after the date of the Arbitration Request, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Current Market Rate (collectively referred to as the “ Estimates ”).  If the higher of such Estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower of such Estimates, then Current Market Rate shall be the average of the two Estimates.  If the Current Market Rate is not resolved by the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant, within seven (7) days after the exchange of Estimates, shall each select an appraiser to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Current Market Rate.  Each appraiser so selected shall be certified as an MAI appraiser and shall have had at least five (5) years’ experience within the previous ten (10) years

 

D-1



 

as a real estate appraiser working in the Chicago Loop market, with working knowledge of current office rental rates and practices. For purposes of this Lease, an “MAI” appraiser means an individual who holds an MAI designation conferred by, and is an independent member of, the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or its successor organization, or in the event there is no successor organization, the organization and designation most similar). Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s appraisers shall work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Current Market Rate.  The Estimate chosen by such appraisers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the Current Market Rate.  If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an appraiser within the seven day period referred to above, the appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser for the purposes hereof. If the two appraisers cannot agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Current Market Rate within the twenty (20) days after their appointment, then, within ten (10) days after the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the two (2) appraisers shall select a third appraiser meeting the aforementioned criteria.  Once the third appraiser has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within fourteen (14) days, the appraiser shall make his determination of which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Current Market Rate and such Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant as the Current Market Rate.   The parties shall share equally in the costs of the third appraiser.  Any fees of any appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party retaining such appraiser, counsel or expert.  In the event that the Current Market Rate has not been determined by the commencement date of the Extension Term at issue, Tenant shall pay the most recent Base Rent set forth in the Lease until such time as the Current Market Rate has been determined.  Upon such determination, Base Rent shall be retroactively adjusted.  If such adjustment results in an underpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment within thirty (30) days after the determination thereof.  If such adjustment results in an overpayment of Base Rent by Tenant, Landlord shall credit such overpayment against the next installment of Base Rent due under the Lease and, to the extent necessary, any subsequent installments until the entire amount of such overpayment has been credited against Base Rent.

 

Tenant must timely exercise the Extension Option or the Extension Option shall terminate.  Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option shall not operate to cure any default by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in the Lease, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default.  If the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise the Extension Option, or if Tenant shall have subleased more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises or assigned this Lease, then immediately upon such termination, sublease or assignment, the Extension Option shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void.  The Extension Option is personal to Tenant and its Permitted Transferees.

 

D-2



 

EXHIBIT E

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE CONFIRMATION

 

                            , 20

 

 

 

 

 

Re:                              Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated                           , 2012, between Piedmont – Chicago Center Owner, LLC (“Landlord”), and Standard Parking Corporation (“Tenant”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall be given the meanings assigned to them in the Lease.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Condition of Premises .  Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises pursuant to the Lease.  Any improvements required by the terms of the Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the full and complete satisfaction of Tenant in all respects except for the punchlist items described on Exhibit A hereto (the “Punchlist Items”), and except for such Punchlist Items, Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties under the Lease with respect to such initial tenant improvements.

 

2.                                       Commencement Date .  The Commencement Date of the Lease is                     , 20    .

 

3.                                       Expiration Date .  The Term is scheduled to expire on the last day of the       th full calendar month of the Term, which date is                             , 20    .

 

4.                                       Contact Person .  Tenant’s contact person in the Premises is:

 

 

 

 

Attention:                              

Telephone:          -       -

Telecopy:          -       -

 

5.                                       Ratification .  Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Lease, and represents and warrants to Landlord that it has no defenses thereto.  Additionally, Tenant further confirms and ratifies that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Lease is and remains in good standing and in full force and effect, and (a) Tenant has no claims, counterclaims, set-offs or defenses against Landlord arising out of the Lease or in any way relating thereto or arising out of any other transaction between Landlord and Tenant.

 

6.                                       Binding Effect; Governing Law .  Except as modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full effect and this letter shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and

 

E-1



 

assigns.  If any inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this letter and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this letter shall prevail.  This letter shall be governed by the Laws of the State of Illinois.

 

Please indicate your agreement to the above matters by signing this letter in the space indicated below and returning an executed original to us.

 

Sincerely,

 

Jones Lang LaSalle (Illinois), L.P. on behalf of

Piedmont - Chicago Center Owner, LLC

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Agreed and accepted:

 

Standard Parking Corporation, a Delaware corporation

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

E-2


 

EXHIBIT F

 

CURRENT LENDER’S FORM OF SNDA

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF LEASE BOND

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

LOCATION OF TEMPORARY SPACE

 

See attached.

 



 

EXHIBIT I

 

EXISTING PREFERENTIAL RIGHTS TO LEASE OFFER SPACE

 

· The tenant under the existing lease between Landlord and KPMG LLP has an existing right of first offer on the Offer Space.

 

· The tenant under the existing lease between Landlord and Integrys Business Support, LLC has two expansion options for approximately 10,000 – 15,000 rentable square feet at a mutually agreeable location in the Building.

 

· The tenant under the existing lease between Landlord and Daniel J. Edelman, Inc. has an expansion option to lease one (1) full floor of the Building nearest to the majority of its leased premises.

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Lease Agreement

 

Office Space at Riverview Business Center II located at

501-523 Mainstream Drive, Nashville, Tennessee  37228

 

Landlord:  Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC

 

Tenant: Standard Parking Corporation

 



 

BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

Lease Effective Date:

 

October 17, 2013

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

KBS Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC

Address for Notices:

 

c/o KBS Realty Advisors, Inc.

 

 

1909 K Street NW

 

 

Suite 340

 

 

Washington, DC 20006

 

 

Attn: Asset Manager

 

 

 

Address for Lease Payments:

 

KBS Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC

 

 

c/o Riverview Business Center II

 

 

PO Box 6076

 

 

Building ID: RT 1263

 

 

Hicksville, NY 11802-6076

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

Standard Parking Corporation

Address:

 

507 Mainstream Drive

 

 

Nashville, Tennessee 37228

 

 

 

Premises:

 

Suite 507, containing approximately 33,257 rentable square feet located on the first floor of the Building, as shown on the floor plan attached as Exhibit A . Landlord and Tenant stipulate that the number of rentable square feet in the Premises and in the Building set forth herein is conclusive and shall be binding upon them, and their successors and assigns.

 

 

 

Building:

 

The office building known as Riverview Business Center II (the “Building”) located at 501-523 Mainstream Drive, Nashville, Davidson County, Tennessee, containing approximately 59,502 square feet of office space, plus parking and common areas. The Common Areas include the parking areas and the landscaped grounds (the “Common Areas”).

 

 

 

Lease Term:

 

Beginning on the Commencement Date and terminating at the end of the full month that is one hundred twenty-three (123) months thereafter (the “Expiration Date”).

 

 

 

Commencement Date:

 

The Commencement Date shall be April 1, 2014; provided , however , that Tenant shall be granted possession of the Premises as of the Lease Effective Date (but no later than five (5) business days following the Effective Date (the “Projected Delivery Date”)); in the event possession of the Premises is not delivered to Tenant by the Projected Delivery Date, Tenant shall be entitled to the abatement of Rent on a daily basis

 

2



 

 

 

for each day after the Projected Delivery Date, that Tenant is not in possession of the Premises until possession is tendered. Such abatement shall be in the form of a rent credit which shall be taken by delaying the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the observed Commencement Date, Tenant may have access to the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the construction of the leasehold improvements described in the Leasehold Improvements Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B and the installation of communication systems, computer wiring and other pre-occupancy items; and   provided   further that in the event such tenant improvements are completed prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be permitted to commence occupancy of the Premises for the purpose of conducting its business operations. In the connection with Tenant’s access to, and occupancy of, the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, all terms and provisions of this Lease shall apply, except that (a) Tenant’s obligation to pay Additional Charges described in Section 4 below or the cost of gas or electricity service to the Premises shall not commence until the date Tenant commences occupancy of the Premises for the purpose of conducting its business operation, and (b) Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not commence until the Commencement Date.

 

 

 

Tenant Improvement Allowance:

 

 

$25 per rentable square foot (See Leasehold Improvements Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B ).

 

 

 

Rent:

 

Rent shall be paid monthly as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Time Period:

 

Rent/Rentable Square Foot:

 

Monthly Rent:

 

 

 

Months 1-3

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

Months 4-15

 

$

11.00

 

$

30,485.58

 

 

 

Months 16-27

 

$

11.30

 

$

31,317.01

 

 

 

Months 28-39

 

$

11.61

 

$

32,176.15

 

 

 

Months 40-51

 

$

11.93

 

$

33,063.00

 

 

 

Months 52-63

 

$

12.26

 

$

33,977.57

 

 

 

Months 64-75

 

$

12.60

 

$

34,919.85

 

 

 

Months 76-87

 

$

12.94

 

$

35,862.13

 

 

 

Months 88-99

 

$

13.30

 

$

36,859.84

 

 

 

Months 100-111

 

$

13.67

 

$

37,885.27

 

 

 

Months 112-123

 

$

14.04

 

$

38,910.69

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Common Area Maintenance Expenses, Taxes, Insurance and Utilities as defined in Section 4 herein.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share:

 

Tenant’s Share of Property Operating Costs shall be 55.89%.

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

 

Not applicable

 

3



 

The foregoing Basic Lease Information is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease. Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Information shall mean the respective information herein about set forth and shall be construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under the particular Lease Section pertaining to such information.  In the event of any conflict between any Basic Lease Information and the Lease, the latter shall control.

 

4



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made and entered into effective the 17th day of October, 2013, by and between KBS Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC (herein called “Landlord” ), and Standard Parking Corporation, a Delaware corporation (herein called “Tenant” ).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

Upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord those premises identified as Suite 507 (the “Premises”) and comprising the area substantially outlined and denoted as the “Premises” on Exhibit A , attached hereto, in the Building. The Premises contain approximately 33,257 rentable square feet of the Building, which includes a proportionate share of the Building Common Area.

 

1.                                       Occupancy and Use .

 

Tenant may use and occupy the Premises for general office use and ancillary uses and for no other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed in Landlord’s sole discretion.  In addition to the foregoing use restrictions, Tenant agrees to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations and all applicable restrictions and covenants affecting the Building and the Premises.  No part of the Building may be used for purposes other than as allowed by applicable zoning laws.

 

2.                                       Term, Renewal Right, Right of First Refusal and Early Termination Rights .

 

(a)           The term of this Lease (including any properly exercised renewals or extensions to the initial term shall be collectively referred to as the “Term”) shall be for a period of approximately one hundred twenty-three (123) months, and shall begin and expire on the dates specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

(b)           Landlord grants Tenant one (1) option to renew the Lease for a period of five (5) years provided that the Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of its intent to exercise said option no later than fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the initial term of this Lease and provided that Tenant is not in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods at the time of such renewal.  During the option period, the Rent paid by Tenant shall be equivalent to the prevailing market rate in existence for comparable office space located in the airport submarket in Nashville, Tennessee at the time of renewal, but in no event shall such Rent be less than the Rent paid for the final year of the existing Term of the Lease.  Tenant shall also be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of Property Operating Costs during each year of any renewal period, as determined pursuant to Section 4 herein.  The parties agree and acknowledge that at the time they agree on the “prevailing market rent” for the first year of the renewal period, they shall also agree on the rent increases (if applicable, based on prevailing market rent) during each year of the renewal period.  The “prevailing fair market rate” shall be reasonably determined by mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant acting in good faith, with the further agreement such prevailing market rate must be agreed at least thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice of its intent to renew the Lease.  In the event that Landlord and Tenant cannot reach an agreement during such thirty (30) day period, then Landlord and Tenant shall agree to cooperate in good faith to appoint an independent MAI appraiser within the next ten (10) days.  Landlord and Tenant shall each provide such appraiser with their own respective determinations of the prevailing fair market rate.  Within thirty (30) days of its appointment, such appraiser shall choose either Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination for the

 

5



 

prevailing fair market rate.  Tenant shall have until the date that is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial term to notify Landlord of its intent to either (i) rescind its notice of its intent to exercise the renewal option, in which event the Lease shall expire upon the expiration date thereof and Tenant shall have no further options to renew the Lease, or (ii) accept such appraiser’s determination of the prevailing fair market rate, in which event such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties.  In the event Tenant fails to notify Landlord of its election on or before the date that is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial term, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted option (ii) above.  If an appraiser is appointed, each party shall bear one-half of the cost of such appraiser.

 

(c)           Provided that Tenant is not in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods at the time of the proposed exercise of the right granted hereunder, Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a continuing right to match any offer accepted by Landlord to lease any space in the Building (the “Vacant Space”).  In the event Landlord enters into a letter of intent with a prospective tenant for any such Vacant Space (an “LOI”), Landlord shall provide a written notice to Tenant (including a copy of the LOI) and Tenant shall have a right to lease such Vacant Space described in such LOI on the same terms and conditions set forth in the LOI (including all concessions described therein) by providing written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days from the date of the notice from Landlord.  If Tenant exercises its option as set forth in this paragraph, the Vacant Space shall become a part of the Premises under this Lease for the remainder of the Term hereof, but the term of such lease of the Vacant Space shall be the longer of the term of the LOI or the remaining term on this Lease.  Failure to respond within such ten (10) day period shall be deemed to be a waiver of Tenant’s right to lease such Vacant Space and Landlord may thereafter lease such Vacant Space to a third party on substantially the same terms and conditions set forth in the LOI; provided , however , if Landlord desires to lease such space at terms and/or conditions 10% (or more on a net effective basis) less than those contained in LOI provided to Tenant or more than one (1) year after the date of the LOI, Landlord shall first re-offer such Vacant Space, including any new or different terms and/or conditions, to Tenant.  Thereafter, Tenant shall then have another ten (10) days within which to elect to lease such Vacant Space.

 

(d)           Landlord grants to Tenant the one-time right to terminate the Term of the Lease as to all (but not less than all) of the Premises effective at the end of the eighty-seventh (87 th ) full month of the Term of the Lease by providing Landlord with written notice of its intent to exercise said right at least twelve (12) months prior to the date of the early termination.  In the event Tenant exercises such termination right, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to $449,484.10 (being the amount equal to unamortized Tenant Improvement Allowance together with unamortized brokerage commissions amortized at eight percent (8%) per annum), with fifty percent (50%) of such sum to be payable upon the giving of such termination notice and the remaining fifty percent (50%) of such sum to be payable upon the effective date of such termination.

 

(e)           Landlord grants to Tenant the one-time right to terminate the Term of the Lease as to any portion of the Premises (not to exceed 6,651 rentable square footage of the Premises) effective at the end of the twenty-seventh (27th) full month of the Term of the Lease by providing Landlord with written notice of its intent to exercise said right at least nine (9) months prior to the date of the early termination.  In the event Tenant exercises such termination right, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a sum equal to the Appropriate Share (as hereinafter defined) of any unamortized Tenant Improvement Allowance and unamortized brokerage commissions, all as amortized at eight percent (8%) per annum over the initial term of this Lease, plus an amount equal to one (1) year’s Rent at the then current rental rate.  Such sum will be payable fifty percent (50%) upon the giving of such notice and fifty percent (50%) upon the effective date of termination as to such space.  In addition, Tenant shall pay for the cost of the demising wall to separate the portion of the Premises as to which this Lease is being terminated (the “Terminated

 

6



 

Space”) from the remaining portion of the Premises (the “Remaining Premises”).  Tenant’s right to exercise such partial termination right shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval of the configuration of the Terminated Space and the Remaining Premises and the location of the demising wall.  Upon the exercise of Tenant’s rights under this Subsection 2(e), Tenant shall construct the demising wall and shall comply with the provisions of Section 6 in connection therewith and the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease to reflect the termination of this Lease as it relates to the Terminated Space.  As used herein, the “Appropriate Share” shall mean a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the total number of rentable square feet of the Terminated Space and the denominator of which is 33,257.

 

3.                                       Rent .

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord throughout the Term the annual rental amount specified in the Basic Lease Information (“Rent” ), which sum shall be payable by Tenant in equal monthly installments on or before the first day of each month, in advance, in lawful money of the United States, without any prior notice or demand therefore and without deduction, offset or abatement, except as expressly set forth herein, whatsoever, to Landlord at the address specified in the Basic Lease Information or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord all charges and other amounts whatsoever as provided in the Lease, including without limitation, items described in Section 4 (collectively, the “Additional Charges” ). All Additional Charges will be payable to Landlord at the place where the Rent is payable and Landlord shall have the same remedies for a default in payment of Additional Charges as for a default in the payment of Rent.  If the Commencement Date should occur on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or if the Expiration Date should occur on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Rent and Additional Charges for such fractional month shall be prorated on a daily basis.

 

(b)           Tenant recognizes that late payment of any Rent or Additional Charges will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain.  Tenant therefore agrees that if any Rent or Additional Charges remain unpaid for five (5) days or more after the amount is due, the amount of such unpaid Rent or Additional Charges shall be increased by a late charge to be paid to Landlord by Tenant in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the delinquent Rent or Additional Charges.  The amount of the late charge to be paid to Landlord by Tenant on any unpaid Rent or Additional Charges shall be added to Tenant’s obligation for the monthly period on which the late charge is unpaid, all of which shall be due and payable within ten (10) days following receipt of written invoice.  The provisions of this Section 3(b) in no way relieves Tenant of the obligation to pay Rent or Additional Charges on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3(b) in any way affect Landlord’s remedies pursuant to Section 18 in the event any Rent or Additional Charge is unpaid after the date due.

 

4.             Additional Charges

 

(a)           Common Area Maintenance :  Landlord shall maintain the Common Areas of the Building in a commercially reasonable manner and in good, clean, and sanitary condition, appropriate for Class A office space in the Metro Center, Airport or Cool Springs submarkets of Metropolitan Nashville area.  Landlord’s “Common Area Maintenance Expenses” of the Building shall include, without limitation, the costs of managing, upkeep, and repair of all Common Areas, specifically including any expenses which Landlord incurs for landscaping and grounds keeping; the maintenance, repairing, replacing, sweeping and striping of the parking lot; security (but Landlord has no obligation to provide security); snow removal; management fees (not to exceed four percent (4%) of gross revenues) trash and

 

7



 

rubbish removal; Common Area lighting; maintenance and repair of fire protection sprinkler systems; the cost of supplies, equipment and personnel to implement such services at the Building; and all other costs and expenses which would, under generally accepted accounting principles, be regarded as maintenance or repair costs of the Building and may include a reasonable allocation of any of such costs or expenses that relate to the Building and the surrounding development of which it is a part; provided , however , that Common Area Maintenance Expenses shall not include any of the costs or expenses described on Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

(b)           Taxes and Assessments:  Landlord shall pay the annual taxes and assessments assessed by the County, City, and/or other governmental authorities against Landlord and/or the Building and Common Areas, including all applicable land and improvements, including, without limitation, real property taxes and supplemental assessments (“Taxes”) prior to delinquency.  In the event any tax, excluding income or franchise taxes, shall be assessed upon rent received by Landlord by any governmental authority, said tax shall be deemed to be part of the Taxes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Taxes shall not include income, franchise, excise, inheritance, estates, transfer, excise, gift or capital gains taxes that are payable by Landlord.  Taxes shall furthermore not include any penalties or interest resulting from Landlord’s failure to pay in a timely manner.  In the event Landlord shall elect to contest the amount of such Taxes, all expenses incurred in such contest, including reasonable attorney’s fees or appraisers’ fees, shall be considered Taxes under the terms of this Section, though Tenant shall only be obligated to reimburse Landlord for the portion representing the tax savings realized by Tenant.  In the event the method of taxation applicable to rental property shall be modified, a modification agreement with respect to this Section shall be executed by Landlord and Tenant to equitably apply to said revised tax system.

 

(c)           Insurance:  Landlord shall pay the annual costs of all Landlord’s insurance, in a timely manner as required so that such insurance is not cancelled, on the Building and Common Areas  (including, but not limited to, commercial general liability, fire, casualty, loss of rents, and extended coverage insurance) (the “Insurance”).

 

(d)           Utilities:  Utilities such as heat and air conditioning services, electric current, gas, sewer, and water (“Utilities”) serve the Premises and/or the Building.  Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that gas and electricity will be separately metered to the Premises on or before the Commencement Date, and Tenant shall be directly responsible for paying all costs related thereto directly to the applicable utility provider.  To the extent that any Utilities are not separately metered, Landlord shall pay for such Utilities as may be supplied to the Building and taxes or charges on such utility services.  Landlord shall not be liable for any interruption or failure in the supply of any Utilities to the Premises, unless such interruption or failure results from the intentional misconduct or negligence of Landlord, and in the event such service failure continues for five (5) consecutive days or longer, then Rent shall abate for each day such failure continues beginning on the sixth (6 th ) day.

 

(e)           Janitorial and Cleaning Services:  Tenant will provide and pay for its janitorial and cleaning services within the Premises.  Landlord shall be responsible for janitorial and cleaning services in all Common Areas, including common restrooms, hallways and entry areas.

 

(f)            Tenant’s Share of Property Operating Costs:   It is understood and agreed that Tenant shall pay as Additional Charges all of Tenant’s Share of Common Area Maintenance Expenses, Taxes, Insurance, and Utilities that are not separately metered (collectively, the “Property Operating Costs”), including expenses projected to be paid or incurred by Landlord for the first full Year of the Term; provided , however, that in the event that the Building is less than 95% occupied or Landlord is not

 

8



 

supplying services to at least 95% of the rentable area of the Building, then in determining the Property Operating Costs, all Property Operating Costs that may reasonably be determined to vary in accordance with the occupancy level of the Building, shall be grossed up to reflect 95% occupancy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that there shall be a five percent (5.0%) annual cap (calculated on a non-cumulative basis) on increases in Tenant’s Share of Controllable Property Operating Costs (as hereinafter defined) on an annual basis.  For purposes hereof, “Controllable Property Operating Costs” shall mean all Property Operating Costs except for Taxes, Insurance, Utilities and snow removal.  Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay the Tenant Share of the Property Operating Costs as follows:

 

(i)            Landlord shall estimate for each calendar year, or any proportion of a calendar year at the beginning and end of this Lease, Tenant’s Share of the Property Operating Costs for the forthcoming year.  Tenant shall pay with each monthly installment of rent, one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of Tenant’s Share of Property Operating Costs.  The amount of any such Property Operating Costs shall be prorated on a daily basis for any partial month during which this Lease begins and ends.

 

(ii)           Within ninety (90) days after the expiration of each calendar year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement showing Tenant’s Share of actual Property Operating Costs.  Should Tenant’s actual share differ from the amount actually paid by Tenant, then, within thirty (30) days after the delivery date of the Landlord’s statement, either Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit against Tenant’s obligations to pay Landlord for any such amount paid in excess of its actual share or Tenant shall remit to Landlord any amount by which its payments were deficient.  In the event of an overpayment after the final year of the Lease, Landlord will submit a cash refund to Tenant within such time period.

 

(iii)          If Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s statement, then Tenant shall have the right, within 45 days after receipt of Landlord’s statement but no more often than once in a calendar year, to cause an audit to be made of Landlord’s records concerning Property Operating Expenses.  Such audit shall be at the expense of Tenant unless such audit discloses an error in favor of Tenant in excess of five percent (5%) in the computation of Property Operating Expenses, in which event such audit shall be at the expense of Landlord (including reasonable costs and expenses of Tenant in conducting such audit).  In no event shall Tenant be permitted to conduct an audit using a company compensated on a contingency fee basis.

 

5.                                       Compliance With Laws .

 

(a)           Tenant shall not use the Premises, and or the Building, in any manner, which will in any way violate or conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises and/or the Building, or bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the rate of any insurance upon the Building or any of its contents or cause a cancellation of such insurance upon the Building or any of its contents or otherwise affect such insurance in any manner; Landlord represents and warrants that Tenant’s use as permitted by Section 1 and in compliance with the terms of this Lease will not increase Landlord’s current insurance rates or cause cancellation of same.  Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises and/or the Building, except that Tenant shall not be obligated to make structural changes to the Premises unless the same are necessitated by Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to general office use) or such structural changes that are related to or affected by alterations or improvements made by or for Tenant or Tenant’s acts.

 

9



 

(b)           Landlord will cause the Building and all Common Areas to comply with applicable laws.

 

(c)           Tenant shall not cause or permit the release or disposal of any hazardous substances, wastes or materials, on or about the Premises or the Building in violation of applicable environmental laws.  As such term is used in this Lease, “hazardous substances” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste, regulated or listed pursuant to any federal, state or local environmental law, including without limitation, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, Rodenticide Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Tenant shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances which govern the use, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous substances, wastes or materials.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims or liability arising out of or connected with Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms of this Section, which terms shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

(d)           Landlord represents and warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that the Building and Common Areas are free of hazardous substances in violation of applicable laws, specifically including asbestos, mold and lead paint.  In the event any hazardous substances are discovered in the Building or Common Areas which are not caused by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors and which are in violation of applicable laws, then Landlord shall remove and remediate such hazardous substances in compliance with environmental laws.  Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant against any claims or liabilities resulting from hazardous substances in the Building or Common Areas not caused by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors.

 

(e)           Tenant shall not permit undue accumulations of garbage, trash, rubbish or other refuse within the Premises and shall keep all refuse in proper containers until disposal of such refuse.  Landlord shall not permit accumulations by trash in the Common Areas and shall keep (or cause other tenants to keep) all refuse in proper containers until disposal.

 

6.                                       Alterations .

 

(a)           Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions or improvements costing in excess of $50,000 per project (collectively, “Alterations” ) in, on or to the Premises or any part thereof  without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  However, regardless of the cost of any Alteration, if such Alteration would affect the structural integrity or exterior of the Premises, then Landlord shall have the right to withhold consent to such Alteration at Landlord’s discretion.  Any Alterations in, on or to the Premises, except for Tenant’s movable furniture and equipment, shall become Landlord’s property at the end of the Term and shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Tenant.  In the event Landlord consents to the making of any Alterations by Tenant, the same shall be made by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, substantially in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and any contractor or person selected by Tenant to make the same must be first approved in writing by Landlord, who shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition such consent.  Tenant shall give to Landlord at least five (5) business days prior notice of commencement of any construction on the Premises.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right from time to time without Landlord’s consent, but with notice and provision of plans to Landlord, to: (i) relocate electrical outlets; (ii) install and remove permanent workstations (though not cubicles); (iii) install and remove Tenant’s hard-wired equipment and perform cable pulls in connection therewith; and (iv) install

 

10


 

and remove carpeting and other floor coverings; provided that such alterations, improvements or additions do not affect the base building structural, mechanical, or electrical systems or materially adversely affect other tenants in the Building, in which case Tenant must receive Landlord consent as provided in subsection (a), above.

 

(c)                                   Tenant, at its expense and at any time and from time to time, may install in and remove from the Premises Tenant’s property, including, without limitation, its trade fixtures, equipment, removable walls and wall systems, furniture and furnishings, provided such installation is accomplished without damage to Building and Tenant repairs any damage occasioned by such removal.  Fixtures other than trade fixtures shall become the property of Landlord at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

7.                                       Repairs/Maintenance.

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall maintain the Premises in good working order and condition, at Tenant’s cost and expense, except that Tenant shall not be required to make (i) any structural repairs or structural replacements (except to the extent required by Section 5(a) above or to the extent such repairs are required due to the acts or omissions of Tenant), (ii) any repairs for matters covered by any third party warranty available to Landlord, (iii) any repairs necessitated by the act or omission of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, or (iv) any repairs which are the responsibility of Landlord hereunder.  Subject to reimbursement under Section 4, Landlord shall keep and maintain the roof and the structural elements of the Building in good repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted).  Subject to reimbursement under Section 4, Landlord shall also repair and maintain the Common Areas and the fire protection system serving the Premises.  Landlord shall not be liable for and there shall be no abatement of Rent or Additional Charges with respect to any injury or interference with Tenant’s business arising from any repairs, maintenance, alteration or improvement in or to any portion of the Building, including the Premises, or in or to the fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein, provided that Landlord has made reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s business operations.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall be responsible for maintenance and repair of heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment exclusively serving the Premises (the “HVAC System”), plumbing systems, lighting in the Premises, and electrical systems located within and exclusively serving the Premises.  Landlord represents and warrants that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, all such building systems are in good working order as of the Lease Effective Date.  To insure the proper maintenance of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system, Tenant shall obtain a preventive maintenance service contract, which shall include at a minimum:  (i) a start-up inspection of the air conditioning and heat, (ii) filter changes and (iii) replacement and/or adjustment of the belts, all of which shall occur at least four (4) times per year, and (iv) coil cleaning at least annually.  Such preventative maintenance service contract shall be provided to Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, by a licensed and bonded heating and air conditioning contractor or repair service to be approved by Landlord, and a current copy of said contract shall be furnished to Landlord upon written request.  In the event that Tenant shall fail to carry such preventative maintenance contract, upon the termination of this Lease, by its terms, forfeiture, or otherwise, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant make any necessary repairs to, and replace, the HVAC System, including replacement of individual components, such as condensers, coils, blowers and the like.  In the event the HVAC System requires replacement, Tenant shall obtain two (2) competitive bids for the unit and its installation and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, along with a copy of the current maintenance contract and maintenance records.  In the event the documentation provided by Tenant shows that the cost to repair a specific unit of the HVAC System exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the costs of replacing such specific HVAC unit, Landlord shall reimburse

 

11



 

Tenant for the costs incurred by Tenant for replacing the HVAC units(s) in question after receipt of paid invoices and mechanic’s lien waiver(s) from Tenant’s contractor(s) (the “HVAC Replacement Cost”).  The HVAC Replacement Cost shall be amortized by Landlord on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the HVAC System improvements, and Tenant shall pay such amortized portion of the HVAC Replacement Cost in the same manner as Operating Costs hereunder.

 

(c)                                   All repairs and replacements made by or on behalf of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant shall be made and performed (a) at Tenant’s cost and expense (b) by qualified, licensed contractors or mechanics, (c) so that same shall be similar in quality, value, and utility to the original work or installation, and (d) in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises.

 

(d)                                  Landlord shall maintain and repair the Building (excluding the Premises) and Common Areas, including all structural and exterior elements, keeping same in good working order and condition and in compliance with applicable laws.  Landlord shall be responsible for all snow, ice and trash removal from the parking areas and shall keep the Common Areas in a clean and orderly condition.

 

8.                                       No Liens .

 

Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, material furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant.  In the event that Tenant does not, within twenty (20) days following the imposition of any such lien, cause the same to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond or by providing Landlord with recorded lien releases, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but not the obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien.  All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be considered Additional Charges accruing starting with the date of such Landlord payment, and shall be payable to it by Tenant on demand with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law; such sums not paid by Tenant as billed within thirty (30) days from written notice by Landlord shall constitute a default under the terms provided herein.  Landlord shall have the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices permitted or required by law, or which Landlord shall deem proper, for the protection of Landlord, the Premises, the Building and any other party having an interest therein.  Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant is not the agent for Landlord for any purpose, including, without limitation, contracting with third parties for improvements to the Premises.  Tenant agrees that any construction contract related to the Premises executed by Tenant shall contain a provision stating that Tenant is not the agent for Landlord for any purpose, including, without limitation, contracting with third parties for improvements to the Premises.  Tenant agrees that any party providing construction services or materials to the Premises shall execute a waiver of such party’s right to file a mechanic’s lien against the Landlord’s interest in the Premises and Tenant shall deliver such waiver to Landlord following completion of such work on the Premises.

 

9.               Assignment and Subletting

 

(a)                                  Except as permitted herein, Tenant shall not directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, sell, assign, encumber, pledge or otherwise transfer or hypothecate all or any portion of its interest or rights with respect to the Premises or Tenant’s leasehold estate hereunder (collectively, “Assignment”), or permit all or any portion of the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant or sublet all or any portion of the Premises or transfer a portion of its interest in or rights with respect to Tenant’s leasehold estate hereunder (collectively, “Sublease”) or any portion thereof without Landlord’s

 

12



 

prior written consent in each instance, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)                                  If Tenant desires at any time to enter into an Assignment of this Lease or a Sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first give written notice to Landlord of its desire to do so, which notice shall contain (a) the name of the proposed assignee, subtenant or occupant, (b) the terms and provisions of the proposed Assignment or Sublease, and (c) such financial information or other information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed assignee and/or any proposed guarantor.  Tenant shall also pay within ten (10) business days following receipt of written invoice stating Landlord’s reasonable third party fees and expenses in connection with the review and approval of such proposed action, not to exceed $500 per request.  Landlord shall provide consent or denial of consent within thirty (30) days following its receipt of Tenant’s request.

 

(c)                                   No consent by Landlord to any Sublease or Assignment by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligation to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, whether arising before or after the Sublease.  The consent by Landlord to any Sublease or Assignment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to obtain Landlord’s express written consent to any other Sublease or Assignment.  Any Assignment or Sublease that is not in compliance with this Section shall be void and Tenant shall be in default under the terms of the Lease.

 

(d)                                  Each assignee, other than Landlord, shall assume, as provided in this Section 9(d), all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be and remain liable for the payment of Rent and Additional Charges, and for the performance of all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed for the Term.  No Assignment shall be binding on Landlord unless the assignee or Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a counterpart of the Assignment and an instrument in recordable form that contains a covenant of assumption by the assignee satisfactory in substance and form to Landlord, consistent with the requirements of this Section 9(d), but the failure or refusal of the assignee to execute such instrument of assumption shall not release or discharge the assignee from its liability as set forth above.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and subject to compliance with Section 9(f) herein, without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall have the right to (i) sublease all or a portion of the Premises to a successor entity or to any affiliate (within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Federal Securities Act of 1933) of Tenant, provided that such successor entity or affiliate assumes in writing all of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease; and (ii) assign this Lease to a successor entity or to any affiliate of Tenant, provided that such successor entity or affiliate assumes in writing all of the obligations and liabilities of Tenant under this Lease and the successor entity has a net worth greater than or equal to the net worth of Tenant as of the Lease Effective Date.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such assignment or subleasing as soon as practicable and shall provide any required evidence of net worth.  A “successor entity” of Tenant shall mean a business entity into or with which Tenant shall be merged, reorganized or consolidated or the purchaser of substantially all of the assets of Tenant for the purpose of maintaining the core business of Tenant.

 

(f)                                    Any Sublease or Assignment by Tenant must comply with the terms of this Lease and all applicable restrictions and covenants affecting the Building and the Premises.

 

13



 

(g)                                   Tenant agrees that in the event the rental rate for a sublease permitted hereunder is greater than that which Tenant is obligated to pay hereunder, Tenant shall remit to Landlord, as Additional Charges, fifty percent (50%) of any such excess each month.

 

10.                                Insurance and Indemnification

 

(a)                                  Neither party shall be liable to the other, and both parties hereby waive all claims against the other, for any injury or damage to any person or property in or about the Premises which is covered by the insurance required herein, regardless of whether it is actually carried.

 

(b)                                  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage to any person or property whatsoever occurring in the Premises or any part thereof, whether such injury or damage shall be caused in whole or in part by the act, neglect, fault of, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees.  Tenant further agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all claims by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising from the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by Tenant or from transactions of Tenant concerning the Premises or the Building, and will further indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all claims arising from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease or arising from any act or negligence of Tenant, or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees, and from and against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or action proceeding brought thereon.  Furthermore, in case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such claims or liabilities, Tenant agrees to defend such action or proceeding at Tenant’s sole expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.  The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be required to indemnify, defend or hold harmless Landlord from any claims, liabilities, damages, costs, counsel fees or expenses arising or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord or any of its agents, employees, servants, contractors or licensees.

 

(c)                                   Landlord shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and defend Tenant against any and all claims or liability for any injury or damage to any person or property whatsoever occurring in the Common Areas or any part thereof, whether such injury or damage shall be caused in whole or in part by the act, neglect, fault of, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Landlord, its agents, servants, employees or invitees.  Landlord further agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and defend Tenant against any and all claims by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising from the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by Landlord or from transactions of Landlord concerning the Premises or the Building, and will further indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and defend Tenant against any and all claims arising from any breach or default on the part of Landlord in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Landlord to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease or arising from any act or negligence of Landlord, or any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees, and from and against all costs, counsel fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any such claim or action proceeding brought thereon.  Furthermore, in case any action or proceeding be brought against Tenant by reason of any such claims or liabilities, Landlord agrees to defend such action or proceeding at Landlord’s sole expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant.  The provisions of this Section 10 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

14



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord shall not be required to indemnify, defend or hold harmless Tenant from any claims, liabilities, damages, costs, counsel fees or expenses arising or resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, servants, contractors or licensees.  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be liable for any special, consequential or punitive damages hereunder.

 

(d)                                  During the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall procure at its cost and expense and keep in effect (i) commercial general liability insurance including contractual liability with a minimum combined single limit of liability of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), (ii) casualty insurance for the full replacement cost of Tenant’s personal property and improvements to the Premises, (iii) worker’s compensation insurance, and (iv) business interruption insurance in an amount equal to one(1) years’ Rent hereunder.  The commercial general liability insurance shall name Landlord and Landlord’s property manager as additional insureds, shall specifically include the liability assumed hereunder by Tenant and shall provide that it is primary insurance, and not excess over or contributory with any other valid, existing and applicable insurance in force for and on behalf of Landlord, and shall provide that Landlord shall receive ten (10) days written notice from the insurer prior to any cancellation or material change of coverage.  Tenant shall deliver certificates of insurance to Landlord, on or before the Commencement Date, and prior to the expiration dates of expiring policies; and in the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such certificates, Landlord may, at its option, procure same for the account of Tenant and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Charges within five (5) days after delivery to Tenant of a statement therefore.

 

(e)                                   During the Term of the Lease, Landlord shall procure at its cost and expense and keep in effect (i) commercial general liability insurance including contractual liability with a minimum combined single limit of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), (ii) worker’s compensation insurance if required by state law and (iii) casualty insurance for the full replacement cost of the Building and related improvements.  Landlord shall deliver policies of such insurance or certificates thereof to Tenant upon written request of Tenant.

 

11 .                                Waiver of Subrogation .

 

Landlord and Tenant shall each obtain from their respective insurers under all policies of fire and other casualty insurance maintained by either of them at any time during the Term insuring or covering the Building or any portion thereof or operations therein or any contents thereof, a waiver of all rights of subrogation which the insurer of one party might otherwise, if at all, have against the other party.

 

12.                                Services and Utilities .

 

(a)                                  Tenant will not without the written consent of Landlord use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including, without limitation, electronic data processing machines, punch card machines, and machines using excess lighting or using in excess of 110 volts, which will in any way increase the amount of gas, electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space; nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises, or water pipes or gas outlets, any apparatus or device for the purpose of using gas, electrical current or any other resource in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as general office space.  Tenant shall notify Landlord of the use thereof.  Tenant shall bear and pay upon written demand any additional expense related to any Utilities that are in excess of ordinary office requirements.  In the event that Landlord installs special metering or other similar equipment to measure such excess usage,

 

15



 

Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of such equipment, its installation, maintenance, repair, and/or replacement, and other expenses related thereto.

 

(b)                                  Other than as provided in Section 19 herein, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant in writing of any anticipated material interruption of utilities or services due to, among other things, repairs, maintenance or the like.  To the extent that Landlord has control over the timing of the interruption, Landlord will coordinate a mutually agreeable time with Tenant.  Landlord will use its reasonable efforts to minimize the amount of time of any interruption of services.

 

(c)                                   Except as specifically set forth herein, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the rental herein reserved be abated by reason of (i) failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any such utilities or services when such failure or delay is caused by acts of God or the elements, labor disturbances of any character, any other accidents or other conditions unless directly resulting from Landlord’s intentional misconduct, financial malfeasance or inability, or negligence, or (ii) the limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction by governmental authority or imposed by the utility supplier on use of water or electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the Premises or the Building.  Furthermore, Landlord shall be entitled to cooperate voluntarily in a reasonable manner with the efforts of national, state or local governmental agencies or utilities suppliers in reducing energy or other resources consumption, so long as Landlord’s activities do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Common Areas or increase Tenant’s costs.

 

13.                                Tenant’s Certificates .

 

Tenant, at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) business days’ prior written notice from Landlord, will execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and, at Landlord’s written request (but no more than twice per year), to any prospective purchaser, ground or underlying lessor or mortgagee of any part of the Building or the land upon which the Building is located, a certificate of Tenant stating:  (a) that Tenant has accepted the Premises (or, if Tenant has not done so, that Tenant has not accepted the Premises and specifying the reasons therefor), (b) the Commencement and Expiration Dates of this Lease, (c) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), (d) whether or not to Tenant’s knowledge there are then existing any defaults by Landlord in the performance of its obligations under this Lease (and, if so, specifying same), (e) the dates, if any, to which the Rent and Additional Charges and other charges under this Lease have been paid, and (f) any other information that may reasonably be required by any of such persons.  It is intended that any such certificate of Tenant delivered pursuant to this Section 13 may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, ground or underlying lessor or mortgagee of any part of the Building or the land upon which the Building is located.

 

14 .                                Holding Over .

 

Any holding over after the expiration of the Term without the consent of Landlord shall be construed to be a tenancy from month-to-month at one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Rent herein specified (prorated on a monthly basis) for the first three (3) months following the expiration or termination of the Term, and thereafter at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent herein specified (prorated on a monthly basis), together with (in either such event) an amount estimated by Landlord for the monthly Additional Charges payable under this Lease, and shall otherwise be on the terms and conditions herein specified so far as applicable.  Any holding over without Landlord’s consent shall

 

16



 

constitute a default by Tenant and entitle Landlord to the equitable remedy of re-entry of the Premises, as provided in Sections 17 and 18.

 

15.                                Subordination and Non-Disturbance

 

The Lease and any extensions, renewals, replacements or modifications of the Lease, and all of the right, title, and interest of Tenant in and to the Premises are and shall be now and hereafter subject and subordinate to the lien of any deed of trust encumbering the Building (a “ Deed of Trust ”) and to all of the terms and conditions contained in any Deed of Trust, and to any and all renewals, modifications, replacements, consolidations or extensions of such Deed of Trust; provided the holder of any such Deed of Trust must agree, in writing, not to disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.  Within thirty (30) days after the Lease Effective Date, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a Subordination, Non-disturbance and Attornment Agreement in substantially the same form attached hereto as Exhibit E (an “SNDA”), executed by such holder and Tenant agrees to execute such SNDA with ten (10) days after the Tenant’s receipt thereof.  In the event Landlord fails to deliver the SNDA to Tenant on or before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to withhold Rent on a day-for-day basis until Tenant receives a SNDA executed by Landlord and lender, provided, however, that upon Tenant’s receipt of a SNDA executed by Landlord and lender, Tenant shall pay all Rent so withheld by Tenant with the next Rent payment due.  Tenant, at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice from Landlord, will execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord and, at Landlord’s request, to any prospective mortgagee of any part of the Building or the land upon which the Building is located, a subordination agreement so long as such subordination agreement has non-disturbance provisions consistent with the foregoing provisions.

 

16.                                Rules and Regulations .

 

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit C and all reasonable modifications thereof and additions thereto from time to time put into effect by Landlord and provided in writing to Tenant; provided, no such modifications shall materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or materially decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to uniformly enforce all rules and regulations in a non-discriminatory manner and shall not agree to allow any other tenant to operate in a manner which contradicts the Rules and Regulations if the same would materially and adversely affect Tenant’s business operations in the Premises.  In the event of an express and direct conflict between the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease and those set forth in the rules and regulations, as modified and amended from time to time by Landlord, this Lease shall control.

 

17.                                Re-Entry By Landlord .

 

Landlord reserves and shall have the right, upon reasonable notice to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to show the Premises with reasonable advance notice to prospective purchasers (during the last six (6) months of the term only), mortgagees, or tenants, and to repair the Premises and any portion of the Building without abatement of Rent or Additional Charges, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts not to interrupt the business of Tenant in any material respect.  For emergency purposes only, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes, or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem necessary or proper to

 

17



 

open said doors in an emergency, in order to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises, and any entry to the Premises, or portion thereof, obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstance be construed or deemed to be forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portions thereof.

 

18.                                Tenant Default .

 

The failure to perform or honor any covenant, condition or representation made under this Lease shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant upon expiration of the appropriate cure period.  Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) days from the date of written notice from Landlord within which to cure any default in the payment of Rent or Additional Charges.  Said right to cure shall terminate and Tenant shall be in breach of its obligations herein and shall be subject to Landlord’s rights and remedies under the terms of this agreement, should such default occur more than two (2) times during any twelve (12) month period during the term of this Lease.  Tenant shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the date of written notice from Landlord within which to cure any default that is capable of being cured other than a default in the payment of Rent or Additional Charges under this Lease; provided, however, that with respect to any default other than the payment of Rent or Additional Charges that cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, the default shall not be deemed to be uncured if Tenant commences to cure within thirty (30) days from Landlord’s notice and continues to prosecute diligently the cure thereof. The appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or an assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or the filing of any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other debtor relief proceedings, whether now existing or hereafter amended or enacted, by or against Tenant shall at Landlord’s option constitute a default under this Lease if not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing.  In no event shall this Lease be assigned or assignable by or in connection with voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise and in no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other debtor relief proceeding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s failure to comply with Sections 9 and 10(d)  herein shall be deemed a breach of this Lease without the benefit of the cure periods provided above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s failure to comply with Section 13 following three (3) business days’ written notice from Landlord of such default herein shall be deemed a breach of this Lease without the benefit of the cure periods provided above.  Upon an uncured default of this Lease by Tenant, and in addition to Landlord’s rights and remedies under the terms of this Lease and any other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies:

 

(a)                                  The right to recover all damages, including without limitation recovery of all Rent and Additional Charges that are delinquent at the time this Lease is terminated;

 

(b)                                  The right to continue this Lease in effect and to enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover Rent and Additional Charges as they become due.  Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect its interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession;

 

(c)                                   The right to terminate this Lease; and

 

(d)                                  The right and power to enter the Premises, following the issuance by an order of forcible detainer by the General Sessions Court for Davidson County, Tennessee, change the locks and security codes, remove therefrom all persons and property, to store such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant, and/or to sell such property.  Landlord may from

 

18



 

time to time sublet Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may extend beyond the Term) and at such rent and such other terms as Landlord may deem reasonably advisable, with the right to make alterations and repair to the Premises.  Upon each such subletting, (i) Tenant shall be immediately liable to pay to Landlord, in addition to indebtedness other than Rent and Additional Charges due hereunder, the cost of such subletting (including any brokers’ fees and the cost of such alterations and repairs incurred by Landlord) and the amount, if any, by which the Rent and Additional Charges due hereunder for the period of such subletting (to the extent such period does not exceed the Term) exceeds the amount to be paid by such sublessee as Rent and Additional Charges for the Premises for such period or (ii) at the option of Landlord, rents received from such subletting shall be applied first, to payment of any indebtedness other than Rent and Additional Charges due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of such subletting (including any brokers’ fees and the cost of such alterations and repairs; third, to payment of Rent and Additional Charges due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent and Additional Charges as the same becomes due hereunder.  If Tenant has been credited with any rentals to be received by such subletting under option (i) above and such rentals shall not be promptly paid to Landlord by the sub-tenant(s), or if such rentals received from such subletting under option (ii) during any month be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord.  Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly.  Notwithstanding any such subletting without termination, Landlord may at anytime thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.

 

(e)                                   The right to pursue any other remedy at equity available under applicable law.

 

19.                                Damage By Casualty .

 

If the Premises, the Common Areas or the Building are damaged by fire or other casualty (including, without limitation, flooding), and this Lease is not terminated as result of such fire or casualty, Landlord, subject to the right of Landlord to terminate the Lease as set forth herein, shall forthwith repair the same, to the condition existing immediately prior to such fire or other casualty.  In such event, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect except that Tenant shall be entitled to an equitable reduction of Rent and Additional Charges while such repairs to be made hereunder by Landlord are being made. Such equitable reduction shall be based upon the extent to which such damage and the making of such repairs by Landlord shall materially interfere with the business carried on by Tenant in the Premises.  Within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s estimate of how long it will take to substantially complete such repairs.  If such repairs cannot be substantially completed within one hundred eighty (180) days of such damage, either party shall then have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination to the other party within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice from Landlord.  If damage occurs in the last year of the Term and such repairs cannot be substantially completed within thirty (30) days of such damage, either party shall then have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination to the other party within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice from Landlord.  In addition, if Landlord fails to fully restore the Premises, the Common Areas and the Building within one hundred eighty (180) days after the same are damaged by fire or other casualty, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Landlord at any time prior to completion of such restoration.

 

19



 

20.                                Eminent Domain .

 

If any material part of the Building, Common Areas or Premises shall be taken or appropriated under the power of eminent domain or conveyed in lieu thereof, and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the use of the Premises for the purposes for which it is being used, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease at its option by delivering written notice of such termination within fifteen (15) days after such taking occurs.  In such event, Landlord shall receive (and Tenant shall assign to Landlord upon demand from Landlord) any income, rent, award or any interest therein which may be paid in connection with the exercise of such power of eminent domain, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any part of sum paid by virtue of such proceedings, whether or not attributable to the value of the unexpired term of the Lease, except to the extent such award is attributable to the value of any improvements paid for by Tenant or the leasehold itself.  If a part of the Premises, the Common Areas or the Building shall be so taken or appropriated or conveyed during the Term and this Lease is not terminated, the Rent and Additional Charges to be paid under this Lease for the remainder of the Term shall be proportionately reduced, such reduction to be based upon the extent to which the partial taking or appropriation or conveyance shall interfere with the business carried on by Tenant in the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 20, if the temporary use or occupancy of any part of the Premises or Common Areas shall be taken or appropriated under power of eminent domain during the Term, this Lease shall be and remain unaffected by such taking or appropriation and Tenant shall continue to pay in full all Rent and Additional Charges payable hereunder by Tenant during the Term; in the event of any such temporary appropriation or taking, Tenant shall be entitled to receive that portion of any award which represents compensation for the use of or occupancy of the Premises or Common Areas during the Term, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive that portion of any award which represents the cost of restoration of the Premises and the use and occupancy of the Premises after the end of the Term.

 

21.                                Sale By Landlord .

 

In the event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, such sale or conveyance shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, herein contained in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease, though Landlord will remain liable for all obligations which accrued prior to the transfer.  This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale, and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee.  Landlord shall ensure that any document of sale or conveyance requires the purchaser or assignee to assume any and all of Landlord’s obligations to Tenant under the terms of this Lease from and after the date of such assignment.

 

22.                                Right to Perform .

 

All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of Rent and Additional Charges.  If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Rent and Additional Charges, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue for twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice thereof from Landlord, then Landlord shall provide Tenant with a second written notice to Tenant outlining the failure to perform.  If such failure shall continue for ten (10) business days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s second notice (except in the event of emergency, were either life or property is under immediate threat), then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to do so, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as provided in this Lease.  All sums so paid by Landlord and all

 

20


 

necessary incidental costs together with interest thereon at the maximum rate permitted by law, from the date of such payment by Landlord shall be payable as Additional Charges to Landlord on demand.

 

All covenants and agreements to be performed by Landlord under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.  If Landlord shall fail to perform any act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice thereof from Tenant (except in the event of emergency, were either life or property is under immediate threat), Tenant shall provide Landlord with a second written notice to Landlord outlining such failure to perform.  If such failure shall continue for ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s second notice (except in the event of emergency, were either life or property is under immediate threat), and if such failure to perform is materially and adversely affecting Tenant’s business operations in the Premises, then Tenant may, but shall not be obligated to do so, and without waiving or releasing Landlord from any obligations of Landlord, perform any such act on Landlord’s part to be made or performed as provided in this Lease, so long as the exercise of such rights do not violate any tenant leases in the Building or void any warranty for the roof or any building system.  All sums so paid by Tenant and all necessary incidental costs together with interest thereon at the maximum rate permitted by law, from the date of such payment by Tenant shall be payable to Tenant within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s receipt of invoice, and if not so paid by Landlord, then Tenant shall have the right to exercise its remedies under this Lease.

 

23.                                Surrender of Premises .

 

(a)                                  At the end of the Term or any renewal thereof or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all improvements or additions upon or belonging to the same, by whomsoever made, in good condition, ordinary wear and tear, damage caused by fire, casualty or condemnation, and repairs, maintenance and replacements that are Landlord’s obligations under this Lease excepted.  Tenant shall deliver the Premises broom clean and free of Tenant’s personal property and rubbish. Tenant may, upon the termination of this Lease, remove all movable furniture and equipment belonging to Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, provided that Tenant repairs any damage caused by such removal.  Property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord.  Upon request by Landlord, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall remove, at Tenant’s sole cost, all moveable furniture and equipment belonging to Tenant which may be left by Tenant and repair any damage, resulting from such removal.

 

(b)                                  The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

 

24.                                Waiver .

 

If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein.  Furthermore, the acceptance of Rent and Additional Charges by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord accepted such Rent and Additional Charges. Failure by Landlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive or to

 

21



 

decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Tenant.  Waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease may only be made by a written document signed by Landlord.

 

25.                                Notices

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, any bills statement, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given under this Lease shall be effective only if rendered or given in writing, sent by (i) registered or certified mail, (ii) a national overnight courier, or (iii) personal delivery,

 

(a)                                  to Tenant

 

(i)                                      at the following address, if sent prior to Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises;

 

Standard Parking Corporation

2421 21 st  Avenue

Nashville, TN 37212

Attention: Legal Department

 

With copies to:                                                                                                                Standard Parking Corporation

Suite 7700

200E

Chicago, IL 60601

 

(ii)                                   or at the Premises if sent subsequent to Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises;

 

(b)                                  to Landlord

 

(i)                                      at Landlord’s address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, with copies to:

 

CBRE, Inc.

Attn:  Asset Manager

2525 Perimeter Place Drive, Suite 106

Nashville, TN 37214

 

Bass, Berry & Sims, PLC

150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800

Nashville, Tennessee 37201

ATTN:  D. Mark Sheets

 

(ii)                                   or to such other address as either Landlord or Tenant may designate as its new address for such purpose (and with a copy to counsel referenced above) by notice given to the other in accordance with the provisions of this Section 25.

 

Any such bill, statement, notice, demand, request or other communication shall be deemed to have been rendered or given three (3) days after the date when it shall have been mailed as provided in this Section

 

22



 

25 if sent by registered or certified mail, one business day after deposit with an overnight courier (subject to confirmation of delivery) or upon the date personal delivery is made.  If Tenant is notified of the identity and address of Landlord’s mortgagee, Tenant shall give to such mortgagee notice of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease in writing sent by registered or certified mail, and such mortgagee shall be given a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant exercising any remedy available to it.

 

26.                                Taxes Payable By Tenant .

 

Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes levied or assessed upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in or about the Premises.  If the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property, Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon written demand, the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion thereof resulting from said increase in assessment.

 

27.                                Abandonment .

 

Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during the Term, and if Tenant shall abandon or surrender the Premises or be dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to be abandoned and title thereto shall thereupon pass to Landlord.  The foregoing is not meant to restrict temporary vacancies of the Premises.

 

28.                                Successors and Assigns .

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal and personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

29.                                Attorney’s Fees/Costs .

 

If Tenant or Landlord brings any action for any relief against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Lease following an event of default, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of Rent or Additional Charges or possessions of the Premises, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party a reasonable sum for attorney’s fees, which shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment or otherwise settled among the parties and court costs.

 

30.                                ADA .

 

Landlord shall make any improvements or alterations to the Building required to conform with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (“ ADA ”), and any other laws, ordinances, orders or regulations of any governmental body or authority presently required or hereinafter enacted, except that Tenant shall be responsible for any costs of compliance associated with (a) alterations made to the Premises by Tenant, or (b) required due to the specific operation or conduct of the Tenant’s business on the Premises.

 

23



 

31.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  The term “Premises” wherever it appears herein includes and shall be deemed or taken to include (except where such meaning would be clearly repugnant to the context) the office space demised and improvements now or at any time hereinafter comprising or built in the space hereby demised.  The paragraph headings herein are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease.  In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations hereunder shall be joint and several.  The terms “Tenant” and “Landlord” or any pronouns used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators, and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.

 

(b)                                  Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions.  This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of Tennessee.  This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all the agreements of the parties hereto and supersedes any previous negotiations.  There have been no representations made by the Landlord or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits.  This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

(c)                                   If for any reason whatsoever any of the provisions hereof shall be unenforceable or ineffective, all of the other provisions shall be and remain in full force and effect.

 

(d)                                  Upon Tenant paying the Rent and Additional Charges and performing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant may peacefully and quietly enjoy the Premises during the Term as against all persons or entities lawfully claiming by or through Landlord; subject, however, to the provisions of this Lease.

 

32.                                Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .

 

Tenant recognizes that Landlord is a limited liability entity.  It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, that each and all of the representations, covenants, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of Landlord are intended not as personal representations, covenants, undertakings and agreements of the members, shareholders, or owners as applicable of Landlord, but are made an intended for the purpose of binding only Landlord’s interest in the Building and Common Areas, including all rents and proceeds therefrom.  No personal liability or personal responsibility is assumed by nor shall at anytime be asserted or enforced against, any of the members, shareholders, or owners as applicable of Landlord on account of this Lease.  All such personal liability, if any, being expressly waived and released by Tenant herein, and by all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

33.                                Tenant Improvements .

 

Landlord is not required to make any improvements or alterations to the Premises prior to commencement of the Term.  The Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in its as-is, where-is condition without warranty or representation, except as otherwise and expressly provided in Section 7 herein.

 

24



 

34.                                Brokerage .

 

Landlord and Tenant are each represented by CBRE, Inc. and Landlord shall compensate CBRE, Inc. pursuant to a separate agreement.  Subject to the foregoing, each party represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any other broker in connection with this Lease.  The execution and delivery of this Lease by each party shall be conclusive evidence that such party has relied upon the foregoing representation and warranty.  Each party shall indemnify and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims for commissions, fees or other compensation by any person who shall claim to have dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this Lease and for any and all costs incurred by the other party in connection with such claims, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees and disbursements.  The provisions of this Section 34 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

35.                                Signage.

 

Landlord agrees to allow Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to place exterior signage at the entrance to Tenant’s space so long as such signage is approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Landlord also agrees to provide Tenant, at Landlord’s cost, with directory signage on the directory board.

 

36.                                Parking.

 

Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost, to use up to one hundred thirty-three (133) non-reserved parking spaces in common with other tenants at the Building (which right includes the right to use a proportionate number of handicapped spaces).  In the event Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant’s parking use exceeds the number of spaces allocated hereunder, Landlord may require Tenant’s employees to place parking stickers or hanging tags on or in their vehicles.  Landlord will use reasonable efforts to enforce its parking rules with regard to all tenants.

 

37.                                Anti-Terrorism.

 

Each party represents and warrants to, and covenants with, the other party that it is not nor shall be at any time during the term of the Lease in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the “Executive Order”) and/or the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “USA Patriot Act”).  Each party covenants with the other party that it is not nor shall be during the term of the Lease, a “Prohibited Person,” which is defined as follows:  (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to, the provisions of the Executive Order; (ii) a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order; (iii) a person or entity with whom the other party is prohibited from dealing with or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, including without limitation the Executive Order and the USA Patriot Act; (iv) a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in Section 3(d) of the Executive Order; (v) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the then-most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/t11sdn.pdf, or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; and (vi) a person or entity who is affiliated with a person or entity listed in items (i) through (v), above.  At any time and from time-to-time during the term

 

25



 

of the Lease, each party shall deliver to the other party, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request therefor, a written certification or such other evidence reasonably acceptable to the other party evidencing and confirming such party’s compliance with this Section.

 

38.                                Act of God/Force Majeure.

 

Except with respect to Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent under this Lease, the obligations of the parties hereunder shall not be affected, impaired or excused, nor shall one party have any liability whatsoever to the other party, because (a) such party is unable to fulfill, or is delayed in fulfilling, any of its obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, other labor trouble, governmental pre-emption of priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency or shortages of fuel, supplies, labor or materials, acts of God, or force majeure, reasonable control; or (b) with respect to Landlord, any failure or defect in the supply, quantity or character of electricity or water furnished to the Premises, by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility or others serving the Building with electric energy, steam, oil, gas or water, or for any other reason whether similar or dissimilar, beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, provided that Landlord shall be responsible for any result of a latent defect.

 

39.                                Landlord Representations and Warranties.

 

Landlord makes the following representations and warranties to Tenant:

 

(a)                                  Landlord alone owns the Building and underlying land in fee simple title; (b) Landlord has the full authority to enter into this Lease without any other required consent or notice; (c) to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, there are no encumbrances, restrictions, easements or zoning regulations which would prevent Tenant from operating as permitted hereunder; (d) to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, there are not recognized environmental conditions or hazardous substances on or about the Building in violation of applicable environmental laws.

 

(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

 

 

 

Title:

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

KBS RIVERVIEW BUSINESS CENTER I & II, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

KBS Capital Advisors LLC,

 

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

 

its authorized agent

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ ALLEN ALDRIDGE

 

 

Name: Allen Aldridge

 

 

Its:       Senior Vice President

 

27



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FLOOR PLAN

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Leasehold Improvement Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into effective the 17th day of October, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), by and between KBS Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC (herein called “Landlord” ), and Standard Parking Corporation (hereinafter called “Tenant” ).

 

W   I   T   N   E   S   S   E   T   H :

 

1.                                       THE LEASE .   Landlord and Tenant are entering into that certain Lease Agreement of even date herewith (herein called the “Lease”), whereby Landlord shall lease to Tenant, and Tenant shall lease from Landlord, upon and subject to the terms, covenants, provisions and conditions of the Lease, certain space as described in the Lease, in the building located (herein called the “Building”) on the real property (herein called the Land ) more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease, reference to which is hereby made for purposes of identification.  The space covered by the Lease is herein called the Premises .

 

2.                                       IMPROVEMENTS TO PREMISES .  The Premises provided to Tenant by Landlord is provided to Tenant without representation or warranty as to its fitness or suitability for any particular purpose and is provided in its as-is, where-is condition, except that the Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in broom clean condition, with all Building systems in good working order.  Any improvements to the Premises shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense subject to the Landlord’s Allowance (defined below).  Tenant shall be responsible for, without limitation, design, payment for plans, paying fees and permitting costs, furnishing all materials, and performing all work with reasonable diligence (collectively the “Work”) consistent with the Specifications (as defined in Section 5 herein) which shall be approved by Landlord and Tenant.  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for its own low voltage cabling.  Upon completion of the Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord (1) an architect’s certification of completion of the Work, and (2) an executed lien waiver from any party providing construction services or materials to the Premises waiving such party’s right to file a mechanic’s lien against Landlord’s interest in the Premises.

 

3 .                                       LANDLORD’S ALLOWANCE .  Landlord shall provide up to $831,425.00 (based on $25 per square foot of rentable space) as a tenant improvement allowance (the “Landlord’s Allowance”).  The Landlord’s Allowance shall be used to pay any applicable permitting costs, construction costs consistent with the approved construction documents, any design fees, carpeting, the costs of the preparation of the Specifications and the construction documents.  Up to $166,285.00 of the Landlord’s Allowance may be used for moving costs, built-in and moveable furniture, telephone/data cabling, wiring, telecommunication equipment, consultant fees, or at Tenant’s option, to pay Rent due under the Lease.  Except as permitted by the preceding sentence, Landlord’s Allowance shall not be used for moveable furniture or equipment.

 

4 .                                       PAYMENT OF LANDLORD’S ALLOWANCE .  Subject to the documentation requirements below, so long as Tenant is not in default beyond applicable grace and/or notice and cure periods, the Landlord’s Allowance will be paid in accordance with this Section 4.  The first installment will be payable on the completion of thirty percent (30%) of Tenant’s Work, the second installment will be payable on the completion of sixty percent (60%) of Tenant’s Work, the third installment will be payable on the completion of ninety percent (90%) of Tenant’s Work, and the fourth installment will be payable on the completion of Tenant’s Work.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole

 



 

discretion, shall have the option to request that Landlord’s Allowance be paid directly to vendors, contractors, subcontractors, etc. from Landlord, upon reasonable documentation, including receipts or bills that are approved by Tenant or Tenant’s agents.

 

(a)                                  With respect to the first, second and third installments, each of which shall be equal to thirty percent (30%) of the Landlord’s Allowance, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord:  (i) a copy of a request for payment of Tenant’s contractor, approved by Tenant, in a format reasonably requested by Landlord, detailing the percentage of the work completed and the portion not completed and the amount due for labor and materials as of such date (which approved request shall be deemed Tenant’s approval and acceptance of the work and materials described therein); (ii) invoices from all parties providing labor or materials to the Premises; (iii) a conditional partial release of mechanic’s liens executed by Tenant’s general contractor, together with subcontractors providing more than $5,000 in goods or materials; (iv) beginning with the second installment of the Landlord’s Allowance (though not the first installment) an unconditional partial release of mechanic’s liens executed by Tenant’s general contractor, together with subcontractors providing more than $5,000 in goods or materials, specifying that all work has been paid in full to date; and (v) any other information reasonably requested by Landlord.  Within 30 days after receiving such materials with respect to each of the first three installments, Landlord shall deliver a check to Tenant (or it’s contractor, if so requested) in the amount of the applicable installment payable to Tenant.  Landlord’s payment of such amounts shall not be deemed Landlord’s approval or acceptance of the work or materials described in Tenant’s payment request.  In no event shall Landlord be required to remit any amounts to Tenant in excess of the amount due to Tenant’s contractor and subcontractors for work performed and materials provided prior to such date.

 

(b)                                  With respect to the final installment, within 30 days after the latest of (i) the completion of Tenant’s Work; (ii) Landlord’s receipt of (A) paid invoices from all parties providing materials to the Premises; (B) an executed unconditional mechanic’s lien release from the general contractor and subcontractors; (C) a certificate executed by Tenant, in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, certifying that the Work has been substantially completed (other than any punch list items that do not materially interfere with the use of the Premises); (D) evidence that all governmental approvals required for Tenant to legally occupy the Premises have been obtained, including, without limitation, a certificate of occupancy (or equivalent instrument) issued by the Metropolitan Government for Nashville and Davidson County for the installation of the improvements within the Premises, and Tenant’s opening for business to the public; and (iii) Landlord’s determination (which shall be made, if at all, no later than five (5) business days after receipt of the items set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above), that no substandard work exists which adversely affects the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life-safety or other systems of the Building, or any other tenant’s use of such other tenant’s leased premises in the Building, Landlord shall pay Tenant an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Landlord Allowance.

 

5.                                       SPECIFICATIONS/PERMITS Tenant shall retain a licensed engineer or architect selected by Tenant (but subject to Landlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld) to prepare proposed plans and specifications for the build-out of Tenant’s office space, and after Tenant has approved such proposed plans and specifications (the “Specifications”), Tenant shall submit such plans and specifications to the Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval, said approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  If Landlord has not delivered to Tenant or Tenant’s agent written notice of any objections by Landlord to Tenant’s proposed plans and specifications within ten (10) days after the receipt of the plans and specifications by Landlord, said plans and specifications shall be deemed to be approved.  Tenant shall use its reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain all authorizations, approvals and permits required by any governmental entity for the Work described herein to be performed

 


 

by Tenant.  Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in obtaining such authorizations, approvals or permits.  Tenant shall obtain and maintain, at Tenant’s expense, all authorizations, approvals and permits required by any governmental entity for the Work to be performed by Tenant and shall pay for or reimburse Landlord for the cost of permits obtained by Landlord.  After approval of the Specifications, Tenant shall be entitled to solicit bids and select contractors and subcontractors to perform the Work; provided , however , that (a) each such contractor, together with subcontractors providing more than $5,000 in goods or materials shall be subject to the approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (b) Tenant shall seek bids from at least two (2) general contractors.  Upon selection of any contractor or subcontractor by Tenant and the approval thereof by Landlord, Tenant shall engage (or as it relates to subcontractors, shall cause its general contractor to engage) such contractor or subcontractor.

 

6.               NO LIABILITY TO LANDLORD FOR TENANT’S WORK .  Tenant agrees and acknowledges that Tenant is not the agent for Landlord for any purpose, including, without limitation, contracting with third parties for improvements to the Premises.  Tenant agrees that any construction contract related to the Premises executed by Tenant shall contain a provision stating that Tenant is not the agent for Landlord for any purpose, including, without limitation, contracting with third parties for improvements to the Premises.  Tenant agrees that any party providing construction services or materials to the Premises shall execute a waiver of such party’s right to file a mechanic’s lien against the Landlord’s interest in the Premises and Tenant shall deliver such waiver to Landlord prior to permitting such party to begin work on the Premises.

 

7.               ACCESS BEFORE COMMENCEMENT DATE .   Upon delivery of evidence of the required insurance, Tenant and its agents/contractors shall have access to the Premises for the purposes of completing the Work.  In connection with such access, Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations of Landlord related to the Premises and work at the Building, including, without limitation, security and safety requirements.  During Tenant’s access to the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall comply with all terms provisions of this Lease.

 

8.               NOTICES .   Any notice, statement, demand, consent, approval or other communication required or desired to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing and be deemed to have been duly given if the manner of delivery complies with the provisions of the Lease.

 

9.               ASSIGNMENT .   This Agreement and Tenant’s rights hereunder shall not be assigned by Tenant except to a permitted assignee of all of Tenant’s right under the Lease and any other purported assignment by Tenant shall be null and void and of no force and effect.  If Tenant shall duly assign its right hereunder, the assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee shall assume the obligation of this Agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

 

10.             WAIVER OF CERTAIN REMEDIES .

 

(a)              No sum payable to Tenant as the result of any breach or default by Landlord under this Agreement shall be deducted from or offset against any Rent or Additional Charges payable under the Lease unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, consents thereto, and no such breach or default by Landlord under this Agreement shall be the subject of a defense or counterclaim in any action or proceeding brought by Landlord to enforce its rights under the Lease or excuse Tenant from the performance of any of its obligation under the Lease or relieve Tenant of any of its liabilities thereunder.

 



 

(b)              Landlord shall not be liable for consequential damages arising out of any breach of default under this Agreement, including, without limitation, loss of use or income from the Building or the Premises or any equipment or facilities therein, whether by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant.

 

(c)              Tenant shall look only to Landlord’s interest in the Land and the Building (or the proceeds thereof) for satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies or for the collection of a judgment or other judicial process requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder, and no other property or assets of Landlord, or its partners, principals or related entities, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to the Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises.

 

11.            CONFLICTS AND CONFORMITY WITH LEASE .  To the extent which this Agreement fails to provide the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant relative to any matter, the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant relative to such matters shall be governed by the Lease.  As between the Landlord under the lease and Tenant or Tenant’s successors and assigns, if there shall be any conflict between this Agreement and the Lease, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail until the Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease).  In all other circumstances, the provisions of the Lease shall prevail in the event of such conflict.

 

12.             TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE .   The following individuals are hereby designated as Tenant’s representatives and are expressly authorized to act on behalf of Tenant until a successor thereto is named by written notice from Tenant to Landlord:                                          .

 

13 .             NO OVERHEAD FEE .  In no event shall Landlord charge an overhead fee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

STANDARD PARKING CORPORATION ,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

KBS RIVERVIEW BUSINESS CENTER I & II, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

KBS Capital Advisors LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company,

 

its authorized agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:  Allen Aldridge

 

Its:     Senior Vice President

 

[ Signature page to Landlord Improvement Agreement ]

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Rules and Regulations

 

1.                                       Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant intends to use a “keycard” security system for employees.  Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant ten (10) physical keys without charge that may also be used.  Additional keys will be furnished at a nominal charge.  Tenant shall not make or cause to be made duplicates of keys procured from Landlord without prior approval of Landlord.  All keys to leased premises shall be surrendered to Landlord upon termination of this Lease.

 

2.                                       Tenant will refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians rendering any service on or to the leased premises for Tenant to Landlord for Landlord’s approval before performance of any contractual service.  Tenant’s contractors and installation technicians shall comply with Landlord’s rules and regulations pertaining to construction and installation.  This provision shall apply to all work performed on or about the leased premises or project, including installation of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments and installations of any nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings and equipment or any other physical portion of the leased premises or project.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not at any time occupy any part of the leased premises or project as sleeping or lodging quarters.

 

4.                                       Tenant shall not place, install or operate on the leased premises or in any part of the building any engine or machinery, or conduct mechanical operations thereon or therein, or place or use in or about the leased premises or project any explosives, gasoline, kerosene, oil, acids, caustics, or any flammable, explosive or hazardous material without written consent of Landlord.

 

5.                                       Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, equipment, money or jewelry from the leased premises or the project regardless of whether such loss occurs when the area is locked against entry or not.

 

6.                                       No dogs, cats, fowl, or other animals shall be brought into or kept in or about the leased premises or project, except as utilized by persons with disabilities.

 

7.                                       Employees of Landlord shall not receive or carry messages for or to any Tenant or other person or contract with or render free or paid services to any Tenant or to any of Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees.

 

8.                                       None of the parking, plaza, recreation or lawn areas, entries, passages, doors, elevators, hallways or stairways shall be blocked or obstructed or any rubbish, litter, trash, or material of any nature placed, emptied or thrown into these areas or such area used by Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees at any time for purposes inconsistent with their designation by Landlord.

 

9.                                       The water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than

 



 

those for which they were constructed, and any damage resulting to them from misuse or by the defacing or injury of any part of the building shall be borne by the person who shall occasion it.  No person shall waste water by interfering with the faucets or otherwise.

 

10.                                No person shall disturb occupants of the building by the use of any radios, record players, tape recorders, musical instruments, the making of unseemly noises or any unreasonable use.  Nothing shall be thrown out of the windows of the building or down the stairways or other passages.

 

11.                                Tenant shall not leave any vehicle in a state of disrepair on the leased premises or project.  If Tenant or its employees, agents or invites park their vehicles in areas other than the designated parking areas or leave any vehicle in a state of disrepair, Landlord, after giving written notice to Tenant of such violation, shall have the right to remove such vehicles at Tenant’s expense.

 

12.                                Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking, in aisles, where “No Parking” signs are posted, on ramps, in cross hatched areas, and in other areas as may be designated by Landlord.  Every person is required to park and lock his vehicle. All responsibility for damage to vehicles or persons is assumed by the owner of the vehicle or its driver.  Landlord may require parking stickers or other forms of identification for vehicles permitted to park in the parking area as provided in the Lease, and such items supplied by Landlord shall remain the property of Landlord and not the property of Tenant and are not transferable.

 

13.                                Movement in or out of the building of furniture or office supplies and equipment, or dispatch or receipt by Tenant of any merchandise or materials which requires use of elevators or stairways, or movement through the building entrances or lobby, shall be restricted to hours designated by Landlord. All such movement shall be under supervision of Landlord and carried out in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance.  Such prearrangement will include determination by Landlord of time, method, and routing of movement and limitations imposed by safety or other concerns which may prohibit any article, equipment or any other item from being brought into the building.  Tenant assumes, and shall indemnify Landlord against, all risks and claims of damage to persons and properties arising in connection with any said movement.

 

14.                                Landlord shall not be liable for any damages from the stoppage of elevators for necessary or desirable repairs or improvements or delays of any sort in connection with the elevator service.

 

15.                                Tenant shall not lay floor covering within the Premises without written approval of the Landlord.  The use of cement or other similar adhesive materials not easily removed with water is expressly prohibited.

 

16.                                Tenant agrees to cooperate and assist Landlord in the prevention of canvassing, soliciting and peddling within the building or project.

 

17.                                Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the building or project, between the hours of

 



 

6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekdays and at all hours on Saturday, Sunday and legal holidays, all persons who are not known to the building or project security personnel and who do not present a pass to the building signed by the Tenant.  Each Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he supplies a pass.

 

18.                                It is Landlord’s desire to maintain in the building or project the highest standard of dignity and good taste consistent with comfort and convenience for tenants.  Any action or condition not meeting this high standard should be reported directly to Landlord.  Your cooperation will be mutually beneficial and sincerely appreciated. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and further reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be necessary, for the safety, care and cleanliness of the leased premises and for the preservation of good order therein.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

Exclusions from Common Area Maintenance Expenses

 

In no event shall Common Area Maintenance Expenses include: (i) initial construction costs and other capital expenditures under generally accepted accounting principles unless such capital expenditure costs are amortized by Landlord over the useful life of the improvement(s); (ii) wages, benefits and other compensation paid to any employees of Landlord, except staff who work full time at the Building, if any, and are below the grade of building manager; (iii) management fees in excess of four percent (4%) of rent received by the Landlord from tenants of the Building; (iv) costs of repairs and maintenance that are paid or reimbursed by insurance warranties, guarantees or service contracts; (v) interest and financing costs related to any loan or other indebtedness (vi) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items; (vii) costs incurred in connection with the selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging, or hypothecating the Building; (viii) any Property Taxes or insurance costs (which are to be charged to Tenant as a separate item as provided in Sections 4(b) and 4(c) hereof); (ix) costs associated with the operation and internal organization of Landlord as a business entity; (x) any costs associated with leasing space in the Building or procuring tenants for the Building, including, without limitation, lease commissions, advertising expenses, attorneys fees incurred in connection with preparation of any lease, and expenses of renovating space for tenants or other costs incurred in association with lease, sublease, or assignment procurement or negotiation; (xi) legal expenses incurred in enforcing the terms of any lease; (xxii) cost of utilities and other services provided to other tenants of the Building by Landlord, but not provided to Tenant; (xxiii) capital improvements unless the cost of the same are amortized by Landlord over the useful life of the improvement(s); and (xxiv) tenant improvements or Building modifications primarily to service another tenant in the Building.

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

This SUBORDINATION, NONDISTURBANCE, AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of                               , 20         (the “Effective Date”), between BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, whose address is                                                                                                                       , Attention: Commercial Real Estate Banking (“Mortgagee”), and                                             , a                                                       , whose address is                                                          (“Tenant”), and                                                             , a                                         , whose address is                                                    (“Landlord”) with reference to the following facts:

 

A.            , a                                       , whose address is                                                                (“Landlord”), owns the real property located at                                                  (such real property, including all buildings, improvements, structures and fixtures located thereon, “Landlord’s Premises”), as more particularly described in Schedule A.

 

B.            Mortgagee has made a loan to Landlord in the original principal amount of $                                   (the “Loan”).

 

C.            To secure the Loan, Landlord has encumbered Landlord’s Premises by entering into that certain                 [Deed of Trust/Mortgage, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing]                         dated                                   , 20      , for the benefit of Mortgagee (as amended, increased, renewed, extended, spread, consolidated, severed, restated, or otherwise changed from time to time, the “Mortgage”) [to be] recorded [on                                         , in Book                     , Page                       ,] in the Public Records of                                              County,                                    (the “Land Records”).

 

D.            Pursuant to a Lease, dated as of                                   , 20      , as amended on                                   , 20       and                         , 20       (the “Lease”); Landlord demised to Tenant [a portion of] Landlord’s Premises (“Tenant’s Premises”).  Tenant’s Premises are commonly known as                                                                                                   .

 

E.            A memorandum or short form of the Lease [is to be recorded in the Land Records prior to the recording of this Agreement.] [was recorded in the Land Records on                                           , at Book             , Page           .]

 

F.             Tenant and Mortgagee desire to agree upon the relative priorities of their interests in Landlord’s Premises and their rights and obligations if certain events occur.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and sufficient consideration and intending to be legally bound hereby, Tenant and Mortgagee agree:

 

1.             Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement.

 

[THIS SUB-SECTION 1.1 MAY BE DELETED IF THIS IS A TERM LOAN AND THE BORROWER/LANDLORD IS NOT CONSTRUCTING OR PAYING FOR ANY TENANT

 



 

IMPROVEMENTS.]           1.1          “Construction-Related Obligation(s)” means any obligation of Landlord under the Lease to make, pay for, or reimburse Tenant for any alterations, demolition, or other improvements or work at Landlord’s Premises, including Tenant’s Premises.  Construction-Related Obligations shall not include:  (a) reconstruction or repair following fire, casualty or condemnation; or (b) day-to-day maintenance and repairs.

 

1.2          “ Foreclosure Event ” means:  (a) foreclosure under the Mortgage; (b) any other exercise by Mortgagee of rights and remedies (whether under the Mortgage or under applicable law, including bankruptcy law) as holder of the Loan and/or the Mortgage, as a result of which Successor Landlord becomes owner of Landlord’s Premises; or (c) delivery by Landlord to Mortgagee (or its designee or nominee) of a deed or other conveyance of Landlord’s interest in Landlord’s Premises in lieu of any of the foregoing.

 

1.3          “ Former Landlord ” means Landlord and any other party that was landlord under the Lease at any time before the occurrence of any attornment under this Agreement.

 

1.4          “ Offset Right ” means any right or alleged right of Tenant to any offset, defense (other than one arising from actual payment and performance, which payment and performance would bind a Successor Landlord pursuant to this Agreement), claim, counterclaim, reduction, deduction, or abatement against Tenant’s payment of Rent or performance of Tenant’s other obligations under the Lease, arising (whether under the Lease or other applicable law) from Landlord’s breach or default under the Lease.

 

1.5          “ Rent ” means any fixed rent, base rent or additional rent under the Lease.

 

1.6          “ Successor Landlord ” means any party that becomes owner of Landlord’s Premises as the result of a Foreclosure Event.

 

1.7          “ Termination Right ” means any right of Tenant to cancel or terminate the Lease or to claim a partial or total eviction arising (whether under the Lease or under applicable law) from Landlord’s breach or default under the Lease.

 

2.             Subordination .  The Lease, including all rights of first refusal, purchase options and other rights of purchase, shall be, and shall at all times remain, subject and subordinate to the Mortgage, the lien imposed by the Mortgage, and all advances made under or secured by the Mortgage.

 

3.             Nondisturbance; Recognition; and Attornment .

 

3.1          No Exercise of Mortgage Remedies Against Tenant .  So long as the Lease has not been terminated on account of Tenant’s default that has continued beyond applicable cure periods (an “Event of Default”), Mortgagee shall not name or join Tenant as a defendant in any exercise of Mortgagee’s rights and remedies arising upon a default under the Mortgage unless applicable law requires Tenant to be made a party thereto as a condition to proceeding against Landlord or prosecuting such rights and remedies.  In the latter case, Mortgagee may join Tenant as a defendant in such action only for such purpose and not to terminate the Lease or otherwise adversely affect Tenant’s rights under the Lease or this Agreement in such action.

 

3.2          Nondisturbance and Attornment .  If the Lease has not been terminated on account of an Event of Default by Tenant, then, when Successor Landlord takes title to Landlord’s Premises: (a) Successor Landlord shall not terminate or disturb Tenant’s possession of Tenant’s Premises under the

 



 

Lease, except in accordance with the terms of the Lease and this Agreement; (b) Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms and conditions of the Lease (except as provided in this Agreement); (c) Tenant shall recognize and attorn to Successor Landlord as Tenant’s direct landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement; and (d) the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease, in accordance with its terms (except as provided in this Agreement), between Successor Landlord and Tenant.

 

3.3          Further Documentation .  The provisions of this Article shall be effective and self-operative without any need for Successor Landlord or Tenant to execute any further documents.  Tenant and Successor Landlord shall, however, confirm the provisions of this Article in writing upon request by either of them.

 

3.4          Default Under Mortgage .  In the event that Mortgagee notifies Tenant of a default under the Mortgage and demands in writing that Tenant pay its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, Tenant shall honor such demand and pay the full amount of its rent and all other sums due under the Lease directly to Mortgagee, without offset, or as otherwise required pursuant to such notice beginning with the payment next due after such notice of default, without inquiry as to whether a default actually exists under the Mortgage and notwithstanding any contrary instructions of or demands from Landlord.

 

4.             Protection of Successor Landlord .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or the Mortgage, Successor Landlord shall not be liable for or bound by any of the following matters:

 

4.1          Claims Against Former Landlord .  Any Offset Right that Tenant may have against any Former Landlord relating to any event or occurrence before the date of attornment, including any claim for damages of any kind whatsoever as the result of any breach by Former Landlord that occurred before the date of attornment.  (The foregoing shall not limit either (a) Tenant’s right to exercise against Successor Landlord any Offset Right otherwise available to Tenant because of events occurring after the date of attornment, or (b) Successor Landlord’s obligation to correct any conditions that existed as of the date of attornment and violate Successor Landlord’s obligations as landlord under the Lease.)

 

4.2          Acts or Omissions of Former Landlord .  Any act, omission, default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty, of any previous landlord (including Former Landlord) or obligations accruing prior to Successor Landlord’s actual ownership of the Property (except for those which constitute an ongoing default capable of cure by successor Landlord).

 

4.3          Prepayments .  Any payment of Rent that Tenant may have made to Former Landlord more than thirty (30) days before the date such Rent was first due and payable under the Lease with respect to any period after the date of attornment other than, and only to the extent that, the Lease expressly required such a prepayment.

 

4.4          Payment; Security Deposit .  Any obligation (a) to pay Tenant any sum(s) that any Former Landlord owed to Tenant, or (b) with respect to any security deposited with Former Landlord, unless such security was actually delivered to Mortgagee.  [THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE MAY BE DELETED IF THIS IS A TERM LOAN AND THE BORROWER/LANDLORD IS NOT CONSTRUCTING OR PAYING FOR ANY TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.]  This paragraph is not intended to apply to Landlord’s obligation to make any payment that constitutes a Construction-Related Obligation.

 

4.5          Surrender; Etc .  Any consensual or negotiated surrender, cancellation, or termination of

 


 

the Lease, in whole or in part, agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant, unless effected unilaterally by Tenant pursuant to the express terms of the Lease.

 

[THIS SUB-SECTION  4.7 MAY BE DELETED IF THIS IS A TERM LOAN AND THE BORROWER/LANDLORD IS NOT CONSTRUCTING OR PAYING FOR ANY TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.]  4.7 Construction-Related Obligations.  Any Construction-Related Obligation of Landlord under the Lease.

 

5.                                       Exculpation of Successor Landlord .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or the Lease, upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement the Lease shall be deemed to have been automatically amended to provide that Successor Landlord’s obligations and liability under the Lease shall never extend beyond Successor Landlord’s (or its successors’ or assigns’) interest, if any, in Landlord’s Premises from time to time, including rents, insurance and condemnation proceeds, Successor Landlord’s interest in the Lease, and the proceeds from any sale or other disposition of Landlord’s Premises by Successor Landlord (collectively, “Successor Landlord’s Interest”).  Tenant shall look exclusively to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) for payment or discharge of any obligations of Successor Landlord under the Lease as affected by this Agreement.  If Tenant obtains any money judgment against Successor Landlord with respect to the Lease or the relationship between Successor Landlord and Tenant, then Tenant shall look solely to Successor Landlord’s Interest (or that of its successors and assigns) to collect such judgment.  Tenant shall not collect or attempt to collect any such judgment out of any other assets of Successor Landlord.  In addition to any limitation of liability set forth in this Agreement, Mortgagee and/or its successors and assigns shall under no circumstances be liable for any incidental, consequential, punitive, or exemplary damages.

 

6.                                       Mortgagee’s Right to Cure .

 

6.1                                Notice to Mortgagee .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Agreement, before exercising any Termination Right or Offset Right, Tenant shall provide Mortgagee with notice of the breach or default by Landlord giving rise to same (the “Default Notice”) and, thereafter, the opportunity to cure such breach or default as provided for below.

 

6.2                                Mortgagee’s Cure Period .  After Mortgagee receives a Default Notice, Mortgagee shall have a period of thirty (30) days beyond the time available to Landlord under the Lease in which to cure the breach or default by Landlord.  Mortgagee shall have no obligation to cure (and shall have no liability or obligation for not curing) any breach or default by Landlord, except to the extent that Mortgagee agrees or undertakes otherwise in writing.

 

6.3                                Extended Cure Period .  In addition, as to any breach or default by Landlord the cure of which requires possession and control of Landlord’s Premises, provided only that Mortgagee undertakes to Tenant by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Default Notice to exercise reasonable efforts to cure or cause to be cured by a receiver such breach or default within the period permitted by this paragraph, Mortgagee’s cure period shall continue for such additional time (the “Extended Cure Period”) as Mortgagee may reasonably require to either (a) obtain possession and control of Landlord’s Premises and thereafter cure the breach or default with reasonable diligence and continuity, or (b) obtain the appointment of a receiver and give such receiver a reasonable period of time in which to cure the default.

 

7.                                       Confirmation of Facts .  Tenant represents to Mortgagee and to any Successor Landlord, in each case as of the Effective Date:

 



 

7.1                                Effectiveness of Lease .  The Lease is in full force and effect, has not been modified, and constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relating to Tenant’s Premises.  Tenant has no interest in Landlord’s Premises except pursuant to the Lease.  No unfulfilled conditions exist to Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

 

7.2                                Rent .  Tenant has not paid any Rent that is first due and payable under the Lease after the Effective Date.

 

7.3                                No Landlord Default .  To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no breach or default by Landlord exists and no event has occurred that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default.

 

7.4                                No Tenant Default .  Tenant is not in default under the Lease and has not received any uncured notice of any default by Tenant under the Lease.

 

7.5                                No Termination .  Tenant has not commenced any action nor sent or received any notice to terminate the Lease.  Tenant has no presently exercisable Termination Right(s) or Offset Right(s).

 

7.6                                Commencement Date .  The “Commencement Date” of the Lease was                     .

 

7.7                                Acceptance .  (a) Tenant has accepted possession of Tenant’s Premises; and (b) Landlord has performed all Construction-Related Obligations related to Tenant’s initial occupancy of Tenant’s Premises and Tenant has accepted such performance by Landlord.  [USE THE FOLLOWING LANGUAGE FOR THIS SUB-SECTION 7.7 IF THIS IS A TERM LOAN AND THE BORROWER/LANDLORD IS NOT CONSTRUCTING OR PAYING FOR ANY TENANT IMPROVEMENTS: Acceptance.  Tenant has accepted possession of Tenant’s Premises.]

 

7.8                                No Transfer .  Tenant has not transferred, encumbered, mortgaged, assigned, conveyed or otherwise disposed of the Lease or any interest therein, other than sublease(s) made in compliance with the Lease.

 

7.9                                Due Authorization .  Tenant has full authority to enter into this Agreement, which has been duly authorized by all necessary actions.

 

8.                                       Tenant Covenants .  Tenant shall not, without obtaining the prior written consent of Mortgagee, (a) enter into any agreement amending, modifying, extending, restating or terminating the Lease, (b) prepay any of the rents, additional rents or other sums due under the Lease for more than one (1) month in advance of the due dates thereof, (c) voluntarily surrender the Tenant’s Premises demised under the Lease or terminate the Lease without cause or shorten the term thereof, or (d) assign the Lease or sublet the Tenant’s Premises or any part thereof other than pursuant to the provisions of the Lease; and any such amendment, modification, termination, prepayment, voluntary surrender, assignment or subletting, without Mortgagee’s prior consent, shall not be binding upon Mortgagee.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

9.1                                Notices .  All notices or other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and given by certified mail (return receipt requested) or by nationally

 



 

recognized overnight courier service that regularly maintains records of items delivered.  Each party’s address is as set forth in the opening paragraph of this Agreement, subject to change by notice under this Section.  Notices shall be effective the next business day after being sent by overnight courier service, and five (5) business days after being sent by certified mail (return receipt requested).

 

9.2                                Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall bind and benefit the parties, their successors and assigns, any Successor Landlord, and its successors and assigns.  If Mortgagee assigns the Mortgage, then upon delivery to Tenant of written notice thereof accompanied by the assignee’s written assumption of all obligations under this Agreement, all liability of the assignor shall terminate.

 

9.3                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Mortgagee and Tenant regarding the subordination of the Lease to the Mortgage and the rights and obligations of Tenant and Mortgagee as to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

9.4                                Interaction with Lease and with Mortgage .  If this Agreement conflicts with the Lease, then this Agreement shall govern as between the parties and any Successor Landlord, including upon any attornment pursuant to this Agreement.  This Agreement supersedes, and constitutes full compliance with, any provisions in the Lease that provide for subordination of the Lease to, or for delivery of nondisturbance agreements by the holder of, the Mortgage.  Mortgagee confirms that Mortgagee has consented to Landlord’s entering into the Lease.

 

9.5                                Mortgagee’s Rights and Obligations .  Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement, Mortgagee shall have no obligations to Tenant with respect to the Lease.  If an attornment occurs pursuant to this Agreement, then all rights and obligations of Mortgagee under this Agreement shall terminate, without thereby affecting in any way the rights and obligations of Successor Landlord provided for in this Agreement.

 

9.6                                Interpretation; Governing Law .  The interpretation, validity and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the     [Commonwealth/District/State]       of                                       , excluding its principles of conflict of laws.

 

9.7                                Amendments .  This Agreement may be amended, discharged or terminated, or any of its provisions waived, only by a written instrument executed by the party to be charged.

 

9.8                                Execution .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.9                                Mortgagee’s Representation .  Mortgagee represents that Mortgagee has full authority to enter into this Agreement, and Mortgagee’s entry into this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary actions.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered under seal by Mortgagee and Tenant as of the Effective Date.

 



 

[Signature page continues on next page]

 

 

MORTGAGEE:

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

 

a national banking association

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

,

 

a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

,

 

a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 




Exhibit 21

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF SP PLUS CORPORATION

 

CORPORATE ENTITIES

 

JURISDICTION

Central Parking Corporation

 

Tennessee

SP Plus Security Services, Inc.

 

Delaware

Gameday Management (UK) Limited

 

UK (England and Wales)

Standard Auto Park, Inc.

 

Illinois

Standard Parking Corporation IL

 

Delaware

SP Plus Corporation Canada

 

Canada

SP Plus Corporation du Canada

 

Quebec, Canada

SP Plus Security Canada, Ltd.

 

Canada

SP Plus Property Management, Inc.

 

Delaware

SP Plus Logistics, Inc.

 

Delaware

Expert Parking, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

Expert Parking Management, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania

CPC Propco, LLC

 

Delaware

Kinney Parking, LLC

 

Delaware

Central Parking System of Indiana, Inc.

 

Indiana

11 East Franklin Street Business Trust

 

Maryland

301 East Saratoga Street Business Trust

 

Maryland

305 Guilford Avenue Business Trust

 

Maryland

National Garages, Incorporated

 

Michigan

Allright Carpark, Inc.

 

Missouri

Central Parking System of Nebraska, Inc.

 

Nebraska

Allright New York Parking, Inc.

 

New York

Kinney-Civic Center, Inc.

 

New York

Kinney West 83 rd  St., Inc.

 

New York

Slate Parking Corp.

 

New York

Central Parking System, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System – Airport Services, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Connecticut, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking of Florida, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Georgia, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Maryland, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of New York, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of North Carolina, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Ohio, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Pennsylvania, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Puerto Rico

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Washington, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of New York, Inc.

 

Tennessee

CPS of the Northeast, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Parking Facility System, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Transportation Services USA, Inc.

 

Tennessee

USA Parking System, Inc.

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Texas, Inc.

 

Texas

Central Parking System of Virginia, Inc.

 

Washington District of Columbia

CPC NY 138 East 50 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 332 West 44 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 429 West 36 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 12 West 48 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 155 West 48 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 125 West 58 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 445 East 63 rd  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 301 East 69 th  MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 222 Riverside MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

CPC NY 58 Mortimer MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

 



 

CORPORATE ENTITIES

 

JURISDICTION

CPC NY 61 East Avenue MB, Inc.

 

Delaware

Universal Parking, Inc.

 

Arizona

KCPC Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

KCPC Intermediate Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

LLCs and PARTNERSHIPS

 

JURISDICTION

APCOA LaSalle Parking Company, LLC

 

Louisiana

APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC

 

Connecticut

Parking Data Ventures, LLC

 

Delaware

Bradley Airport Parking, LP

 

Delaware

Central Parking System of Alabama, Inc.

 

Alabama

Central Parking System of Arkansas, Inc.

 

Arkansas

Allright Corporation

 

Delaware

CPS Finance, Inc.

 

Delaware

Kinney System, Inc.

 

Delaware

Parking System, LLC

 

Tennessee

CPS Airport Development, L.L.C.

 

Louisiana

Park One of Louisiana, LLC

 

Louisiana

Black Angus, LLC

 

New York

Central Parking Purchasing, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking Remote Management, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Kentucky, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Louisiana, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Mississippi, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Missouri, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of New Jersey, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Oklahoma, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Rhode Island, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Tennessee, LLC

 

Tennessee

Central Parking System of Wisconsin, LLC

 

Tennessee

Kinney – 9 th  Street, LLC

 

Tennessee

Kinney Parking System, LLC

 

Tennessee

Stop-Park Garage, LLC

 

Tennessee

CPC MB, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC NY 138 East 50 th  Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC NY 332 West 44 th  Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC NY 429 West 36 th  Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC NY 12 West 48 th  Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC NY 155 West 48 th  Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

CPC NY 135 East 47 th  Realty, LLC

 

Delaware

Central Parking System Midwest, LLC

 

Tennessee

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-150379) pertaining to the 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan and on Form S-3 (No. 333-187680) and related Prospectus of SP Plus Corporation (formerly known as Standard Parking Corporation) for the registration of 6,162,332 shares of its common stock, of our reports dated March 13, 2014 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of SP Plus Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of SP Plus Corporation included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 13, 2014




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James A. Wilhelm, certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    By:   /s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

James A. Wilhelm
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, G Marc Baumann, certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    By:   /s/ G MARC BAUMANN

G Marc Baumann
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer & President of Urban Operations (Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.3

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Daniel R. Meyer, certify that:

        1.     I have reviewed this Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation;

        2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

        3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

        4.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

        5.     The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

    By:   /s/ DANIEL R. MEYER

Daniel R. Meyer
Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014




QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

        In connection with the Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

    /s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

    Name:   James A. Wilhelm,
    Title:   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ G MARC BAUMANN

    Name:   G Marc Baumann,
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer & President of Urban Operations (Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ DANIEL R. MEYER

    Name:   Daniel R. Meyer,
    Title:   Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014

 

 

 

 

        This certification shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.




QuickLinks

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002